1 /* MIPS-specific support for ELF
2 Copyright 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002,
3 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013
4 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
6 Most of the information added by Ian Lance Taylor, Cygnus Support,
8 N32/64 ABI support added by Mark Mitchell, CodeSourcery, LLC.
9 <mark@codesourcery.com>
10 Traditional MIPS targets support added by Koundinya.K, Dansk Data
11 Elektronik & Operations Research Group. <kk@ddeorg.soft.net>
13 This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
15 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
16 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
17 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
18 (at your option) any later version.
20 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
21 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
22 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
23 GNU General Public License for more details.
25 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
26 along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
27 Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston,
28 MA 02110-1301, USA. */
31 /* This file handles functionality common to the different MIPS ABI's. */
36 #include "libiberty.h"
38 #include "elfxx-mips.h"
40 #include "elf-vxworks.h"
42 /* Get the ECOFF swapping routines. */
44 #include "coff/symconst.h"
45 #include "coff/ecoff.h"
46 #include "coff/mips.h"
50 /* This structure is used to hold information about one GOT entry.
51 There are three types of entry:
53 (1) absolute addresses
55 (2) SYMBOL + OFFSET addresses, where SYMBOL is local to an input bfd
56 (abfd != NULL, symndx >= 0)
57 (3) SYMBOL addresses, where SYMBOL is not local to an input bfd
58 (abfd != NULL, symndx == -1)
60 Type (3) entries are treated differently for different types of GOT.
61 In the "master" GOT -- i.e. the one that describes every GOT
62 reference needed in the link -- the mips_got_entry is keyed on both
63 the symbol and the input bfd that references it. If it turns out
64 that we need multiple GOTs, we can then use this information to
65 create separate GOTs for each input bfd.
67 However, we want each of these separate GOTs to have at most one
68 entry for a given symbol, so their type (3) entries are keyed only
69 on the symbol. The input bfd given by the "abfd" field is somewhat
70 arbitrary in this case.
72 This means that when there are multiple GOTs, each GOT has a unique
73 mips_got_entry for every symbol within it. We can therefore use the
74 mips_got_entry fields (tls_type and gotidx) to track the symbol's
77 However, if it turns out that we need only a single GOT, we continue
78 to use the master GOT to describe it. There may therefore be several
79 mips_got_entries for the same symbol, each with a different input bfd.
80 We want to make sure that each symbol gets a unique GOT entry, so when
81 there's a single GOT, we use the symbol's hash entry, not the
82 mips_got_entry fields, to track a symbol's GOT index. */
85 /* The input bfd in which the symbol is defined. */
87 /* The index of the symbol, as stored in the relocation r_info, if
88 we have a local symbol; -1 otherwise. */
92 /* If abfd == NULL, an address that must be stored in the got. */
94 /* If abfd != NULL && symndx != -1, the addend of the relocation
95 that should be added to the symbol value. */
97 /* If abfd != NULL && symndx == -1, the hash table entry
98 corresponding to symbol in the GOT. The symbol's entry
99 is in the local area if h->global_got_area is GGA_NONE,
100 otherwise it is in the global area. */
101 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h;
104 /* The TLS types included in this GOT entry (specifically, GD and
105 IE). The GD and IE flags can be added as we encounter new
106 relocations. LDM can also be set; it will always be alone, not
107 combined with any GD or IE flags. An LDM GOT entry will be
108 a local symbol entry with r_symndx == 0. */
109 unsigned char tls_type;
111 /* The offset from the beginning of the .got section to the entry
112 corresponding to this symbol+addend. If it's a global symbol
113 whose offset is yet to be decided, it's going to be -1. */
117 /* This structure describes a range of addends: [MIN_ADDEND, MAX_ADDEND].
118 The structures form a non-overlapping list that is sorted by increasing
120 struct mips_got_page_range
122 struct mips_got_page_range *next;
123 bfd_signed_vma min_addend;
124 bfd_signed_vma max_addend;
127 /* This structure describes the range of addends that are applied to page
128 relocations against a given symbol. */
129 struct mips_got_page_entry
131 /* The input bfd in which the symbol is defined. */
133 /* The index of the symbol, as stored in the relocation r_info. */
135 /* The ranges for this page entry. */
136 struct mips_got_page_range *ranges;
137 /* The maximum number of page entries needed for RANGES. */
141 /* This structure is used to hold .got information when linking. */
145 /* The global symbol in the GOT with the lowest index in the dynamic
147 struct elf_link_hash_entry *global_gotsym;
148 /* The number of global .got entries. */
149 unsigned int global_gotno;
150 /* The number of global .got entries that are in the GGA_RELOC_ONLY area. */
151 unsigned int reloc_only_gotno;
152 /* The number of .got slots used for TLS. */
153 unsigned int tls_gotno;
154 /* The first unused TLS .got entry. Used only during
155 mips_elf_initialize_tls_index. */
156 unsigned int tls_assigned_gotno;
157 /* The number of local .got entries, eventually including page entries. */
158 unsigned int local_gotno;
159 /* The maximum number of page entries needed. */
160 unsigned int page_gotno;
161 /* The number of local .got entries we have used. */
162 unsigned int assigned_gotno;
163 /* A hash table holding members of the got. */
164 struct htab *got_entries;
165 /* A hash table of mips_got_page_entry structures. */
166 struct htab *got_page_entries;
167 /* A hash table mapping input bfds to other mips_got_info. NULL
168 unless multi-got was necessary. */
169 struct htab *bfd2got;
170 /* In multi-got links, a pointer to the next got (err, rather, most
171 of the time, it points to the previous got). */
172 struct mips_got_info *next;
173 /* This is the GOT index of the TLS LDM entry for the GOT, MINUS_ONE
174 for none, or MINUS_TWO for not yet assigned. This is needed
175 because a single-GOT link may have multiple hash table entries
176 for the LDM. It does not get initialized in multi-GOT mode. */
177 bfd_vma tls_ldm_offset;
180 /* Map an input bfd to a got in a multi-got link. */
182 struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash
185 struct mips_got_info *g;
188 /* Structure passed when traversing the bfd2got hash table, used to
189 create and merge bfd's gots. */
191 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg
193 /* A hashtable that maps bfds to gots. */
195 /* The output bfd. */
197 /* The link information. */
198 struct bfd_link_info *info;
199 /* A pointer to the primary got, i.e., the one that's going to get
200 the implicit relocations from DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO and
202 struct mips_got_info *primary;
203 /* A non-primary got we're trying to merge with other input bfd's
205 struct mips_got_info *current;
206 /* The maximum number of got entries that can be addressed with a
208 unsigned int max_count;
209 /* The maximum number of page entries needed by each got. */
210 unsigned int max_pages;
211 /* The total number of global entries which will live in the
212 primary got and be automatically relocated. This includes
213 those not referenced by the primary GOT but included in
215 unsigned int global_count;
218 /* Another structure used to pass arguments for got entries traversal. */
220 struct mips_elf_set_global_got_offset_arg
222 struct mips_got_info *g;
224 unsigned int needed_relocs;
225 struct bfd_link_info *info;
228 /* A structure used to count TLS relocations or GOT entries, for GOT
229 entry or ELF symbol table traversal. */
231 struct mips_elf_count_tls_arg
233 struct bfd_link_info *info;
237 struct _mips_elf_section_data
239 struct bfd_elf_section_data elf;
246 #define mips_elf_section_data(sec) \
247 ((struct _mips_elf_section_data *) elf_section_data (sec))
249 #define is_mips_elf(bfd) \
250 (bfd_get_flavour (bfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour \
251 && elf_tdata (bfd) != NULL \
252 && elf_object_id (bfd) == MIPS_ELF_DATA)
254 /* The ABI says that every symbol used by dynamic relocations must have
255 a global GOT entry. Among other things, this provides the dynamic
256 linker with a free, directly-indexed cache. The GOT can therefore
257 contain symbols that are not referenced by GOT relocations themselves
258 (in other words, it may have symbols that are not referenced by things
259 like R_MIPS_GOT16 and R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE).
261 GOT relocations are less likely to overflow if we put the associated
262 GOT entries towards the beginning. We therefore divide the global
263 GOT entries into two areas: "normal" and "reloc-only". Entries in
264 the first area can be used for both dynamic relocations and GP-relative
265 accesses, while those in the "reloc-only" area are for dynamic
268 These GGA_* ("Global GOT Area") values are organised so that lower
269 values are more general than higher values. Also, non-GGA_NONE
270 values are ordered by the position of the area in the GOT. */
272 #define GGA_RELOC_ONLY 1
275 /* Information about a non-PIC interface to a PIC function. There are
276 two ways of creating these interfaces. The first is to add:
279 addiu $25,$25,%lo(func)
281 immediately before a PIC function "func". The second is to add:
285 addiu $25,$25,%lo(func)
287 to a separate trampoline section.
289 Stubs of the first kind go in a new section immediately before the
290 target function. Stubs of the second kind go in a single section
291 pointed to by the hash table's "strampoline" field. */
292 struct mips_elf_la25_stub {
293 /* The generated section that contains this stub. */
294 asection *stub_section;
296 /* The offset of the stub from the start of STUB_SECTION. */
299 /* One symbol for the original function. Its location is available
300 in H->root.root.u.def. */
301 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h;
304 /* Macros for populating a mips_elf_la25_stub. */
306 #define LA25_LUI(VAL) (0x3c190000 | (VAL)) /* lui t9,VAL */
307 #define LA25_J(VAL) (0x08000000 | (((VAL) >> 2) & 0x3ffffff)) /* j VAL */
308 #define LA25_ADDIU(VAL) (0x27390000 | (VAL)) /* addiu t9,t9,VAL */
309 #define LA25_LUI_MICROMIPS(VAL) \
310 (0x41b90000 | (VAL)) /* lui t9,VAL */
311 #define LA25_J_MICROMIPS(VAL) \
312 (0xd4000000 | (((VAL) >> 1) & 0x3ffffff)) /* j VAL */
313 #define LA25_ADDIU_MICROMIPS(VAL) \
314 (0x33390000 | (VAL)) /* addiu t9,t9,VAL */
316 /* This structure is passed to mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f when sorting
317 the dynamic symbols. */
319 struct mips_elf_hash_sort_data
321 /* The symbol in the global GOT with the lowest dynamic symbol table
323 struct elf_link_hash_entry *low;
324 /* The least dynamic symbol table index corresponding to a non-TLS
325 symbol with a GOT entry. */
326 long min_got_dynindx;
327 /* The greatest dynamic symbol table index corresponding to a symbol
328 with a GOT entry that is not referenced (e.g., a dynamic symbol
329 with dynamic relocations pointing to it from non-primary GOTs). */
330 long max_unref_got_dynindx;
331 /* The greatest dynamic symbol table index not corresponding to a
332 symbol without a GOT entry. */
333 long max_non_got_dynindx;
336 /* The MIPS ELF linker needs additional information for each symbol in
337 the global hash table. */
339 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
341 struct elf_link_hash_entry root;
343 /* External symbol information. */
346 /* The la25 stub we have created for ths symbol, if any. */
347 struct mips_elf_la25_stub *la25_stub;
349 /* Number of R_MIPS_32, R_MIPS_REL32, or R_MIPS_64 relocs against
351 unsigned int possibly_dynamic_relocs;
353 /* If there is a stub that 32 bit functions should use to call this
354 16 bit function, this points to the section containing the stub. */
357 /* If there is a stub that 16 bit functions should use to call this
358 32 bit function, this points to the section containing the stub. */
361 /* This is like the call_stub field, but it is used if the function
362 being called returns a floating point value. */
363 asection *call_fp_stub;
367 #define GOT_TLS_LDM 2
369 #define GOT_TLS_OFFSET_DONE 0x40
370 #define GOT_TLS_DONE 0x80
371 unsigned char tls_type;
373 /* This is only used in single-GOT mode; in multi-GOT mode there
374 is one mips_got_entry per GOT entry, so the offset is stored
375 there. In single-GOT mode there may be many mips_got_entry
376 structures all referring to the same GOT slot. It might be
377 possible to use root.got.offset instead, but that field is
378 overloaded already. */
379 bfd_vma tls_got_offset;
381 /* The highest GGA_* value that satisfies all references to this symbol. */
382 unsigned int global_got_area : 2;
384 /* True if all GOT relocations against this symbol are for calls. This is
385 a looser condition than no_fn_stub below, because there may be other
386 non-call non-GOT relocations against the symbol. */
387 unsigned int got_only_for_calls : 1;
389 /* True if one of the relocations described by possibly_dynamic_relocs
390 is against a readonly section. */
391 unsigned int readonly_reloc : 1;
393 /* True if there is a relocation against this symbol that must be
394 resolved by the static linker (in other words, if the relocation
395 cannot possibly be made dynamic). */
396 unsigned int has_static_relocs : 1;
398 /* True if we must not create a .MIPS.stubs entry for this symbol.
399 This is set, for example, if there are relocations related to
400 taking the function's address, i.e. any but R_MIPS_CALL*16 ones.
401 See "MIPS ABI Supplement, 3rd Edition", p. 4-20. */
402 unsigned int no_fn_stub : 1;
404 /* Whether we need the fn_stub; this is true if this symbol appears
405 in any relocs other than a 16 bit call. */
406 unsigned int need_fn_stub : 1;
408 /* True if this symbol is referenced by branch relocations from
409 any non-PIC input file. This is used to determine whether an
410 la25 stub is required. */
411 unsigned int has_nonpic_branches : 1;
413 /* Does this symbol need a traditional MIPS lazy-binding stub
414 (as opposed to a PLT entry)? */
415 unsigned int needs_lazy_stub : 1;
418 /* MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
420 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
422 struct elf_link_hash_table root;
424 /* The number of .rtproc entries. */
425 bfd_size_type procedure_count;
427 /* The size of the .compact_rel section (if SGI_COMPAT). */
428 bfd_size_type compact_rel_size;
430 /* This flag indicates that the value of DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP dynamic entry
431 is set to the address of __rld_obj_head as in IRIX5 and IRIX6. */
432 bfd_boolean use_rld_obj_head;
434 /* The __rld_map or __rld_obj_head symbol. */
435 struct elf_link_hash_entry *rld_symbol;
437 /* This is set if we see any mips16 stub sections. */
438 bfd_boolean mips16_stubs_seen;
440 /* True if we can generate copy relocs and PLTs. */
441 bfd_boolean use_plts_and_copy_relocs;
443 /* True if we're generating code for VxWorks. */
444 bfd_boolean is_vxworks;
446 /* True if we already reported the small-data section overflow. */
447 bfd_boolean small_data_overflow_reported;
449 /* Shortcuts to some dynamic sections, or NULL if they are not
460 /* The master GOT information. */
461 struct mips_got_info *got_info;
463 /* The size of the PLT header in bytes. */
464 bfd_vma plt_header_size;
466 /* The size of a PLT entry in bytes. */
467 bfd_vma plt_entry_size;
469 /* The number of functions that need a lazy-binding stub. */
470 bfd_vma lazy_stub_count;
472 /* The size of a function stub entry in bytes. */
473 bfd_vma function_stub_size;
475 /* The number of reserved entries at the beginning of the GOT. */
476 unsigned int reserved_gotno;
478 /* The section used for mips_elf_la25_stub trampolines.
479 See the comment above that structure for details. */
480 asection *strampoline;
482 /* A table of mips_elf_la25_stubs, indexed by (input_section, offset)
486 /* A function FN (NAME, IS, OS) that creates a new input section
487 called NAME and links it to output section OS. If IS is nonnull,
488 the new section should go immediately before it, otherwise it
489 should go at the (current) beginning of OS.
491 The function returns the new section on success, otherwise it
493 asection *(*add_stub_section) (const char *, asection *, asection *);
496 /* Get the MIPS ELF linker hash table from a link_info structure. */
498 #define mips_elf_hash_table(p) \
499 (elf_hash_table_id ((struct elf_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash)) \
500 == MIPS_ELF_DATA ? ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash)) : NULL)
502 /* A structure used to communicate with htab_traverse callbacks. */
503 struct mips_htab_traverse_info
505 /* The usual link-wide information. */
506 struct bfd_link_info *info;
509 /* Starts off FALSE and is set to TRUE if the link should be aborted. */
513 /* MIPS ELF private object data. */
515 struct mips_elf_obj_tdata
517 /* Generic ELF private object data. */
518 struct elf_obj_tdata root;
520 /* Input BFD providing Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP attribute for output. */
524 /* Get MIPS ELF private object data from BFD's tdata. */
526 #define mips_elf_tdata(bfd) \
527 ((struct mips_elf_obj_tdata *) (bfd)->tdata.any)
529 #define TLS_RELOC_P(r_type) \
530 (r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD32 \
531 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD64 \
532 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL32 \
533 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL64 \
534 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_GD \
535 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_LDM \
536 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL_HI16 \
537 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL_LO16 \
538 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL \
539 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL32 \
540 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL64 \
541 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_HI16 \
542 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_LO16 \
543 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_GD \
544 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM \
545 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_DTPREL_HI16 \
546 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_DTPREL_LO16 \
547 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL \
548 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_TPREL_HI16 \
549 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_TPREL_LO16 \
550 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD \
551 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_LDM \
552 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_DTPREL_HI16 \
553 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_DTPREL_LO16 \
554 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL \
555 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_TPREL_HI16 \
556 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_TPREL_LO16)
558 /* Structure used to pass information to mips_elf_output_extsym. */
563 struct bfd_link_info *info;
564 struct ecoff_debug_info *debug;
565 const struct ecoff_debug_swap *swap;
569 /* The names of the runtime procedure table symbols used on IRIX5. */
571 static const char * const mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names[] =
574 "_procedure_string_table",
575 "_procedure_table_size",
579 /* These structures are used to generate the .compact_rel section on
584 unsigned long id1; /* Always one? */
585 unsigned long num; /* Number of compact relocation entries. */
586 unsigned long id2; /* Always two? */
587 unsigned long offset; /* The file offset of the first relocation. */
588 unsigned long reserved0; /* Zero? */
589 unsigned long reserved1; /* Zero? */
598 bfd_byte reserved0[4];
599 bfd_byte reserved1[4];
600 } Elf32_External_compact_rel;
604 unsigned int ctype : 1; /* 1: long 0: short format. See below. */
605 unsigned int rtype : 4; /* Relocation types. See below. */
606 unsigned int dist2to : 8;
607 unsigned int relvaddr : 19; /* (VADDR - vaddr of the previous entry)/ 4 */
608 unsigned long konst; /* KONST field. See below. */
609 unsigned long vaddr; /* VADDR to be relocated. */
614 unsigned int ctype : 1; /* 1: long 0: short format. See below. */
615 unsigned int rtype : 4; /* Relocation types. See below. */
616 unsigned int dist2to : 8;
617 unsigned int relvaddr : 19; /* (VADDR - vaddr of the previous entry)/ 4 */
618 unsigned long konst; /* KONST field. See below. */
626 } Elf32_External_crinfo;
632 } Elf32_External_crinfo2;
634 /* These are the constants used to swap the bitfields in a crinfo. */
636 #define CRINFO_CTYPE (0x1)
637 #define CRINFO_CTYPE_SH (31)
638 #define CRINFO_RTYPE (0xf)
639 #define CRINFO_RTYPE_SH (27)
640 #define CRINFO_DIST2TO (0xff)
641 #define CRINFO_DIST2TO_SH (19)
642 #define CRINFO_RELVADDR (0x7ffff)
643 #define CRINFO_RELVADDR_SH (0)
645 /* A compact relocation info has long (3 words) or short (2 words)
646 formats. A short format doesn't have VADDR field and relvaddr
647 fields contains ((VADDR - vaddr of the previous entry) >> 2). */
648 #define CRF_MIPS_LONG 1
649 #define CRF_MIPS_SHORT 0
651 /* There are 4 types of compact relocation at least. The value KONST
652 has different meaning for each type:
655 CT_MIPS_REL32 Address in data
656 CT_MIPS_WORD Address in word (XXX)
657 CT_MIPS_GPHI_LO GP - vaddr
658 CT_MIPS_JMPAD Address to jump
661 #define CRT_MIPS_REL32 0xa
662 #define CRT_MIPS_WORD 0xb
663 #define CRT_MIPS_GPHI_LO 0xc
664 #define CRT_MIPS_JMPAD 0xd
666 #define mips_elf_set_cr_format(x,format) ((x).ctype = (format))
667 #define mips_elf_set_cr_type(x,type) ((x).rtype = (type))
668 #define mips_elf_set_cr_dist2to(x,v) ((x).dist2to = (v))
669 #define mips_elf_set_cr_relvaddr(x,d) ((x).relvaddr = (d)<<2)
671 /* The structure of the runtime procedure descriptor created by the
672 loader for use by the static exception system. */
674 typedef struct runtime_pdr {
675 bfd_vma adr; /* Memory address of start of procedure. */
676 long regmask; /* Save register mask. */
677 long regoffset; /* Save register offset. */
678 long fregmask; /* Save floating point register mask. */
679 long fregoffset; /* Save floating point register offset. */
680 long frameoffset; /* Frame size. */
681 short framereg; /* Frame pointer register. */
682 short pcreg; /* Offset or reg of return pc. */
683 long irpss; /* Index into the runtime string table. */
685 struct exception_info *exception_info;/* Pointer to exception array. */
687 #define cbRPDR sizeof (RPDR)
688 #define rpdNil ((pRPDR) 0)
690 static struct mips_got_entry *mips_elf_create_local_got_entry
691 (bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *, bfd *, bfd_vma, unsigned long,
692 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *, int);
693 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f
694 (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *, void *);
695 static bfd_vma mips_elf_high
697 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation
698 (bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *, const Elf_Internal_Rela *,
699 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *, asection *, bfd_vma,
700 bfd_vma *, asection *);
701 static hashval_t mips_elf_got_entry_hash
703 static bfd_vma mips_elf_adjust_gp
704 (bfd *, struct mips_got_info *, bfd *);
705 static struct mips_got_info *mips_elf_got_for_ibfd
706 (struct mips_got_info *, bfd *);
708 /* This will be used when we sort the dynamic relocation records. */
709 static bfd *reldyn_sorting_bfd;
711 /* True if ABFD is for CPUs with load interlocking that include
712 non-MIPS1 CPUs and R3900. */
713 #define LOAD_INTERLOCKS_P(abfd) \
714 ( ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) != E_MIPS_ARCH_1) \
715 || ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_MACH) == E_MIPS_MACH_3900))
717 /* True if ABFD is for CPUs that are faster if JAL is converted to BAL.
718 This should be safe for all architectures. We enable this predicate
719 for RM9000 for now. */
720 #define JAL_TO_BAL_P(abfd) \
721 ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_MACH) == E_MIPS_MACH_9000)
723 /* True if ABFD is for CPUs that are faster if JALR is converted to BAL.
724 This should be safe for all architectures. We enable this predicate for
726 #define JALR_TO_BAL_P(abfd) 1
728 /* True if ABFD is for CPUs that are faster if JR is converted to B.
729 This should be safe for all architectures. We enable this predicate for
731 #define JR_TO_B_P(abfd) 1
733 /* True if ABFD is a PIC object. */
734 #define PIC_OBJECT_P(abfd) \
735 ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_PIC) != 0)
737 /* Nonzero if ABFD is using the N32 ABI. */
738 #define ABI_N32_P(abfd) \
739 ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI2) != 0)
741 /* Nonzero if ABFD is using the N64 ABI. */
742 #define ABI_64_P(abfd) \
743 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->elfclass == ELFCLASS64)
745 /* Nonzero if ABFD is using NewABI conventions. */
746 #define NEWABI_P(abfd) (ABI_N32_P (abfd) || ABI_64_P (abfd))
748 /* The IRIX compatibility level we are striving for. */
749 #define IRIX_COMPAT(abfd) \
750 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_mips_irix_compat (abfd))
752 /* Whether we are trying to be compatible with IRIX at all. */
753 #define SGI_COMPAT(abfd) \
754 (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) != ict_none)
756 /* The name of the options section. */
757 #define MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME(abfd) \
758 (NEWABI_P (abfd) ? ".MIPS.options" : ".options")
760 /* True if NAME is the recognized name of any SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS section.
761 Some IRIX system files do not use MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME. */
762 #define MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME_P(NAME) \
763 (strcmp (NAME, ".MIPS.options") == 0 || strcmp (NAME, ".options") == 0)
765 /* Whether the section is readonly. */
766 #define MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION(sec) \
767 ((sec->flags & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY)) \
768 == (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY))
770 /* The name of the stub section. */
771 #define MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME(abfd) ".MIPS.stubs"
773 /* The size of an external REL relocation. */
774 #define MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE(abfd) \
775 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_rel)
777 /* The size of an external RELA relocation. */
778 #define MIPS_ELF_RELA_SIZE(abfd) \
779 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_rela)
781 /* The size of an external dynamic table entry. */
782 #define MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE(abfd) \
783 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_dyn)
785 /* The size of a GOT entry. */
786 #define MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE(abfd) \
787 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->arch_size / 8)
789 /* The size of the .rld_map section. */
790 #define MIPS_ELF_RLD_MAP_SIZE(abfd) \
791 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->arch_size / 8)
793 /* The size of a symbol-table entry. */
794 #define MIPS_ELF_SYM_SIZE(abfd) \
795 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_sym)
797 /* The default alignment for sections, as a power of two. */
798 #define MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN(abfd) \
799 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->log_file_align)
801 /* Get word-sized data. */
802 #define MIPS_ELF_GET_WORD(abfd, ptr) \
803 (ABI_64_P (abfd) ? bfd_get_64 (abfd, ptr) : bfd_get_32 (abfd, ptr))
805 /* Put out word-sized data. */
806 #define MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD(abfd, val, ptr) \
808 ? bfd_put_64 (abfd, val, ptr) \
809 : bfd_put_32 (abfd, val, ptr))
811 /* The opcode for word-sized loads (LW or LD). */
812 #define MIPS_ELF_LOAD_WORD(abfd) \
813 (ABI_64_P (abfd) ? 0xdc000000 : 0x8c000000)
815 /* Add a dynamic symbol table-entry. */
816 #define MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY(info, tag, val) \
817 _bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info, tag, val)
819 #define MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO(abfd, rtype, rela) \
820 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_mips_rtype_to_howto (rtype, rela))
822 /* The name of the dynamic relocation section. */
823 #define MIPS_ELF_REL_DYN_NAME(INFO) \
824 (mips_elf_hash_table (INFO)->is_vxworks ? ".rela.dyn" : ".rel.dyn")
826 /* In case we're on a 32-bit machine, construct a 64-bit "-1" value
827 from smaller values. Start with zero, widen, *then* decrement. */
828 #define MINUS_ONE (((bfd_vma)0) - 1)
829 #define MINUS_TWO (((bfd_vma)0) - 2)
831 /* The value to write into got[1] for SVR4 targets, to identify it is
832 a GNU object. The dynamic linker can then use got[1] to store the
834 #define MIPS_ELF_GNU_GOT1_MASK(abfd) \
835 ((bfd_vma) 1 << (ABI_64_P (abfd) ? 63 : 31))
837 /* The offset of $gp from the beginning of the .got section. */
838 #define ELF_MIPS_GP_OFFSET(INFO) \
839 (mips_elf_hash_table (INFO)->is_vxworks ? 0x0 : 0x7ff0)
841 /* The maximum size of the GOT for it to be addressable using 16-bit
843 #define MIPS_ELF_GOT_MAX_SIZE(INFO) (ELF_MIPS_GP_OFFSET (INFO) + 0x7fff)
845 /* Instructions which appear in a stub. */
846 #define STUB_LW(abfd) \
848 ? 0xdf998010 /* ld t9,0x8010(gp) */ \
849 : 0x8f998010)) /* lw t9,0x8010(gp) */
850 #define STUB_MOVE(abfd) \
852 ? 0x03e0782d /* daddu t7,ra */ \
853 : 0x03e07821)) /* addu t7,ra */
854 #define STUB_LUI(VAL) (0x3c180000 + (VAL)) /* lui t8,VAL */
855 #define STUB_JALR 0x0320f809 /* jalr t9,ra */
856 #define STUB_ORI(VAL) (0x37180000 + (VAL)) /* ori t8,t8,VAL */
857 #define STUB_LI16U(VAL) (0x34180000 + (VAL)) /* ori t8,zero,VAL unsigned */
858 #define STUB_LI16S(abfd, VAL) \
860 ? (0x64180000 + (VAL)) /* daddiu t8,zero,VAL sign extended */ \
861 : (0x24180000 + (VAL)))) /* addiu t8,zero,VAL sign extended */
863 #define MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_NORMAL_SIZE 16
864 #define MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE 20
866 /* The name of the dynamic interpreter. This is put in the .interp
869 #define ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER(abfd) \
870 (ABI_N32_P (abfd) ? "/usr/lib32/libc.so.1" \
871 : ABI_64_P (abfd) ? "/usr/lib64/libc.so.1" \
872 : "/usr/lib/libc.so.1")
875 #define MNAME(bfd,pre,pos) \
876 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? CONCAT4 (pre,64,_,pos) : CONCAT4 (pre,32,_,pos))
877 #define ELF_R_SYM(bfd, i) \
878 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? ELF64_R_SYM (i) : ELF32_R_SYM (i))
879 #define ELF_R_TYPE(bfd, i) \
880 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? ELF64_MIPS_R_TYPE (i) : ELF32_R_TYPE (i))
881 #define ELF_R_INFO(bfd, s, t) \
882 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? ELF64_R_INFO (s, t) : ELF32_R_INFO (s, t))
884 #define MNAME(bfd,pre,pos) CONCAT4 (pre,32,_,pos)
885 #define ELF_R_SYM(bfd, i) \
887 #define ELF_R_TYPE(bfd, i) \
889 #define ELF_R_INFO(bfd, s, t) \
890 (ELF32_R_INFO (s, t))
893 /* The mips16 compiler uses a couple of special sections to handle
894 floating point arguments.
896 Section names that look like .mips16.fn.FNNAME contain stubs that
897 copy floating point arguments from the fp regs to the gp regs and
898 then jump to FNNAME. If any 32 bit function calls FNNAME, the
899 call should be redirected to the stub instead. If no 32 bit
900 function calls FNNAME, the stub should be discarded. We need to
901 consider any reference to the function, not just a call, because
902 if the address of the function is taken we will need the stub,
903 since the address might be passed to a 32 bit function.
905 Section names that look like .mips16.call.FNNAME contain stubs
906 that copy floating point arguments from the gp regs to the fp
907 regs and then jump to FNNAME. If FNNAME is a 32 bit function,
908 then any 16 bit function that calls FNNAME should be redirected
909 to the stub instead. If FNNAME is not a 32 bit function, the
910 stub should be discarded.
912 .mips16.call.fp.FNNAME sections are similar, but contain stubs
913 which call FNNAME and then copy the return value from the fp regs
914 to the gp regs. These stubs store the return value in $18 while
915 calling FNNAME; any function which might call one of these stubs
916 must arrange to save $18 around the call. (This case is not
917 needed for 32 bit functions that call 16 bit functions, because
918 16 bit functions always return floating point values in both
921 Note that in all cases FNNAME might be defined statically.
922 Therefore, FNNAME is not used literally. Instead, the relocation
923 information will indicate which symbol the section is for.
925 We record any stubs that we find in the symbol table. */
927 #define FN_STUB ".mips16.fn."
928 #define CALL_STUB ".mips16.call."
929 #define CALL_FP_STUB ".mips16.call.fp."
931 #define FN_STUB_P(name) CONST_STRNEQ (name, FN_STUB)
932 #define CALL_STUB_P(name) CONST_STRNEQ (name, CALL_STUB)
933 #define CALL_FP_STUB_P(name) CONST_STRNEQ (name, CALL_FP_STUB)
935 /* The format of the first PLT entry in an O32 executable. */
936 static const bfd_vma mips_o32_exec_plt0_entry[] =
938 0x3c1c0000, /* lui $28, %hi(&GOTPLT[0]) */
939 0x8f990000, /* lw $25, %lo(&GOTPLT[0])($28) */
940 0x279c0000, /* addiu $28, $28, %lo(&GOTPLT[0]) */
941 0x031cc023, /* subu $24, $24, $28 */
942 0x03e07821, /* move $15, $31 # 32-bit move (addu) */
943 0x0018c082, /* srl $24, $24, 2 */
944 0x0320f809, /* jalr $25 */
945 0x2718fffe /* subu $24, $24, 2 */
948 /* The format of the first PLT entry in an N32 executable. Different
949 because gp ($28) is not available; we use t2 ($14) instead. */
950 static const bfd_vma mips_n32_exec_plt0_entry[] =
952 0x3c0e0000, /* lui $14, %hi(&GOTPLT[0]) */
953 0x8dd90000, /* lw $25, %lo(&GOTPLT[0])($14) */
954 0x25ce0000, /* addiu $14, $14, %lo(&GOTPLT[0]) */
955 0x030ec023, /* subu $24, $24, $14 */
956 0x03e07821, /* move $15, $31 # 32-bit move (addu) */
957 0x0018c082, /* srl $24, $24, 2 */
958 0x0320f809, /* jalr $25 */
959 0x2718fffe /* subu $24, $24, 2 */
962 /* The format of the first PLT entry in an N64 executable. Different
963 from N32 because of the increased size of GOT entries. */
964 static const bfd_vma mips_n64_exec_plt0_entry[] =
966 0x3c0e0000, /* lui $14, %hi(&GOTPLT[0]) */
967 0xddd90000, /* ld $25, %lo(&GOTPLT[0])($14) */
968 0x25ce0000, /* addiu $14, $14, %lo(&GOTPLT[0]) */
969 0x030ec023, /* subu $24, $24, $14 */
970 0x03e0782d, /* move $15, $31 # 64-bit move (daddu) */
971 0x0018c0c2, /* srl $24, $24, 3 */
972 0x0320f809, /* jalr $25 */
973 0x2718fffe /* subu $24, $24, 2 */
976 /* The format of subsequent PLT entries. */
977 static const bfd_vma mips_exec_plt_entry[] =
979 0x3c0f0000, /* lui $15, %hi(.got.plt entry) */
980 0x01f90000, /* l[wd] $25, %lo(.got.plt entry)($15) */
981 0x25f80000, /* addiu $24, $15, %lo(.got.plt entry) */
982 0x03200008 /* jr $25 */
985 /* The format of the first PLT entry in a VxWorks executable. */
986 static const bfd_vma mips_vxworks_exec_plt0_entry[] =
988 0x3c190000, /* lui t9, %hi(_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_) */
989 0x27390000, /* addiu t9, t9, %lo(_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_) */
990 0x8f390008, /* lw t9, 8(t9) */
991 0x00000000, /* nop */
992 0x03200008, /* jr t9 */
996 /* The format of subsequent PLT entries. */
997 static const bfd_vma mips_vxworks_exec_plt_entry[] =
999 0x10000000, /* b .PLT_resolver */
1000 0x24180000, /* li t8, <pltindex> */
1001 0x3c190000, /* lui t9, %hi(<.got.plt slot>) */
1002 0x27390000, /* addiu t9, t9, %lo(<.got.plt slot>) */
1003 0x8f390000, /* lw t9, 0(t9) */
1004 0x00000000, /* nop */
1005 0x03200008, /* jr t9 */
1006 0x00000000 /* nop */
1009 /* The format of the first PLT entry in a VxWorks shared object. */
1010 static const bfd_vma mips_vxworks_shared_plt0_entry[] =
1012 0x8f990008, /* lw t9, 8(gp) */
1013 0x00000000, /* nop */
1014 0x03200008, /* jr t9 */
1015 0x00000000, /* nop */
1016 0x00000000, /* nop */
1017 0x00000000 /* nop */
1020 /* The format of subsequent PLT entries. */
1021 static const bfd_vma mips_vxworks_shared_plt_entry[] =
1023 0x10000000, /* b .PLT_resolver */
1024 0x24180000 /* li t8, <pltindex> */
1027 /* microMIPS 32-bit opcode helper installer. */
1030 bfd_put_micromips_32 (const bfd *abfd, bfd_vma opcode, bfd_byte *ptr)
1032 bfd_put_16 (abfd, (opcode >> 16) & 0xffff, ptr);
1033 bfd_put_16 (abfd, opcode & 0xffff, ptr + 2);
1036 /* microMIPS 32-bit opcode helper retriever. */
1039 bfd_get_micromips_32 (const bfd *abfd, const bfd_byte *ptr)
1041 return (bfd_get_16 (abfd, ptr) << 16) | bfd_get_16 (abfd, ptr + 2);
1044 /* Look up an entry in a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
1046 #define mips_elf_link_hash_lookup(table, string, create, copy, follow) \
1047 ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) \
1048 elf_link_hash_lookup (&(table)->root, (string), (create), \
1051 /* Traverse a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
1053 #define mips_elf_link_hash_traverse(table, func, info) \
1054 (elf_link_hash_traverse \
1056 (bfd_boolean (*) (struct elf_link_hash_entry *, void *)) (func), \
1059 /* Find the base offsets for thread-local storage in this object,
1060 for GD/LD and IE/LE respectively. */
1062 #define TP_OFFSET 0x7000
1063 #define DTP_OFFSET 0x8000
1066 dtprel_base (struct bfd_link_info *info)
1068 /* If tls_sec is NULL, we should have signalled an error already. */
1069 if (elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec == NULL)
1071 return elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec->vma + DTP_OFFSET;
1075 tprel_base (struct bfd_link_info *info)
1077 /* If tls_sec is NULL, we should have signalled an error already. */
1078 if (elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec == NULL)
1080 return elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec->vma + TP_OFFSET;
1083 /* Create an entry in a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
1085 static struct bfd_hash_entry *
1086 mips_elf_link_hash_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry *entry,
1087 struct bfd_hash_table *table, const char *string)
1089 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *ret =
1090 (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) entry;
1092 /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a
1095 ret = bfd_hash_allocate (table, sizeof (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry));
1097 return (struct bfd_hash_entry *) ret;
1099 /* Call the allocation method of the superclass. */
1100 ret = ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *)
1101 _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc ((struct bfd_hash_entry *) ret,
1105 /* Set local fields. */
1106 memset (&ret->esym, 0, sizeof (EXTR));
1107 /* We use -2 as a marker to indicate that the information has
1108 not been set. -1 means there is no associated ifd. */
1111 ret->possibly_dynamic_relocs = 0;
1112 ret->fn_stub = NULL;
1113 ret->call_stub = NULL;
1114 ret->call_fp_stub = NULL;
1115 ret->tls_type = GOT_NORMAL;
1116 ret->global_got_area = GGA_NONE;
1117 ret->got_only_for_calls = TRUE;
1118 ret->readonly_reloc = FALSE;
1119 ret->has_static_relocs = FALSE;
1120 ret->no_fn_stub = FALSE;
1121 ret->need_fn_stub = FALSE;
1122 ret->has_nonpic_branches = FALSE;
1123 ret->needs_lazy_stub = FALSE;
1126 return (struct bfd_hash_entry *) ret;
1129 /* Allocate MIPS ELF private object data. */
1132 _bfd_mips_elf_mkobject (bfd *abfd)
1134 return bfd_elf_allocate_object (abfd, sizeof (struct mips_elf_obj_tdata),
1139 _bfd_mips_elf_new_section_hook (bfd *abfd, asection *sec)
1141 if (!sec->used_by_bfd)
1143 struct _mips_elf_section_data *sdata;
1144 bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (*sdata);
1146 sdata = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
1149 sec->used_by_bfd = sdata;
1152 return _bfd_elf_new_section_hook (abfd, sec);
1155 /* Read ECOFF debugging information from a .mdebug section into a
1156 ecoff_debug_info structure. */
1159 _bfd_mips_elf_read_ecoff_info (bfd *abfd, asection *section,
1160 struct ecoff_debug_info *debug)
1163 const struct ecoff_debug_swap *swap;
1166 swap = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap;
1167 memset (debug, 0, sizeof (*debug));
1169 ext_hdr = bfd_malloc (swap->external_hdr_size);
1170 if (ext_hdr == NULL && swap->external_hdr_size != 0)
1173 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd, section, ext_hdr, 0,
1174 swap->external_hdr_size))
1177 symhdr = &debug->symbolic_header;
1178 (*swap->swap_hdr_in) (abfd, ext_hdr, symhdr);
1180 /* The symbolic header contains absolute file offsets and sizes to
1182 #define READ(ptr, offset, count, size, type) \
1183 if (symhdr->count == 0) \
1184 debug->ptr = NULL; \
1187 bfd_size_type amt = (bfd_size_type) size * symhdr->count; \
1188 debug->ptr = bfd_malloc (amt); \
1189 if (debug->ptr == NULL) \
1190 goto error_return; \
1191 if (bfd_seek (abfd, symhdr->offset, SEEK_SET) != 0 \
1192 || bfd_bread (debug->ptr, amt, abfd) != amt) \
1193 goto error_return; \
1196 READ (line, cbLineOffset, cbLine, sizeof (unsigned char), unsigned char *);
1197 READ (external_dnr, cbDnOffset, idnMax, swap->external_dnr_size, void *);
1198 READ (external_pdr, cbPdOffset, ipdMax, swap->external_pdr_size, void *);
1199 READ (external_sym, cbSymOffset, isymMax, swap->external_sym_size, void *);
1200 READ (external_opt, cbOptOffset, ioptMax, swap->external_opt_size, void *);
1201 READ (external_aux, cbAuxOffset, iauxMax, sizeof (union aux_ext),
1203 READ (ss, cbSsOffset, issMax, sizeof (char), char *);
1204 READ (ssext, cbSsExtOffset, issExtMax, sizeof (char), char *);
1205 READ (external_fdr, cbFdOffset, ifdMax, swap->external_fdr_size, void *);
1206 READ (external_rfd, cbRfdOffset, crfd, swap->external_rfd_size, void *);
1207 READ (external_ext, cbExtOffset, iextMax, swap->external_ext_size, void *);
1215 if (ext_hdr != NULL)
1217 if (debug->line != NULL)
1219 if (debug->external_dnr != NULL)
1220 free (debug->external_dnr);
1221 if (debug->external_pdr != NULL)
1222 free (debug->external_pdr);
1223 if (debug->external_sym != NULL)
1224 free (debug->external_sym);
1225 if (debug->external_opt != NULL)
1226 free (debug->external_opt);
1227 if (debug->external_aux != NULL)
1228 free (debug->external_aux);
1229 if (debug->ss != NULL)
1231 if (debug->ssext != NULL)
1232 free (debug->ssext);
1233 if (debug->external_fdr != NULL)
1234 free (debug->external_fdr);
1235 if (debug->external_rfd != NULL)
1236 free (debug->external_rfd);
1237 if (debug->external_ext != NULL)
1238 free (debug->external_ext);
1242 /* Swap RPDR (runtime procedure table entry) for output. */
1245 ecoff_swap_rpdr_out (bfd *abfd, const RPDR *in, struct rpdr_ext *ex)
1247 H_PUT_S32 (abfd, in->adr, ex->p_adr);
1248 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->regmask, ex->p_regmask);
1249 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->regoffset, ex->p_regoffset);
1250 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->fregmask, ex->p_fregmask);
1251 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->fregoffset, ex->p_fregoffset);
1252 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->frameoffset, ex->p_frameoffset);
1254 H_PUT_16 (abfd, in->framereg, ex->p_framereg);
1255 H_PUT_16 (abfd, in->pcreg, ex->p_pcreg);
1257 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->irpss, ex->p_irpss);
1260 /* Create a runtime procedure table from the .mdebug section. */
1263 mips_elf_create_procedure_table (void *handle, bfd *abfd,
1264 struct bfd_link_info *info, asection *s,
1265 struct ecoff_debug_info *debug)
1267 const struct ecoff_debug_swap *swap;
1268 HDRR *hdr = &debug->symbolic_header;
1270 struct rpdr_ext *erp;
1272 struct pdr_ext *epdr;
1273 struct sym_ext *esym;
1277 bfd_size_type count;
1278 unsigned long sindex;
1282 const char *no_name_func = _("static procedure (no name)");
1290 swap = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap;
1292 sindex = strlen (no_name_func) + 1;
1293 count = hdr->ipdMax;
1296 size = swap->external_pdr_size;
1298 epdr = bfd_malloc (size * count);
1302 if (! _bfd_ecoff_get_accumulated_pdr (handle, (bfd_byte *) epdr))
1305 size = sizeof (RPDR);
1306 rp = rpdr = bfd_malloc (size * count);
1310 size = sizeof (char *);
1311 sv = bfd_malloc (size * count);
1315 count = hdr->isymMax;
1316 size = swap->external_sym_size;
1317 esym = bfd_malloc (size * count);
1321 if (! _bfd_ecoff_get_accumulated_sym (handle, (bfd_byte *) esym))
1324 count = hdr->issMax;
1325 ss = bfd_malloc (count);
1328 if (! _bfd_ecoff_get_accumulated_ss (handle, (bfd_byte *) ss))
1331 count = hdr->ipdMax;
1332 for (i = 0; i < (unsigned long) count; i++, rp++)
1334 (*swap->swap_pdr_in) (abfd, epdr + i, &pdr);
1335 (*swap->swap_sym_in) (abfd, &esym[pdr.isym], &sym);
1336 rp->adr = sym.value;
1337 rp->regmask = pdr.regmask;
1338 rp->regoffset = pdr.regoffset;
1339 rp->fregmask = pdr.fregmask;
1340 rp->fregoffset = pdr.fregoffset;
1341 rp->frameoffset = pdr.frameoffset;
1342 rp->framereg = pdr.framereg;
1343 rp->pcreg = pdr.pcreg;
1345 sv[i] = ss + sym.iss;
1346 sindex += strlen (sv[i]) + 1;
1350 size = sizeof (struct rpdr_ext) * (count + 2) + sindex;
1351 size = BFD_ALIGN (size, 16);
1352 rtproc = bfd_alloc (abfd, size);
1355 mips_elf_hash_table (info)->procedure_count = 0;
1359 mips_elf_hash_table (info)->procedure_count = count + 2;
1362 memset (erp, 0, sizeof (struct rpdr_ext));
1364 str = (char *) rtproc + sizeof (struct rpdr_ext) * (count + 2);
1365 strcpy (str, no_name_func);
1366 str += strlen (no_name_func) + 1;
1367 for (i = 0; i < count; i++)
1369 ecoff_swap_rpdr_out (abfd, rpdr + i, erp + i);
1370 strcpy (str, sv[i]);
1371 str += strlen (sv[i]) + 1;
1373 H_PUT_S32 (abfd, -1, (erp + count)->p_adr);
1375 /* Set the size and contents of .rtproc section. */
1377 s->contents = rtproc;
1379 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
1380 matters, but someday it might). */
1381 s->map_head.link_order = NULL;
1410 /* We're going to create a stub for H. Create a symbol for the stub's
1411 value and size, to help make the disassembly easier to read. */
1414 mips_elf_create_stub_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info,
1415 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h,
1416 const char *prefix, asection *s, bfd_vma value,
1419 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *bh;
1420 struct elf_link_hash_entry *elfh;
1423 if (ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (h->root.other))
1426 /* Create a new symbol. */
1427 name = ACONCAT ((prefix, h->root.root.root.string, NULL));
1429 if (!_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol (info, s->owner, name,
1430 BSF_LOCAL, s, value, NULL,
1434 /* Make it a local function. */
1435 elfh = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) bh;
1436 elfh->type = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL, STT_FUNC);
1438 elfh->forced_local = 1;
1442 /* We're about to redefine H. Create a symbol to represent H's
1443 current value and size, to help make the disassembly easier
1447 mips_elf_create_shadow_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info,
1448 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h,
1451 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *bh;
1452 struct elf_link_hash_entry *elfh;
1457 /* Read the symbol's value. */
1458 BFD_ASSERT (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
1459 || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak);
1460 s = h->root.root.u.def.section;
1461 value = h->root.root.u.def.value;
1463 /* Create a new symbol. */
1464 name = ACONCAT ((prefix, h->root.root.root.string, NULL));
1466 if (!_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol (info, s->owner, name,
1467 BSF_LOCAL, s, value, NULL,
1471 /* Make it local and copy the other attributes from H. */
1472 elfh = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) bh;
1473 elfh->type = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL, ELF_ST_TYPE (h->root.type));
1474 elfh->other = h->root.other;
1475 elfh->size = h->root.size;
1476 elfh->forced_local = 1;
1480 /* Return TRUE if relocations in SECTION can refer directly to a MIPS16
1481 function rather than to a hard-float stub. */
1484 section_allows_mips16_refs_p (asection *section)
1488 name = bfd_get_section_name (section->owner, section);
1489 return (FN_STUB_P (name)
1490 || CALL_STUB_P (name)
1491 || CALL_FP_STUB_P (name)
1492 || strcmp (name, ".pdr") == 0);
1495 /* [RELOCS, RELEND) are the relocations against SEC, which is a MIPS16
1496 stub section of some kind. Return the R_SYMNDX of the target
1497 function, or 0 if we can't decide which function that is. */
1499 static unsigned long
1500 mips16_stub_symndx (const struct elf_backend_data *bed,
1501 asection *sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
1502 const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs,
1503 const Elf_Internal_Rela *relend)
1505 int int_rels_per_ext_rel = bed->s->int_rels_per_ext_rel;
1506 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel;
1508 /* Trust the first R_MIPS_NONE relocation, if any, but not a subsequent
1509 one in a compound relocation. */
1510 for (rel = relocs; rel < relend; rel += int_rels_per_ext_rel)
1511 if (ELF_R_TYPE (sec->owner, rel->r_info) == R_MIPS_NONE)
1512 return ELF_R_SYM (sec->owner, rel->r_info);
1514 /* Otherwise trust the first relocation, whatever its kind. This is
1515 the traditional behavior. */
1516 if (relocs < relend)
1517 return ELF_R_SYM (sec->owner, relocs->r_info);
1522 /* Check the mips16 stubs for a particular symbol, and see if we can
1526 mips_elf_check_mips16_stubs (struct bfd_link_info *info,
1527 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h)
1529 /* Dynamic symbols must use the standard call interface, in case other
1530 objects try to call them. */
1531 if (h->fn_stub != NULL
1532 && h->root.dynindx != -1)
1534 mips_elf_create_shadow_symbol (info, h, ".mips16.");
1535 h->need_fn_stub = TRUE;
1538 if (h->fn_stub != NULL
1539 && ! h->need_fn_stub)
1541 /* We don't need the fn_stub; the only references to this symbol
1542 are 16 bit calls. Clobber the size to 0 to prevent it from
1543 being included in the link. */
1544 h->fn_stub->size = 0;
1545 h->fn_stub->flags &= ~SEC_RELOC;
1546 h->fn_stub->reloc_count = 0;
1547 h->fn_stub->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
1550 if (h->call_stub != NULL
1551 && ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (h->root.other))
1553 /* We don't need the call_stub; this is a 16 bit function, so
1554 calls from other 16 bit functions are OK. Clobber the size
1555 to 0 to prevent it from being included in the link. */
1556 h->call_stub->size = 0;
1557 h->call_stub->flags &= ~SEC_RELOC;
1558 h->call_stub->reloc_count = 0;
1559 h->call_stub->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
1562 if (h->call_fp_stub != NULL
1563 && ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (h->root.other))
1565 /* We don't need the call_stub; this is a 16 bit function, so
1566 calls from other 16 bit functions are OK. Clobber the size
1567 to 0 to prevent it from being included in the link. */
1568 h->call_fp_stub->size = 0;
1569 h->call_fp_stub->flags &= ~SEC_RELOC;
1570 h->call_fp_stub->reloc_count = 0;
1571 h->call_fp_stub->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
1575 /* Hashtable callbacks for mips_elf_la25_stubs. */
1578 mips_elf_la25_stub_hash (const void *entry_)
1580 const struct mips_elf_la25_stub *entry;
1582 entry = (struct mips_elf_la25_stub *) entry_;
1583 return entry->h->root.root.u.def.section->id
1584 + entry->h->root.root.u.def.value;
1588 mips_elf_la25_stub_eq (const void *entry1_, const void *entry2_)
1590 const struct mips_elf_la25_stub *entry1, *entry2;
1592 entry1 = (struct mips_elf_la25_stub *) entry1_;
1593 entry2 = (struct mips_elf_la25_stub *) entry2_;
1594 return ((entry1->h->root.root.u.def.section
1595 == entry2->h->root.root.u.def.section)
1596 && (entry1->h->root.root.u.def.value
1597 == entry2->h->root.root.u.def.value));
1600 /* Called by the linker to set up the la25 stub-creation code. FN is
1601 the linker's implementation of add_stub_function. Return true on
1605 _bfd_mips_elf_init_stubs (struct bfd_link_info *info,
1606 asection *(*fn) (const char *, asection *,
1609 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
1611 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
1615 htab->add_stub_section = fn;
1616 htab->la25_stubs = htab_try_create (1, mips_elf_la25_stub_hash,
1617 mips_elf_la25_stub_eq, NULL);
1618 if (htab->la25_stubs == NULL)
1624 /* Return true if H is a locally-defined PIC function, in the sense
1625 that it or its fn_stub might need $25 to be valid on entry.
1626 Note that MIPS16 functions set up $gp using PC-relative instructions,
1627 so they themselves never need $25 to be valid. Only non-MIPS16
1628 entry points are of interest here. */
1631 mips_elf_local_pic_function_p (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h)
1633 return ((h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
1634 || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
1635 && h->root.def_regular
1636 && !bfd_is_abs_section (h->root.root.u.def.section)
1637 && (!ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (h->root.other)
1638 || (h->fn_stub && h->need_fn_stub))
1639 && (PIC_OBJECT_P (h->root.root.u.def.section->owner)
1640 || ELF_ST_IS_MIPS_PIC (h->root.other)));
1643 /* Set *SEC to the input section that contains the target of STUB.
1644 Return the offset of the target from the start of that section. */
1647 mips_elf_get_la25_target (struct mips_elf_la25_stub *stub,
1650 if (ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (stub->h->root.other))
1652 BFD_ASSERT (stub->h->need_fn_stub);
1653 *sec = stub->h->fn_stub;
1658 *sec = stub->h->root.root.u.def.section;
1659 return stub->h->root.root.u.def.value;
1663 /* STUB describes an la25 stub that we have decided to implement
1664 by inserting an LUI/ADDIU pair before the target function.
1665 Create the section and redirect the function symbol to it. */
1668 mips_elf_add_la25_intro (struct mips_elf_la25_stub *stub,
1669 struct bfd_link_info *info)
1671 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
1673 asection *s, *input_section;
1676 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
1680 /* Create a unique name for the new section. */
1681 name = bfd_malloc (11 + sizeof (".text.stub."));
1684 sprintf (name, ".text.stub.%d", (int) htab_elements (htab->la25_stubs));
1686 /* Create the section. */
1687 mips_elf_get_la25_target (stub, &input_section);
1688 s = htab->add_stub_section (name, input_section,
1689 input_section->output_section);
1693 /* Make sure that any padding goes before the stub. */
1694 align = input_section->alignment_power;
1695 if (!bfd_set_section_alignment (s->owner, s, align))
1698 s->size = (1 << align) - 8;
1700 /* Create a symbol for the stub. */
1701 mips_elf_create_stub_symbol (info, stub->h, ".pic.", s, s->size, 8);
1702 stub->stub_section = s;
1703 stub->offset = s->size;
1705 /* Allocate room for it. */
1710 /* STUB describes an la25 stub that we have decided to implement
1711 with a separate trampoline. Allocate room for it and redirect
1712 the function symbol to it. */
1715 mips_elf_add_la25_trampoline (struct mips_elf_la25_stub *stub,
1716 struct bfd_link_info *info)
1718 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
1721 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
1725 /* Create a trampoline section, if we haven't already. */
1726 s = htab->strampoline;
1729 asection *input_section = stub->h->root.root.u.def.section;
1730 s = htab->add_stub_section (".text", NULL,
1731 input_section->output_section);
1732 if (s == NULL || !bfd_set_section_alignment (s->owner, s, 4))
1734 htab->strampoline = s;
1737 /* Create a symbol for the stub. */
1738 mips_elf_create_stub_symbol (info, stub->h, ".pic.", s, s->size, 16);
1739 stub->stub_section = s;
1740 stub->offset = s->size;
1742 /* Allocate room for it. */
1747 /* H describes a symbol that needs an la25 stub. Make sure that an
1748 appropriate stub exists and point H at it. */
1751 mips_elf_add_la25_stub (struct bfd_link_info *info,
1752 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h)
1754 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
1755 struct mips_elf_la25_stub search, *stub;
1756 bfd_boolean use_trampoline_p;
1761 /* Describe the stub we want. */
1762 search.stub_section = NULL;
1766 /* See if we've already created an equivalent stub. */
1767 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
1771 slot = htab_find_slot (htab->la25_stubs, &search, INSERT);
1775 stub = (struct mips_elf_la25_stub *) *slot;
1778 /* We can reuse the existing stub. */
1779 h->la25_stub = stub;
1783 /* Create a permanent copy of ENTRY and add it to the hash table. */
1784 stub = bfd_malloc (sizeof (search));
1790 /* Prefer to use LUI/ADDIU stubs if the function is at the beginning
1791 of the section and if we would need no more than 2 nops. */
1792 value = mips_elf_get_la25_target (stub, &s);
1793 use_trampoline_p = (value != 0 || s->alignment_power > 4);
1795 h->la25_stub = stub;
1796 return (use_trampoline_p
1797 ? mips_elf_add_la25_trampoline (stub, info)
1798 : mips_elf_add_la25_intro (stub, info));
1801 /* A mips_elf_link_hash_traverse callback that is called before sizing
1802 sections. DATA points to a mips_htab_traverse_info structure. */
1805 mips_elf_check_symbols (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h, void *data)
1807 struct mips_htab_traverse_info *hti;
1809 hti = (struct mips_htab_traverse_info *) data;
1810 if (!hti->info->relocatable)
1811 mips_elf_check_mips16_stubs (hti->info, h);
1813 if (mips_elf_local_pic_function_p (h))
1815 /* PR 12845: If H is in a section that has been garbage
1816 collected it will have its output section set to *ABS*. */
1817 if (bfd_is_abs_section (h->root.root.u.def.section->output_section))
1820 /* H is a function that might need $25 to be valid on entry.
1821 If we're creating a non-PIC relocatable object, mark H as
1822 being PIC. If we're creating a non-relocatable object with
1823 non-PIC branches and jumps to H, make sure that H has an la25
1825 if (hti->info->relocatable)
1827 if (!PIC_OBJECT_P (hti->output_bfd))
1828 h->root.other = ELF_ST_SET_MIPS_PIC (h->root.other);
1830 else if (h->has_nonpic_branches && !mips_elf_add_la25_stub (hti->info, h))
1839 /* R_MIPS16_26 is used for the mips16 jal and jalx instructions.
1840 Most mips16 instructions are 16 bits, but these instructions
1843 The format of these instructions is:
1845 +--------------+--------------------------------+
1846 | JALX | X| Imm 20:16 | Imm 25:21 |
1847 +--------------+--------------------------------+
1849 +-----------------------------------------------+
1851 JALX is the 5-bit value 00011. X is 0 for jal, 1 for jalx.
1852 Note that the immediate value in the first word is swapped.
1854 When producing a relocatable object file, R_MIPS16_26 is
1855 handled mostly like R_MIPS_26. In particular, the addend is
1856 stored as a straight 26-bit value in a 32-bit instruction.
1857 (gas makes life simpler for itself by never adjusting a
1858 R_MIPS16_26 reloc to be against a section, so the addend is
1859 always zero). However, the 32 bit instruction is stored as 2
1860 16-bit values, rather than a single 32-bit value. In a
1861 big-endian file, the result is the same; in a little-endian
1862 file, the two 16-bit halves of the 32 bit value are swapped.
1863 This is so that a disassembler can recognize the jal
1866 When doing a final link, R_MIPS16_26 is treated as a 32 bit
1867 instruction stored as two 16-bit values. The addend A is the
1868 contents of the targ26 field. The calculation is the same as
1869 R_MIPS_26. When storing the calculated value, reorder the
1870 immediate value as shown above, and don't forget to store the
1871 value as two 16-bit values.
1873 To put it in MIPS ABI terms, the relocation field is T-targ26-16,
1877 +--------+----------------------+
1881 +--------+----------------------+
1884 +----------+------+-------------+
1888 +----------+--------------------+
1889 where targ26-16 is sub1 followed by sub2 (i.e., the addend field A is
1890 ((sub1 << 16) | sub2)).
1892 When producing a relocatable object file, the calculation is
1893 (((A < 2) | ((P + 4) & 0xf0000000) + S) >> 2)
1894 When producing a fully linked file, the calculation is
1895 let R = (((A < 2) | ((P + 4) & 0xf0000000) + S) >> 2)
1896 ((R & 0x1f0000) << 5) | ((R & 0x3e00000) >> 5) | (R & 0xffff)
1898 The table below lists the other MIPS16 instruction relocations.
1899 Each one is calculated in the same way as the non-MIPS16 relocation
1900 given on the right, but using the extended MIPS16 layout of 16-bit
1903 R_MIPS16_GPREL R_MIPS_GPREL16
1904 R_MIPS16_GOT16 R_MIPS_GOT16
1905 R_MIPS16_CALL16 R_MIPS_CALL16
1906 R_MIPS16_HI16 R_MIPS_HI16
1907 R_MIPS16_LO16 R_MIPS_LO16
1909 A typical instruction will have a format like this:
1911 +--------------+--------------------------------+
1912 | EXTEND | Imm 10:5 | Imm 15:11 |
1913 +--------------+--------------------------------+
1914 | Major | rx | ry | Imm 4:0 |
1915 +--------------+--------------------------------+
1917 EXTEND is the five bit value 11110. Major is the instruction
1920 All we need to do here is shuffle the bits appropriately.
1921 As above, the two 16-bit halves must be swapped on a
1922 little-endian system. */
1924 static inline bfd_boolean
1925 mips16_reloc_p (int r_type)
1930 case R_MIPS16_GPREL:
1931 case R_MIPS16_GOT16:
1932 case R_MIPS16_CALL16:
1935 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GD:
1936 case R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM:
1937 case R_MIPS16_TLS_DTPREL_HI16:
1938 case R_MIPS16_TLS_DTPREL_LO16:
1939 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL:
1940 case R_MIPS16_TLS_TPREL_HI16:
1941 case R_MIPS16_TLS_TPREL_LO16:
1949 /* Check if a microMIPS reloc. */
1951 static inline bfd_boolean
1952 micromips_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type)
1954 return r_type >= R_MICROMIPS_min && r_type < R_MICROMIPS_max;
1957 /* Similar to MIPS16, the two 16-bit halves in microMIPS must be swapped
1958 on a little-endian system. This does not apply to R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1
1959 and R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1 relocs that apply to 16-bit instructions. */
1961 static inline bfd_boolean
1962 micromips_reloc_shuffle_p (unsigned int r_type)
1964 return (micromips_reloc_p (r_type)
1965 && r_type != R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1
1966 && r_type != R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1);
1969 static inline bfd_boolean
1970 got16_reloc_p (int r_type)
1972 return (r_type == R_MIPS_GOT16
1973 || r_type == R_MIPS16_GOT16
1974 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_GOT16);
1977 static inline bfd_boolean
1978 call16_reloc_p (int r_type)
1980 return (r_type == R_MIPS_CALL16
1981 || r_type == R_MIPS16_CALL16
1982 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_CALL16);
1985 static inline bfd_boolean
1986 got_disp_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type)
1988 return r_type == R_MIPS_GOT_DISP || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP;
1991 static inline bfd_boolean
1992 got_page_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type)
1994 return r_type == R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_GOT_PAGE;
1997 static inline bfd_boolean
1998 got_ofst_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type)
2000 return r_type == R_MIPS_GOT_OFST || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_GOT_OFST;
2003 static inline bfd_boolean
2004 got_hi16_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type)
2006 return r_type == R_MIPS_GOT_HI16 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_GOT_HI16;
2009 static inline bfd_boolean
2010 got_lo16_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type)
2012 return r_type == R_MIPS_GOT_LO16 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_GOT_LO16;
2015 static inline bfd_boolean
2016 call_hi16_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type)
2018 return r_type == R_MIPS_CALL_HI16 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16;
2021 static inline bfd_boolean
2022 call_lo16_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type)
2024 return r_type == R_MIPS_CALL_LO16 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16;
2027 static inline bfd_boolean
2028 hi16_reloc_p (int r_type)
2030 return (r_type == R_MIPS_HI16
2031 || r_type == R_MIPS16_HI16
2032 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_HI16);
2035 static inline bfd_boolean
2036 lo16_reloc_p (int r_type)
2038 return (r_type == R_MIPS_LO16
2039 || r_type == R_MIPS16_LO16
2040 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_LO16);
2043 static inline bfd_boolean
2044 mips16_call_reloc_p (int r_type)
2046 return r_type == R_MIPS16_26 || r_type == R_MIPS16_CALL16;
2049 static inline bfd_boolean
2050 jal_reloc_p (int r_type)
2052 return (r_type == R_MIPS_26
2053 || r_type == R_MIPS16_26
2054 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_26_S1);
2057 static inline bfd_boolean
2058 micromips_branch_reloc_p (int r_type)
2060 return (r_type == R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
2061 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
2062 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1
2063 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1);
2066 static inline bfd_boolean
2067 tls_gd_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type)
2069 return (r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_GD
2070 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_GD
2071 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD);
2074 static inline bfd_boolean
2075 tls_ldm_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type)
2077 return (r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
2078 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM
2079 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_LDM);
2082 static inline bfd_boolean
2083 tls_gottprel_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type)
2085 return (r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
2086 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL
2087 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL);
2091 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_unshuffle (bfd *abfd, int r_type,
2092 bfd_boolean jal_shuffle, bfd_byte *data)
2094 bfd_vma first, second, val;
2096 if (!mips16_reloc_p (r_type) && !micromips_reloc_shuffle_p (r_type))
2099 /* Pick up the first and second halfwords of the instruction. */
2100 first = bfd_get_16 (abfd, data);
2101 second = bfd_get_16 (abfd, data + 2);
2102 if (micromips_reloc_p (r_type) || (r_type == R_MIPS16_26 && !jal_shuffle))
2103 val = first << 16 | second;
2104 else if (r_type != R_MIPS16_26)
2105 val = (((first & 0xf800) << 16) | ((second & 0xffe0) << 11)
2106 | ((first & 0x1f) << 11) | (first & 0x7e0) | (second & 0x1f));
2108 val = (((first & 0xfc00) << 16) | ((first & 0x3e0) << 11)
2109 | ((first & 0x1f) << 21) | second);
2110 bfd_put_32 (abfd, val, data);
2114 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_shuffle (bfd *abfd, int r_type,
2115 bfd_boolean jal_shuffle, bfd_byte *data)
2117 bfd_vma first, second, val;
2119 if (!mips16_reloc_p (r_type) && !micromips_reloc_shuffle_p (r_type))
2122 val = bfd_get_32 (abfd, data);
2123 if (micromips_reloc_p (r_type) || (r_type == R_MIPS16_26 && !jal_shuffle))
2125 second = val & 0xffff;
2128 else if (r_type != R_MIPS16_26)
2130 second = ((val >> 11) & 0xffe0) | (val & 0x1f);
2131 first = ((val >> 16) & 0xf800) | ((val >> 11) & 0x1f) | (val & 0x7e0);
2135 second = val & 0xffff;
2136 first = ((val >> 16) & 0xfc00) | ((val >> 11) & 0x3e0)
2137 | ((val >> 21) & 0x1f);
2139 bfd_put_16 (abfd, second, data + 2);
2140 bfd_put_16 (abfd, first, data);
2143 bfd_reloc_status_type
2144 _bfd_mips_elf_gprel16_with_gp (bfd *abfd, asymbol *symbol,
2145 arelent *reloc_entry, asection *input_section,
2146 bfd_boolean relocatable, void *data, bfd_vma gp)
2150 bfd_reloc_status_type status;
2152 if (bfd_is_com_section (symbol->section))
2155 relocation = symbol->value;
2157 relocation += symbol->section->output_section->vma;
2158 relocation += symbol->section->output_offset;
2160 if (reloc_entry->address > bfd_get_section_limit (abfd, input_section))
2161 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
2163 /* Set val to the offset into the section or symbol. */
2164 val = reloc_entry->addend;
2166 _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (val, 16);
2168 /* Adjust val for the final section location and GP value. If we
2169 are producing relocatable output, we don't want to do this for
2170 an external symbol. */
2172 || (symbol->flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) != 0)
2173 val += relocation - gp;
2175 if (reloc_entry->howto->partial_inplace)
2177 status = _bfd_relocate_contents (reloc_entry->howto, abfd, val,
2179 + reloc_entry->address);
2180 if (status != bfd_reloc_ok)
2184 reloc_entry->addend = val;
2187 reloc_entry->address += input_section->output_offset;
2189 return bfd_reloc_ok;
2192 /* Used to store a REL high-part relocation such as R_MIPS_HI16 or
2193 R_MIPS_GOT16. REL is the relocation, INPUT_SECTION is the section
2194 that contains the relocation field and DATA points to the start of
2199 struct mips_hi16 *next;
2201 asection *input_section;
2205 /* FIXME: This should not be a static variable. */
2207 static struct mips_hi16 *mips_hi16_list;
2209 /* A howto special_function for REL *HI16 relocations. We can only
2210 calculate the correct value once we've seen the partnering
2211 *LO16 relocation, so just save the information for later.
2213 The ABI requires that the *LO16 immediately follow the *HI16.
2214 However, as a GNU extension, we permit an arbitrary number of
2215 *HI16s to be associated with a single *LO16. This significantly
2216 simplies the relocation handling in gcc. */
2218 bfd_reloc_status_type
2219 _bfd_mips_elf_hi16_reloc (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, arelent *reloc_entry,
2220 asymbol *symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, void *data,
2221 asection *input_section, bfd *output_bfd,
2222 char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
2224 struct mips_hi16 *n;
2226 if (reloc_entry->address > bfd_get_section_limit (abfd, input_section))
2227 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
2229 n = bfd_malloc (sizeof *n);
2231 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
2233 n->next = mips_hi16_list;
2235 n->input_section = input_section;
2236 n->rel = *reloc_entry;
2239 if (output_bfd != NULL)
2240 reloc_entry->address += input_section->output_offset;
2242 return bfd_reloc_ok;
2245 /* A howto special_function for REL R_MIPS*_GOT16 relocations. This is just
2246 like any other 16-bit relocation when applied to global symbols, but is
2247 treated in the same as R_MIPS_HI16 when applied to local symbols. */
2249 bfd_reloc_status_type
2250 _bfd_mips_elf_got16_reloc (bfd *abfd, arelent *reloc_entry, asymbol *symbol,
2251 void *data, asection *input_section,
2252 bfd *output_bfd, char **error_message)
2254 if ((symbol->flags & (BSF_GLOBAL | BSF_WEAK)) != 0
2255 || bfd_is_und_section (bfd_get_section (symbol))
2256 || bfd_is_com_section (bfd_get_section (symbol)))
2257 /* The relocation is against a global symbol. */
2258 return _bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (abfd, reloc_entry, symbol, data,
2259 input_section, output_bfd,
2262 return _bfd_mips_elf_hi16_reloc (abfd, reloc_entry, symbol, data,
2263 input_section, output_bfd, error_message);
2266 /* A howto special_function for REL *LO16 relocations. The *LO16 itself
2267 is a straightforward 16 bit inplace relocation, but we must deal with
2268 any partnering high-part relocations as well. */
2270 bfd_reloc_status_type
2271 _bfd_mips_elf_lo16_reloc (bfd *abfd, arelent *reloc_entry, asymbol *symbol,
2272 void *data, asection *input_section,
2273 bfd *output_bfd, char **error_message)
2276 bfd_byte *location = (bfd_byte *) data + reloc_entry->address;
2278 if (reloc_entry->address > bfd_get_section_limit (abfd, input_section))
2279 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
2281 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_unshuffle (abfd, reloc_entry->howto->type, FALSE,
2283 vallo = bfd_get_32 (abfd, location);
2284 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_shuffle (abfd, reloc_entry->howto->type, FALSE,
2287 while (mips_hi16_list != NULL)
2289 bfd_reloc_status_type ret;
2290 struct mips_hi16 *hi;
2292 hi = mips_hi16_list;
2294 /* R_MIPS*_GOT16 relocations are something of a special case. We
2295 want to install the addend in the same way as for a R_MIPS*_HI16
2296 relocation (with a rightshift of 16). However, since GOT16
2297 relocations can also be used with global symbols, their howto
2298 has a rightshift of 0. */
2299 if (hi->rel.howto->type == R_MIPS_GOT16)
2300 hi->rel.howto = MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd, R_MIPS_HI16, FALSE);
2301 else if (hi->rel.howto->type == R_MIPS16_GOT16)
2302 hi->rel.howto = MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd, R_MIPS16_HI16, FALSE);
2303 else if (hi->rel.howto->type == R_MICROMIPS_GOT16)
2304 hi->rel.howto = MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd, R_MICROMIPS_HI16, FALSE);
2306 /* VALLO is a signed 16-bit number. Bias it by 0x8000 so that any
2307 carry or borrow will induce a change of +1 or -1 in the high part. */
2308 hi->rel.addend += (vallo + 0x8000) & 0xffff;
2310 ret = _bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (abfd, &hi->rel, symbol, hi->data,
2311 hi->input_section, output_bfd,
2313 if (ret != bfd_reloc_ok)
2316 mips_hi16_list = hi->next;
2320 return _bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (abfd, reloc_entry, symbol, data,
2321 input_section, output_bfd,
2325 /* A generic howto special_function. This calculates and installs the
2326 relocation itself, thus avoiding the oft-discussed problems in
2327 bfd_perform_relocation and bfd_install_relocation. */
2329 bfd_reloc_status_type
2330 _bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, arelent *reloc_entry,
2331 asymbol *symbol, void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2332 asection *input_section, bfd *output_bfd,
2333 char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
2336 bfd_reloc_status_type status;
2337 bfd_boolean relocatable;
2339 relocatable = (output_bfd != NULL);
2341 if (reloc_entry->address > bfd_get_section_limit (abfd, input_section))
2342 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
2344 /* Build up the field adjustment in VAL. */
2346 if (!relocatable || (symbol->flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) != 0)
2348 /* Either we're calculating the final field value or we have a
2349 relocation against a section symbol. Add in the section's
2350 offset or address. */
2351 val += symbol->section->output_section->vma;
2352 val += symbol->section->output_offset;
2357 /* We're calculating the final field value. Add in the symbol's value
2358 and, if pc-relative, subtract the address of the field itself. */
2359 val += symbol->value;
2360 if (reloc_entry->howto->pc_relative)
2362 val -= input_section->output_section->vma;
2363 val -= input_section->output_offset;
2364 val -= reloc_entry->address;
2368 /* VAL is now the final adjustment. If we're keeping this relocation
2369 in the output file, and if the relocation uses a separate addend,
2370 we just need to add VAL to that addend. Otherwise we need to add
2371 VAL to the relocation field itself. */
2372 if (relocatable && !reloc_entry->howto->partial_inplace)
2373 reloc_entry->addend += val;
2376 bfd_byte *location = (bfd_byte *) data + reloc_entry->address;
2378 /* Add in the separate addend, if any. */
2379 val += reloc_entry->addend;
2381 /* Add VAL to the relocation field. */
2382 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_unshuffle (abfd, reloc_entry->howto->type, FALSE,
2384 status = _bfd_relocate_contents (reloc_entry->howto, abfd, val,
2386 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_shuffle (abfd, reloc_entry->howto->type, FALSE,
2389 if (status != bfd_reloc_ok)
2394 reloc_entry->address += input_section->output_offset;
2396 return bfd_reloc_ok;
2399 /* Swap an entry in a .gptab section. Note that these routines rely
2400 on the equivalence of the two elements of the union. */
2403 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_in (bfd *abfd, const Elf32_External_gptab *ex,
2406 in->gt_entry.gt_g_value = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->gt_entry.gt_g_value);
2407 in->gt_entry.gt_bytes = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->gt_entry.gt_bytes);
2411 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_out (bfd *abfd, const Elf32_gptab *in,
2412 Elf32_External_gptab *ex)
2414 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->gt_entry.gt_g_value, ex->gt_entry.gt_g_value);
2415 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->gt_entry.gt_bytes, ex->gt_entry.gt_bytes);
2419 bfd_elf32_swap_compact_rel_out (bfd *abfd, const Elf32_compact_rel *in,
2420 Elf32_External_compact_rel *ex)
2422 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->id1, ex->id1);
2423 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->num, ex->num);
2424 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->id2, ex->id2);
2425 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->offset, ex->offset);
2426 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->reserved0, ex->reserved0);
2427 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->reserved1, ex->reserved1);
2431 bfd_elf32_swap_crinfo_out (bfd *abfd, const Elf32_crinfo *in,
2432 Elf32_External_crinfo *ex)
2436 l = (((in->ctype & CRINFO_CTYPE) << CRINFO_CTYPE_SH)
2437 | ((in->rtype & CRINFO_RTYPE) << CRINFO_RTYPE_SH)
2438 | ((in->dist2to & CRINFO_DIST2TO) << CRINFO_DIST2TO_SH)
2439 | ((in->relvaddr & CRINFO_RELVADDR) << CRINFO_RELVADDR_SH));
2440 H_PUT_32 (abfd, l, ex->info);
2441 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->konst, ex->konst);
2442 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->vaddr, ex->vaddr);
2445 /* A .reginfo section holds a single Elf32_RegInfo structure. These
2446 routines swap this structure in and out. They are used outside of
2447 BFD, so they are globally visible. */
2450 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in (bfd *abfd, const Elf32_External_RegInfo *ex,
2453 in->ri_gprmask = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_gprmask);
2454 in->ri_cprmask[0] = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_cprmask[0]);
2455 in->ri_cprmask[1] = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_cprmask[1]);
2456 in->ri_cprmask[2] = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_cprmask[2]);
2457 in->ri_cprmask[3] = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_cprmask[3]);
2458 in->ri_gp_value = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_gp_value);
2462 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_out (bfd *abfd, const Elf32_RegInfo *in,
2463 Elf32_External_RegInfo *ex)
2465 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_gprmask, ex->ri_gprmask);
2466 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_cprmask[0], ex->ri_cprmask[0]);
2467 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_cprmask[1], ex->ri_cprmask[1]);
2468 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_cprmask[2], ex->ri_cprmask[2]);
2469 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_cprmask[3], ex->ri_cprmask[3]);
2470 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_gp_value, ex->ri_gp_value);
2473 /* In the 64 bit ABI, the .MIPS.options section holds register
2474 information in an Elf64_Reginfo structure. These routines swap
2475 them in and out. They are globally visible because they are used
2476 outside of BFD. These routines are here so that gas can call them
2477 without worrying about whether the 64 bit ABI has been included. */
2480 bfd_mips_elf64_swap_reginfo_in (bfd *abfd, const Elf64_External_RegInfo *ex,
2481 Elf64_Internal_RegInfo *in)
2483 in->ri_gprmask = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_gprmask);
2484 in->ri_pad = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_pad);
2485 in->ri_cprmask[0] = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_cprmask[0]);
2486 in->ri_cprmask[1] = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_cprmask[1]);
2487 in->ri_cprmask[2] = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_cprmask[2]);
2488 in->ri_cprmask[3] = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->ri_cprmask[3]);
2489 in->ri_gp_value = H_GET_64 (abfd, ex->ri_gp_value);
2493 bfd_mips_elf64_swap_reginfo_out (bfd *abfd, const Elf64_Internal_RegInfo *in,
2494 Elf64_External_RegInfo *ex)
2496 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_gprmask, ex->ri_gprmask);
2497 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_pad, ex->ri_pad);
2498 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_cprmask[0], ex->ri_cprmask[0]);
2499 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_cprmask[1], ex->ri_cprmask[1]);
2500 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_cprmask[2], ex->ri_cprmask[2]);
2501 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->ri_cprmask[3], ex->ri_cprmask[3]);
2502 H_PUT_64 (abfd, in->ri_gp_value, ex->ri_gp_value);
2505 /* Swap in an options header. */
2508 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_in (bfd *abfd, const Elf_External_Options *ex,
2509 Elf_Internal_Options *in)
2511 in->kind = H_GET_8 (abfd, ex->kind);
2512 in->size = H_GET_8 (abfd, ex->size);
2513 in->section = H_GET_16 (abfd, ex->section);
2514 in->info = H_GET_32 (abfd, ex->info);
2517 /* Swap out an options header. */
2520 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_out (bfd *abfd, const Elf_Internal_Options *in,
2521 Elf_External_Options *ex)
2523 H_PUT_8 (abfd, in->kind, ex->kind);
2524 H_PUT_8 (abfd, in->size, ex->size);
2525 H_PUT_16 (abfd, in->section, ex->section);
2526 H_PUT_32 (abfd, in->info, ex->info);
2529 /* This function is called via qsort() to sort the dynamic relocation
2530 entries by increasing r_symndx value. */
2533 sort_dynamic_relocs (const void *arg1, const void *arg2)
2535 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc1;
2536 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc2;
2539 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (reldyn_sorting_bfd, arg1, &int_reloc1);
2540 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (reldyn_sorting_bfd, arg2, &int_reloc2);
2542 diff = ELF32_R_SYM (int_reloc1.r_info) - ELF32_R_SYM (int_reloc2.r_info);
2546 if (int_reloc1.r_offset < int_reloc2.r_offset)
2548 if (int_reloc1.r_offset > int_reloc2.r_offset)
2553 /* Like sort_dynamic_relocs, but used for elf64 relocations. */
2556 sort_dynamic_relocs_64 (const void *arg1 ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2557 const void *arg2 ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
2560 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc1[3];
2561 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc2[3];
2563 (*get_elf_backend_data (reldyn_sorting_bfd)->s->swap_reloc_in)
2564 (reldyn_sorting_bfd, arg1, int_reloc1);
2565 (*get_elf_backend_data (reldyn_sorting_bfd)->s->swap_reloc_in)
2566 (reldyn_sorting_bfd, arg2, int_reloc2);
2568 if (ELF64_R_SYM (int_reloc1[0].r_info) < ELF64_R_SYM (int_reloc2[0].r_info))
2570 if (ELF64_R_SYM (int_reloc1[0].r_info) > ELF64_R_SYM (int_reloc2[0].r_info))
2573 if (int_reloc1[0].r_offset < int_reloc2[0].r_offset)
2575 if (int_reloc1[0].r_offset > int_reloc2[0].r_offset)
2584 /* This routine is used to write out ECOFF debugging external symbol
2585 information. It is called via mips_elf_link_hash_traverse. The
2586 ECOFF external symbol information must match the ELF external
2587 symbol information. Unfortunately, at this point we don't know
2588 whether a symbol is required by reloc information, so the two
2589 tables may wind up being different. We must sort out the external
2590 symbol information before we can set the final size of the .mdebug
2591 section, and we must set the size of the .mdebug section before we
2592 can relocate any sections, and we can't know which symbols are
2593 required by relocation until we relocate the sections.
2594 Fortunately, it is relatively unlikely that any symbol will be
2595 stripped but required by a reloc. In particular, it can not happen
2596 when generating a final executable. */
2599 mips_elf_output_extsym (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h, void *data)
2601 struct extsym_info *einfo = data;
2603 asection *sec, *output_section;
2605 if (h->root.indx == -2)
2607 else if ((h->root.def_dynamic
2608 || h->root.ref_dynamic
2609 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_new)
2610 && !h->root.def_regular
2611 && !h->root.ref_regular)
2613 else if (einfo->info->strip == strip_all
2614 || (einfo->info->strip == strip_some
2615 && bfd_hash_lookup (einfo->info->keep_hash,
2616 h->root.root.root.string,
2617 FALSE, FALSE) == NULL))
2625 if (h->esym.ifd == -2)
2628 h->esym.cobol_main = 0;
2629 h->esym.weakext = 0;
2630 h->esym.reserved = 0;
2631 h->esym.ifd = ifdNil;
2632 h->esym.asym.value = 0;
2633 h->esym.asym.st = stGlobal;
2635 if (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefined
2636 || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
2640 /* Use undefined class. Also, set class and type for some
2642 name = h->root.root.root.string;
2643 if (strcmp (name, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names[0]) == 0
2644 || strcmp (name, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names[1]) == 0)
2646 h->esym.asym.sc = scData;
2647 h->esym.asym.st = stLabel;
2648 h->esym.asym.value = 0;
2650 else if (strcmp (name, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names[2]) == 0)
2652 h->esym.asym.sc = scAbs;
2653 h->esym.asym.st = stLabel;
2654 h->esym.asym.value =
2655 mips_elf_hash_table (einfo->info)->procedure_count;
2657 else if (strcmp (name, "_gp_disp") == 0 && ! NEWABI_P (einfo->abfd))
2659 h->esym.asym.sc = scAbs;
2660 h->esym.asym.st = stLabel;
2661 h->esym.asym.value = elf_gp (einfo->abfd);
2664 h->esym.asym.sc = scUndefined;
2666 else if (h->root.root.type != bfd_link_hash_defined
2667 && h->root.root.type != bfd_link_hash_defweak)
2668 h->esym.asym.sc = scAbs;
2673 sec = h->root.root.u.def.section;
2674 output_section = sec->output_section;
2676 /* When making a shared library and symbol h is the one from
2677 the another shared library, OUTPUT_SECTION may be null. */
2678 if (output_section == NULL)
2679 h->esym.asym.sc = scUndefined;
2682 name = bfd_section_name (output_section->owner, output_section);
2684 if (strcmp (name, ".text") == 0)
2685 h->esym.asym.sc = scText;
2686 else if (strcmp (name, ".data") == 0)
2687 h->esym.asym.sc = scData;
2688 else if (strcmp (name, ".sdata") == 0)
2689 h->esym.asym.sc = scSData;
2690 else if (strcmp (name, ".rodata") == 0
2691 || strcmp (name, ".rdata") == 0)
2692 h->esym.asym.sc = scRData;
2693 else if (strcmp (name, ".bss") == 0)
2694 h->esym.asym.sc = scBss;
2695 else if (strcmp (name, ".sbss") == 0)
2696 h->esym.asym.sc = scSBss;
2697 else if (strcmp (name, ".init") == 0)
2698 h->esym.asym.sc = scInit;
2699 else if (strcmp (name, ".fini") == 0)
2700 h->esym.asym.sc = scFini;
2702 h->esym.asym.sc = scAbs;
2706 h->esym.asym.reserved = 0;
2707 h->esym.asym.index = indexNil;
2710 if (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_common)
2711 h->esym.asym.value = h->root.root.u.c.size;
2712 else if (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
2713 || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
2715 if (h->esym.asym.sc == scCommon)
2716 h->esym.asym.sc = scBss;
2717 else if (h->esym.asym.sc == scSCommon)
2718 h->esym.asym.sc = scSBss;
2720 sec = h->root.root.u.def.section;
2721 output_section = sec->output_section;
2722 if (output_section != NULL)
2723 h->esym.asym.value = (h->root.root.u.def.value
2724 + sec->output_offset
2725 + output_section->vma);
2727 h->esym.asym.value = 0;
2731 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *hd = h;
2733 while (hd->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect)
2734 hd = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *)h->root.root.u.i.link;
2736 if (hd->needs_lazy_stub)
2738 /* Set type and value for a symbol with a function stub. */
2739 h->esym.asym.st = stProc;
2740 sec = hd->root.root.u.def.section;
2742 h->esym.asym.value = 0;
2745 output_section = sec->output_section;
2746 if (output_section != NULL)
2747 h->esym.asym.value = (hd->root.plt.offset
2748 + sec->output_offset
2749 + output_section->vma);
2751 h->esym.asym.value = 0;
2756 if (! bfd_ecoff_debug_one_external (einfo->abfd, einfo->debug, einfo->swap,
2757 h->root.root.root.string,
2760 einfo->failed = TRUE;
2767 /* A comparison routine used to sort .gptab entries. */
2770 gptab_compare (const void *p1, const void *p2)
2772 const Elf32_gptab *a1 = p1;
2773 const Elf32_gptab *a2 = p2;
2775 return a1->gt_entry.gt_g_value - a2->gt_entry.gt_g_value;
2778 /* Functions to manage the got entry hash table. */
2780 /* Use all 64 bits of a bfd_vma for the computation of a 32-bit
2783 static INLINE hashval_t
2784 mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (bfd_vma addr)
2787 return addr + (addr >> 32);
2793 /* got_entries only match if they're identical, except for gotidx, so
2794 use all fields to compute the hash, and compare the appropriate
2798 mips_elf_got_entry_hash (const void *entry_)
2800 const struct mips_got_entry *entry = (struct mips_got_entry *)entry_;
2802 return entry->symndx
2803 + ((entry->tls_type & GOT_TLS_LDM) << 17)
2804 + (! entry->abfd ? mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (entry->d.address)
2806 + (entry->symndx >= 0 ? mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (entry->d.addend)
2807 : entry->d.h->root.root.root.hash));
2811 mips_elf_got_entry_eq (const void *entry1, const void *entry2)
2813 const struct mips_got_entry *e1 = (struct mips_got_entry *)entry1;
2814 const struct mips_got_entry *e2 = (struct mips_got_entry *)entry2;
2816 /* An LDM entry can only match another LDM entry. */
2817 if ((e1->tls_type ^ e2->tls_type) & GOT_TLS_LDM)
2820 return e1->abfd == e2->abfd && e1->symndx == e2->symndx
2821 && (! e1->abfd ? e1->d.address == e2->d.address
2822 : e1->symndx >= 0 ? e1->d.addend == e2->d.addend
2823 : e1->d.h == e2->d.h);
2826 /* multi_got_entries are still a match in the case of global objects,
2827 even if the input bfd in which they're referenced differs, so the
2828 hash computation and compare functions are adjusted
2832 mips_elf_multi_got_entry_hash (const void *entry_)
2834 const struct mips_got_entry *entry = (struct mips_got_entry *)entry_;
2836 return entry->symndx
2838 ? mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (entry->d.address)
2839 : entry->symndx >= 0
2840 ? ((entry->tls_type & GOT_TLS_LDM)
2841 ? (GOT_TLS_LDM << 17)
2843 + mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (entry->d.addend)))
2844 : entry->d.h->root.root.root.hash);
2848 mips_elf_multi_got_entry_eq (const void *entry1, const void *entry2)
2850 const struct mips_got_entry *e1 = (struct mips_got_entry *)entry1;
2851 const struct mips_got_entry *e2 = (struct mips_got_entry *)entry2;
2853 /* Any two LDM entries match. */
2854 if (e1->tls_type & e2->tls_type & GOT_TLS_LDM)
2857 /* Nothing else matches an LDM entry. */
2858 if ((e1->tls_type ^ e2->tls_type) & GOT_TLS_LDM)
2861 return e1->symndx == e2->symndx
2862 && (e1->symndx >= 0 ? e1->abfd == e2->abfd && e1->d.addend == e2->d.addend
2863 : e1->abfd == NULL || e2->abfd == NULL
2864 ? e1->abfd == e2->abfd && e1->d.address == e2->d.address
2865 : e1->d.h == e2->d.h);
2869 mips_got_page_entry_hash (const void *entry_)
2871 const struct mips_got_page_entry *entry;
2873 entry = (const struct mips_got_page_entry *) entry_;
2874 return entry->abfd->id + entry->symndx;
2878 mips_got_page_entry_eq (const void *entry1_, const void *entry2_)
2880 const struct mips_got_page_entry *entry1, *entry2;
2882 entry1 = (const struct mips_got_page_entry *) entry1_;
2883 entry2 = (const struct mips_got_page_entry *) entry2_;
2884 return entry1->abfd == entry2->abfd && entry1->symndx == entry2->symndx;
2887 /* Return the dynamic relocation section. If it doesn't exist, try to
2888 create a new it if CREATE_P, otherwise return NULL. Also return NULL
2889 if creation fails. */
2892 mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (struct bfd_link_info *info, bfd_boolean create_p)
2898 dname = MIPS_ELF_REL_DYN_NAME (info);
2899 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
2900 sreloc = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, dname);
2901 if (sreloc == NULL && create_p)
2903 sreloc = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj, dname,
2908 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
2911 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj, sreloc,
2912 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (dynobj)))
2918 /* Count the number of relocations needed for a TLS GOT entry, with
2919 access types from TLS_TYPE, and symbol H (or a local symbol if H
2923 mips_tls_got_relocs (struct bfd_link_info *info, unsigned char tls_type,
2924 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h)
2928 bfd_boolean need_relocs = FALSE;
2929 bfd_boolean dyn = elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created;
2931 if (h && WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (dyn, info->shared, h)
2932 && (!info->shared || !SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, h)))
2935 if ((info->shared || indx != 0)
2937 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) == STV_DEFAULT
2938 || h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak))
2944 if (tls_type & GOT_TLS_GD)
2951 if (tls_type & GOT_TLS_IE)
2954 if ((tls_type & GOT_TLS_LDM) && info->shared)
2960 /* Count the number of TLS relocations required for the GOT entry in
2961 ARG1, if it describes a local symbol. */
2964 mips_elf_count_local_tls_relocs (void **arg1, void *arg2)
2966 struct mips_got_entry *entry = * (struct mips_got_entry **) arg1;
2967 struct mips_elf_count_tls_arg *arg = arg2;
2969 if (entry->abfd != NULL && entry->symndx != -1)
2970 arg->needed += mips_tls_got_relocs (arg->info, entry->tls_type, NULL);
2975 /* Count the number of TLS GOT entries required for the global (or
2976 forced-local) symbol in ARG1. */
2979 mips_elf_count_global_tls_entries (void *arg1, void *arg2)
2981 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *hm
2982 = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) arg1;
2983 struct mips_elf_count_tls_arg *arg = arg2;
2985 if (hm->tls_type & GOT_TLS_GD)
2987 if (hm->tls_type & GOT_TLS_IE)
2993 /* Count the number of TLS relocations required for the global (or
2994 forced-local) symbol in ARG1. */
2997 mips_elf_count_global_tls_relocs (void *arg1, void *arg2)
2999 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *hm
3000 = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) arg1;
3001 struct mips_elf_count_tls_arg *arg = arg2;
3003 arg->needed += mips_tls_got_relocs (arg->info, hm->tls_type, &hm->root);
3008 /* Output a simple dynamic relocation into SRELOC. */
3011 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation (bfd *output_bfd,
3013 unsigned long reloc_index,
3018 Elf_Internal_Rela rel[3];
3020 memset (rel, 0, sizeof (rel));
3022 rel[0].r_info = ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd, indx, r_type);
3023 rel[0].r_offset = rel[1].r_offset = rel[2].r_offset = offset;
3025 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd))
3027 (*get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd)->s->swap_reloc_out)
3028 (output_bfd, &rel[0],
3030 + reloc_index * sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel)));
3033 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out
3034 (output_bfd, &rel[0],
3036 + reloc_index * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel)));
3039 /* Initialize a set of TLS GOT entries for one symbol. */
3042 mips_elf_initialize_tls_slots (bfd *abfd, bfd_vma got_offset,
3043 unsigned char *tls_type_p,
3044 struct bfd_link_info *info,
3045 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h,
3048 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
3050 asection *sreloc, *sgot;
3051 bfd_vma offset, offset2;
3052 bfd_boolean need_relocs = FALSE;
3054 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
3063 bfd_boolean dyn = elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created;
3065 if (WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (dyn, info->shared, &h->root)
3066 && (!info->shared || !SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, &h->root)))
3067 indx = h->root.dynindx;
3070 if (*tls_type_p & GOT_TLS_DONE)
3073 if ((info->shared || indx != 0)
3075 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->root.other) == STV_DEFAULT
3076 || h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak))
3079 /* MINUS_ONE means the symbol is not defined in this object. It may not
3080 be defined at all; assume that the value doesn't matter in that
3081 case. Otherwise complain if we would use the value. */
3082 BFD_ASSERT (value != MINUS_ONE || (indx != 0 && need_relocs)
3083 || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak);
3085 /* Emit necessary relocations. */
3086 sreloc = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, FALSE);
3088 /* General Dynamic. */
3089 if (*tls_type_p & GOT_TLS_GD)
3091 offset = got_offset;
3092 offset2 = offset + MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd);
3096 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation
3097 (abfd, sreloc, sreloc->reloc_count++, indx,
3098 ABI_64_P (abfd) ? R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD64 : R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD32,
3099 sgot->output_offset + sgot->output_section->vma + offset);
3102 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation
3103 (abfd, sreloc, sreloc->reloc_count++, indx,
3104 ABI_64_P (abfd) ? R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL64 : R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL32,
3105 sgot->output_offset + sgot->output_section->vma + offset2);
3107 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd, value - dtprel_base (info),
3108 sgot->contents + offset2);
3112 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd, 1,
3113 sgot->contents + offset);
3114 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd, value - dtprel_base (info),
3115 sgot->contents + offset2);
3118 got_offset += 2 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd);
3121 /* Initial Exec model. */
3122 if (*tls_type_p & GOT_TLS_IE)
3124 offset = got_offset;
3129 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd, value - elf_hash_table (info)->tls_sec->vma,
3130 sgot->contents + offset);
3132 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd, 0,
3133 sgot->contents + offset);
3135 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation
3136 (abfd, sreloc, sreloc->reloc_count++, indx,
3137 ABI_64_P (abfd) ? R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL64 : R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL32,
3138 sgot->output_offset + sgot->output_section->vma + offset);
3141 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd, value - tprel_base (info),
3142 sgot->contents + offset);
3145 if (*tls_type_p & GOT_TLS_LDM)
3147 /* The initial offset is zero, and the LD offsets will include the
3148 bias by DTP_OFFSET. */
3149 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd, 0,
3150 sgot->contents + got_offset
3151 + MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd));
3154 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd, 1,
3155 sgot->contents + got_offset);
3157 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation
3158 (abfd, sreloc, sreloc->reloc_count++, indx,
3159 ABI_64_P (abfd) ? R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD64 : R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD32,
3160 sgot->output_offset + sgot->output_section->vma + got_offset);
3163 *tls_type_p |= GOT_TLS_DONE;
3166 /* Return the GOT index to use for a relocation of type R_TYPE against
3167 a symbol accessed using TLS_TYPE models. The GOT entries for this
3168 symbol in this GOT start at GOT_INDEX. This function initializes the
3169 GOT entries and corresponding relocations. */
3172 mips_tls_got_index (bfd *abfd, bfd_vma got_index, unsigned char *tls_type,
3173 int r_type, struct bfd_link_info *info,
3174 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h, bfd_vma symbol)
3176 BFD_ASSERT (tls_gottprel_reloc_p (r_type)
3177 || tls_gd_reloc_p (r_type)
3178 || tls_ldm_reloc_p (r_type));
3180 mips_elf_initialize_tls_slots (abfd, got_index, tls_type, info, h, symbol);
3182 if (tls_gottprel_reloc_p (r_type))
3184 BFD_ASSERT (*tls_type & GOT_TLS_IE);
3185 if (*tls_type & GOT_TLS_GD)
3186 return got_index + 2 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd);
3191 if (tls_gd_reloc_p (r_type))
3193 BFD_ASSERT (*tls_type & GOT_TLS_GD);
3197 if (tls_ldm_reloc_p (r_type))
3199 BFD_ASSERT (*tls_type & GOT_TLS_LDM);
3206 /* Return the offset from _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ of the .got.plt entry
3207 for global symbol H. .got.plt comes before the GOT, so the offset
3208 will be negative. */
3211 mips_elf_gotplt_index (struct bfd_link_info *info,
3212 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h)
3214 bfd_vma plt_index, got_address, got_value;
3215 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
3217 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
3218 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
3220 BFD_ASSERT (h->plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1);
3222 /* This function only works for VxWorks, because a non-VxWorks .got.plt
3223 section starts with reserved entries. */
3224 BFD_ASSERT (htab->is_vxworks);
3226 /* Calculate the index of the symbol's PLT entry. */
3227 plt_index = (h->plt.offset - htab->plt_header_size) / htab->plt_entry_size;
3229 /* Calculate the address of the associated .got.plt entry. */
3230 got_address = (htab->sgotplt->output_section->vma
3231 + htab->sgotplt->output_offset
3234 /* Calculate the value of _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. */
3235 got_value = (htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
3236 + htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.section->output_offset
3237 + htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.value);
3239 return got_address - got_value;
3242 /* Return the GOT offset for address VALUE. If there is not yet a GOT
3243 entry for this value, create one. If R_SYMNDX refers to a TLS symbol,
3244 create a TLS GOT entry instead. Return -1 if no satisfactory GOT
3245 offset can be found. */
3248 mips_elf_local_got_index (bfd *abfd, bfd *ibfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
3249 bfd_vma value, unsigned long r_symndx,
3250 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h, int r_type)
3252 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
3253 struct mips_got_entry *entry;
3255 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
3256 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
3258 entry = mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (abfd, info, ibfd, value,
3259 r_symndx, h, r_type);
3263 if (TLS_RELOC_P (r_type))
3265 if (entry->symndx == -1 && htab->got_info->next == NULL)
3266 /* A type (3) entry in the single-GOT case. We use the symbol's
3267 hash table entry to track the index. */
3268 return mips_tls_got_index (abfd, h->tls_got_offset, &h->tls_type,
3269 r_type, info, h, value);
3271 return mips_tls_got_index (abfd, entry->gotidx, &entry->tls_type,
3272 r_type, info, h, value);
3275 return entry->gotidx;
3278 /* Returns the GOT index for the global symbol indicated by H. */
3281 mips_elf_global_got_index (bfd *abfd, bfd *ibfd, struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
3282 int r_type, struct bfd_link_info *info)
3284 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
3286 struct mips_got_info *g, *gg;
3287 long global_got_dynindx = 0;
3289 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
3290 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
3292 gg = g = htab->got_info;
3293 if (g->bfd2got && ibfd)
3295 struct mips_got_entry e, *p;
3297 BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx >= 0);
3299 g = mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (g, ibfd);
3300 if (g->next != gg || TLS_RELOC_P (r_type))
3304 e.d.h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *)h;
3307 p = htab_find (g->got_entries, &e);
3309 BFD_ASSERT (p->gotidx > 0);
3311 if (TLS_RELOC_P (r_type))
3313 bfd_vma value = MINUS_ONE;
3314 if ((h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
3315 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
3316 && h->root.u.def.section->output_section)
3317 value = (h->root.u.def.value
3318 + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset
3319 + h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma);
3321 return mips_tls_got_index (abfd, p->gotidx, &p->tls_type, r_type,
3322 info, e.d.h, value);
3329 if (gg->global_gotsym != NULL)
3330 global_got_dynindx = gg->global_gotsym->dynindx;
3332 if (TLS_RELOC_P (r_type))
3334 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *hm
3335 = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
3336 bfd_vma value = MINUS_ONE;
3338 if ((h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
3339 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
3340 && h->root.u.def.section->output_section)
3341 value = (h->root.u.def.value
3342 + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset
3343 + h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma);
3345 got_index = mips_tls_got_index (abfd, hm->tls_got_offset, &hm->tls_type,
3346 r_type, info, hm, value);
3350 /* Once we determine the global GOT entry with the lowest dynamic
3351 symbol table index, we must put all dynamic symbols with greater
3352 indices into the GOT. That makes it easy to calculate the GOT
3354 BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx >= global_got_dynindx);
3355 got_index = ((h->dynindx - global_got_dynindx + g->local_gotno)
3356 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd));
3358 BFD_ASSERT (got_index < htab->sgot->size);
3363 /* Find a GOT page entry that points to within 32KB of VALUE. These
3364 entries are supposed to be placed at small offsets in the GOT, i.e.,
3365 within 32KB of GP. Return the index of the GOT entry, or -1 if no
3366 entry could be created. If OFFSETP is nonnull, use it to return the
3367 offset of the GOT entry from VALUE. */
3370 mips_elf_got_page (bfd *abfd, bfd *ibfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
3371 bfd_vma value, bfd_vma *offsetp)
3373 bfd_vma page, got_index;
3374 struct mips_got_entry *entry;
3376 page = (value + 0x8000) & ~(bfd_vma) 0xffff;
3377 entry = mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (abfd, info, ibfd, page, 0,
3378 NULL, R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE);
3383 got_index = entry->gotidx;
3386 *offsetp = value - entry->d.address;
3391 /* Find a local GOT entry for an R_MIPS*_GOT16 relocation against VALUE.
3392 EXTERNAL is true if the relocation was originally against a global
3393 symbol that binds locally. */
3396 mips_elf_got16_entry (bfd *abfd, bfd *ibfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
3397 bfd_vma value, bfd_boolean external)
3399 struct mips_got_entry *entry;
3401 /* GOT16 relocations against local symbols are followed by a LO16
3402 relocation; those against global symbols are not. Thus if the
3403 symbol was originally local, the GOT16 relocation should load the
3404 equivalent of %hi(VALUE), otherwise it should load VALUE itself. */
3406 value = mips_elf_high (value) << 16;
3408 /* It doesn't matter whether the original relocation was R_MIPS_GOT16,
3409 R_MIPS16_GOT16, R_MIPS_CALL16, etc. The format of the entry is the
3410 same in all cases. */
3411 entry = mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (abfd, info, ibfd, value, 0,
3412 NULL, R_MIPS_GOT16);
3414 return entry->gotidx;
3419 /* Returns the offset for the entry at the INDEXth position
3423 mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (struct bfd_link_info *info, bfd *output_bfd,
3424 bfd *input_bfd, bfd_vma got_index)
3426 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
3430 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
3431 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
3434 gp = _bfd_get_gp_value (output_bfd)
3435 + mips_elf_adjust_gp (output_bfd, htab->got_info, input_bfd);
3437 return sgot->output_section->vma + sgot->output_offset + got_index - gp;
3440 /* Create and return a local GOT entry for VALUE, which was calculated
3441 from a symbol belonging to INPUT_SECTON. Return NULL if it could not
3442 be created. If R_SYMNDX refers to a TLS symbol, create a TLS entry
3445 static struct mips_got_entry *
3446 mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
3447 bfd *ibfd, bfd_vma value,
3448 unsigned long r_symndx,
3449 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h,
3452 struct mips_got_entry entry, **loc;
3453 struct mips_got_info *g;
3454 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
3456 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
3457 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
3461 entry.d.address = value;
3464 g = mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (htab->got_info, ibfd);
3467 g = mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (htab->got_info, abfd);
3468 BFD_ASSERT (g != NULL);
3471 /* This function shouldn't be called for symbols that live in the global
3473 BFD_ASSERT (h == NULL || h->global_got_area == GGA_NONE);
3474 if (TLS_RELOC_P (r_type))
3476 struct mips_got_entry *p;
3479 if (tls_ldm_reloc_p (r_type))
3481 entry.tls_type = GOT_TLS_LDM;
3487 entry.symndx = r_symndx;
3493 p = (struct mips_got_entry *)
3494 htab_find (g->got_entries, &entry);
3500 loc = (struct mips_got_entry **) htab_find_slot (g->got_entries, &entry,
3505 entry.gotidx = MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd) * g->assigned_gotno++;
3508 *loc = (struct mips_got_entry *)bfd_alloc (abfd, sizeof entry);
3513 memcpy (*loc, &entry, sizeof entry);
3515 if (g->assigned_gotno > g->local_gotno)
3517 (*loc)->gotidx = -1;
3518 /* We didn't allocate enough space in the GOT. */
3519 (*_bfd_error_handler)
3520 (_("not enough GOT space for local GOT entries"));
3521 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
3525 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd, value,
3526 (htab->sgot->contents + entry.gotidx));
3528 /* These GOT entries need a dynamic relocation on VxWorks. */
3529 if (htab->is_vxworks)
3531 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
3534 bfd_vma got_address;
3536 s = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, FALSE);
3537 got_address = (htab->sgot->output_section->vma
3538 + htab->sgot->output_offset
3541 rloc = s->contents + (s->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela));
3542 outrel.r_offset = got_address;
3543 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF, R_MIPS_32);
3544 outrel.r_addend = value;
3545 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (abfd, &outrel, rloc);
3551 /* Return the number of dynamic section symbols required by OUTPUT_BFD.
3552 The number might be exact or a worst-case estimate, depending on how
3553 much information is available to elf_backend_omit_section_dynsym at
3554 the current linking stage. */
3556 static bfd_size_type
3557 count_section_dynsyms (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
3559 bfd_size_type count;
3562 if (info->shared || elf_hash_table (info)->is_relocatable_executable)
3565 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
3567 bed = get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd);
3568 for (p = output_bfd->sections; p ; p = p->next)
3569 if ((p->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) == 0
3570 && (p->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
3571 && !(*bed->elf_backend_omit_section_dynsym) (output_bfd, info, p))
3577 /* Sort the dynamic symbol table so that symbols that need GOT entries
3578 appear towards the end. */
3581 mips_elf_sort_hash_table (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
3583 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
3584 struct mips_elf_hash_sort_data hsd;
3585 struct mips_got_info *g;
3587 if (elf_hash_table (info)->dynsymcount == 0)
3590 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
3591 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
3598 hsd.max_unref_got_dynindx
3599 = hsd.min_got_dynindx
3600 = (elf_hash_table (info)->dynsymcount - g->reloc_only_gotno);
3601 hsd.max_non_got_dynindx = count_section_dynsyms (abfd, info) + 1;
3602 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (((struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *)
3603 elf_hash_table (info)),
3604 mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f,
3607 /* There should have been enough room in the symbol table to
3608 accommodate both the GOT and non-GOT symbols. */
3609 BFD_ASSERT (hsd.max_non_got_dynindx <= hsd.min_got_dynindx);
3610 BFD_ASSERT ((unsigned long) hsd.max_unref_got_dynindx
3611 == elf_hash_table (info)->dynsymcount);
3612 BFD_ASSERT (elf_hash_table (info)->dynsymcount - hsd.min_got_dynindx
3613 == g->global_gotno);
3615 /* Now we know which dynamic symbol has the lowest dynamic symbol
3616 table index in the GOT. */
3617 g->global_gotsym = hsd.low;
3622 /* If H needs a GOT entry, assign it the highest available dynamic
3623 index. Otherwise, assign it the lowest available dynamic
3627 mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h, void *data)
3629 struct mips_elf_hash_sort_data *hsd = data;
3631 /* Symbols without dynamic symbol table entries aren't interesting
3633 if (h->root.dynindx == -1)
3636 switch (h->global_got_area)
3639 h->root.dynindx = hsd->max_non_got_dynindx++;
3643 h->root.dynindx = --hsd->min_got_dynindx;
3644 hsd->low = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
3647 case GGA_RELOC_ONLY:
3648 if (hsd->max_unref_got_dynindx == hsd->min_got_dynindx)
3649 hsd->low = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
3650 h->root.dynindx = hsd->max_unref_got_dynindx++;
3657 /* If H is a symbol that needs a global GOT entry, but has a dynamic
3658 symbol table index lower than any we've seen to date, record it for
3659 posterity. FOR_CALL is true if the caller is only interested in
3660 using the GOT entry for calls. */
3663 mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
3664 bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
3665 bfd_boolean for_call,
3666 unsigned char tls_flag)
3668 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
3669 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *hmips;
3670 struct mips_got_entry entry, **loc;
3671 struct mips_got_info *g;
3673 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
3674 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
3676 hmips = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
3678 hmips->got_only_for_calls = FALSE;
3680 /* A global symbol in the GOT must also be in the dynamic symbol
3682 if (h->dynindx == -1)
3684 switch (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other))
3688 _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (info, h, TRUE);
3691 if (!bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
3695 /* Make sure we have a GOT to put this entry into. */
3697 BFD_ASSERT (g != NULL);
3701 entry.d.h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
3704 loc = (struct mips_got_entry **) htab_find_slot (g->got_entries, &entry,
3707 /* If we've already marked this entry as needing GOT space, we don't
3708 need to do it again. */
3711 (*loc)->tls_type |= tls_flag;
3715 *loc = (struct mips_got_entry *)bfd_alloc (abfd, sizeof entry);
3721 entry.tls_type = tls_flag;
3723 memcpy (*loc, &entry, sizeof entry);
3726 hmips->global_got_area = GGA_NORMAL;
3731 /* Reserve space in G for a GOT entry containing the value of symbol
3732 SYMNDX in input bfd ABDF, plus ADDEND. */
3735 mips_elf_record_local_got_symbol (bfd *abfd, long symndx, bfd_vma addend,
3736 struct bfd_link_info *info,
3737 unsigned char tls_flag)
3739 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
3740 struct mips_got_info *g;
3741 struct mips_got_entry entry, **loc;
3743 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
3744 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
3747 BFD_ASSERT (g != NULL);
3750 entry.symndx = symndx;
3751 entry.d.addend = addend;
3752 entry.tls_type = tls_flag;
3753 loc = (struct mips_got_entry **)
3754 htab_find_slot (g->got_entries, &entry, INSERT);
3758 if (tls_flag == GOT_TLS_GD && !((*loc)->tls_type & GOT_TLS_GD))
3761 (*loc)->tls_type |= tls_flag;
3763 else if (tls_flag == GOT_TLS_IE && !((*loc)->tls_type & GOT_TLS_IE))
3766 (*loc)->tls_type |= tls_flag;
3774 entry.tls_type = tls_flag;
3775 if (tls_flag == GOT_TLS_IE)
3777 else if (tls_flag == GOT_TLS_GD)
3779 else if (g->tls_ldm_offset == MINUS_ONE)
3781 g->tls_ldm_offset = MINUS_TWO;
3787 entry.gotidx = g->local_gotno++;
3791 *loc = (struct mips_got_entry *)bfd_alloc (abfd, sizeof entry);
3796 memcpy (*loc, &entry, sizeof entry);
3801 /* Return the maximum number of GOT page entries required for RANGE. */
3804 mips_elf_pages_for_range (const struct mips_got_page_range *range)
3806 return (range->max_addend - range->min_addend + 0x1ffff) >> 16;
3809 /* Record that ABFD has a page relocation against symbol SYMNDX and
3810 that ADDEND is the addend for that relocation.
3812 This function creates an upper bound on the number of GOT slots
3813 required; no attempt is made to combine references to non-overridable
3814 global symbols across multiple input files. */
3817 mips_elf_record_got_page_entry (struct bfd_link_info *info, bfd *abfd,
3818 long symndx, bfd_signed_vma addend)
3820 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
3821 struct mips_got_info *g;
3822 struct mips_got_page_entry lookup, *entry;
3823 struct mips_got_page_range **range_ptr, *range;
3824 bfd_vma old_pages, new_pages;
3827 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
3828 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
3831 BFD_ASSERT (g != NULL);
3833 /* Find the mips_got_page_entry hash table entry for this symbol. */
3835 lookup.symndx = symndx;
3836 loc = htab_find_slot (g->got_page_entries, &lookup, INSERT);
3840 /* Create a mips_got_page_entry if this is the first time we've
3842 entry = (struct mips_got_page_entry *) *loc;
3845 entry = bfd_alloc (abfd, sizeof (*entry));
3850 entry->symndx = symndx;
3851 entry->ranges = NULL;
3852 entry->num_pages = 0;
3856 /* Skip over ranges whose maximum extent cannot share a page entry
3858 range_ptr = &entry->ranges;
3859 while (*range_ptr && addend > (*range_ptr)->max_addend + 0xffff)
3860 range_ptr = &(*range_ptr)->next;
3862 /* If we scanned to the end of the list, or found a range whose
3863 minimum extent cannot share a page entry with ADDEND, create
3864 a new singleton range. */
3866 if (!range || addend < range->min_addend - 0xffff)
3868 range = bfd_alloc (abfd, sizeof (*range));
3872 range->next = *range_ptr;
3873 range->min_addend = addend;
3874 range->max_addend = addend;
3882 /* Remember how many pages the old range contributed. */
3883 old_pages = mips_elf_pages_for_range (range);
3885 /* Update the ranges. */
3886 if (addend < range->min_addend)
3887 range->min_addend = addend;
3888 else if (addend > range->max_addend)
3890 if (range->next && addend >= range->next->min_addend - 0xffff)
3892 old_pages += mips_elf_pages_for_range (range->next);
3893 range->max_addend = range->next->max_addend;
3894 range->next = range->next->next;
3897 range->max_addend = addend;
3900 /* Record any change in the total estimate. */
3901 new_pages = mips_elf_pages_for_range (range);
3902 if (old_pages != new_pages)
3904 entry->num_pages += new_pages - old_pages;
3905 g->page_gotno += new_pages - old_pages;
3911 /* Add room for N relocations to the .rel(a).dyn section in ABFD. */
3914 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
3918 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
3920 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
3921 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
3923 s = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, FALSE);
3924 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
3926 if (htab->is_vxworks)
3927 s->size += n * MIPS_ELF_RELA_SIZE (abfd);
3932 /* Make room for a null element. */
3933 s->size += MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (abfd);
3936 s->size += n * MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (abfd);
3940 /* A htab_traverse callback for GOT entries. Set boolean *DATA to true
3941 if the GOT entry is for an indirect or warning symbol. */
3944 mips_elf_check_recreate_got (void **entryp, void *data)
3946 struct mips_got_entry *entry;
3947 bfd_boolean *must_recreate;
3949 entry = (struct mips_got_entry *) *entryp;
3950 must_recreate = (bfd_boolean *) data;
3951 if (entry->abfd != NULL && entry->symndx == -1)
3953 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h;
3956 if (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
3957 || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
3959 *must_recreate = TRUE;
3966 /* A htab_traverse callback for GOT entries. Add all entries to
3967 hash table *DATA, converting entries for indirect and warning
3968 symbols into entries for the target symbol. Set *DATA to null
3972 mips_elf_recreate_got (void **entryp, void *data)
3975 struct mips_got_entry *entry;
3978 new_got = (htab_t *) data;
3979 entry = (struct mips_got_entry *) *entryp;
3980 if (entry->abfd != NULL && entry->symndx == -1)
3982 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h;
3985 while (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
3986 || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
3988 BFD_ASSERT (h->global_got_area == GGA_NONE);
3989 h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.root.u.i.link;
3993 slot = htab_find_slot (*new_got, entry, INSERT);
4004 /* If any entries in G->got_entries are for indirect or warning symbols,
4005 replace them with entries for the target symbol. */
4008 mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries (struct mips_got_info *g)
4010 bfd_boolean must_recreate;
4013 must_recreate = FALSE;
4014 htab_traverse (g->got_entries, mips_elf_check_recreate_got, &must_recreate);
4017 new_got = htab_create (htab_size (g->got_entries),
4018 mips_elf_got_entry_hash,
4019 mips_elf_got_entry_eq, NULL);
4020 htab_traverse (g->got_entries, mips_elf_recreate_got, &new_got);
4021 if (new_got == NULL)
4024 htab_delete (g->got_entries);
4025 g->got_entries = new_got;
4030 /* A mips_elf_link_hash_traverse callback for which DATA points
4031 to the link_info structure. Count the number of type (3) entries
4032 in the master GOT. */
4035 mips_elf_count_got_symbols (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h, void *data)
4037 struct bfd_link_info *info;
4038 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
4039 struct mips_got_info *g;
4041 info = (struct bfd_link_info *) data;
4042 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
4044 if (h->global_got_area != GGA_NONE)
4046 /* Make a final decision about whether the symbol belongs in the
4047 local or global GOT. Symbols that bind locally can (and in the
4048 case of forced-local symbols, must) live in the local GOT.
4049 Those that are aren't in the dynamic symbol table must also
4050 live in the local GOT.
4052 Note that the former condition does not always imply the
4053 latter: symbols do not bind locally if they are completely
4054 undefined. We'll report undefined symbols later if appropriate. */
4055 if (h->root.dynindx == -1
4056 || (h->got_only_for_calls
4057 ? SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, &h->root)
4058 : SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, &h->root)))
4060 /* The symbol belongs in the local GOT. We no longer need this
4061 entry if it was only used for relocations; those relocations
4062 will be against the null or section symbol instead of H. */
4063 if (h->global_got_area != GGA_RELOC_ONLY)
4065 h->global_got_area = GGA_NONE;
4067 else if (htab->is_vxworks
4068 && h->got_only_for_calls
4069 && h->root.plt.offset != MINUS_ONE)
4070 /* On VxWorks, calls can refer directly to the .got.plt entry;
4071 they don't need entries in the regular GOT. .got.plt entries
4072 will be allocated by _bfd_mips_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol. */
4073 h->global_got_area = GGA_NONE;
4077 if (h->global_got_area == GGA_RELOC_ONLY)
4078 g->reloc_only_gotno++;
4084 /* Compute the hash value of the bfd in a bfd2got hash entry. */
4087 mips_elf_bfd2got_entry_hash (const void *entry_)
4089 const struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash *entry
4090 = (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash *)entry_;
4092 return entry->bfd->id;
4095 /* Check whether two hash entries have the same bfd. */
4098 mips_elf_bfd2got_entry_eq (const void *entry1, const void *entry2)
4100 const struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash *e1
4101 = (const struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash *)entry1;
4102 const struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash *e2
4103 = (const struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash *)entry2;
4105 return e1->bfd == e2->bfd;
4108 /* In a multi-got link, determine the GOT to be used for IBFD. G must
4109 be the master GOT data. */
4111 static struct mips_got_info *
4112 mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (struct mips_got_info *g, bfd *ibfd)
4114 struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash e, *p;
4120 p = htab_find (g->bfd2got, &e);
4121 return p ? p->g : NULL;
4124 /* Use BFD2GOT to find ABFD's got entry, creating one if none exists.
4125 Return NULL if an error occured. */
4127 static struct mips_got_info *
4128 mips_elf_get_got_for_bfd (struct htab *bfd2got, bfd *output_bfd,
4131 struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash bfdgot_entry, *bfdgot;
4132 struct mips_got_info *g;
4135 bfdgot_entry.bfd = input_bfd;
4136 bfdgotp = htab_find_slot (bfd2got, &bfdgot_entry, INSERT);
4137 bfdgot = (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash *) *bfdgotp;
4141 bfdgot = ((struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash *)
4142 bfd_alloc (output_bfd, sizeof (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash)));
4148 g = ((struct mips_got_info *)
4149 bfd_alloc (output_bfd, sizeof (struct mips_got_info)));
4153 bfdgot->bfd = input_bfd;
4156 g->global_gotsym = NULL;
4157 g->global_gotno = 0;
4158 g->reloc_only_gotno = 0;
4161 g->assigned_gotno = -1;
4163 g->tls_assigned_gotno = 0;
4164 g->tls_ldm_offset = MINUS_ONE;
4165 g->got_entries = htab_try_create (1, mips_elf_multi_got_entry_hash,
4166 mips_elf_multi_got_entry_eq, NULL);
4167 if (g->got_entries == NULL)
4170 g->got_page_entries = htab_try_create (1, mips_got_page_entry_hash,
4171 mips_got_page_entry_eq, NULL);
4172 if (g->got_page_entries == NULL)
4182 /* A htab_traverse callback for the entries in the master got.
4183 Create one separate got for each bfd that has entries in the global
4184 got, such that we can tell how many local and global entries each
4188 mips_elf_make_got_per_bfd (void **entryp, void *p)
4190 struct mips_got_entry *entry = (struct mips_got_entry *)*entryp;
4191 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg *arg = (struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg *)p;
4192 struct mips_got_info *g;
4194 g = mips_elf_get_got_for_bfd (arg->bfd2got, arg->obfd, entry->abfd);
4201 /* Insert the GOT entry in the bfd's got entry hash table. */
4202 entryp = htab_find_slot (g->got_entries, entry, INSERT);
4203 if (*entryp != NULL)
4208 if (entry->tls_type)
4210 if (entry->tls_type & (GOT_TLS_GD | GOT_TLS_LDM))
4212 if (entry->tls_type & GOT_TLS_IE)
4215 else if (entry->symndx >= 0 || entry->d.h->global_got_area == GGA_NONE)
4223 /* A htab_traverse callback for the page entries in the master got.
4224 Associate each page entry with the bfd's got. */
4227 mips_elf_make_got_pages_per_bfd (void **entryp, void *p)
4229 struct mips_got_page_entry *entry = (struct mips_got_page_entry *) *entryp;
4230 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg *arg = (struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg *) p;
4231 struct mips_got_info *g;
4233 g = mips_elf_get_got_for_bfd (arg->bfd2got, arg->obfd, entry->abfd);
4240 /* Insert the GOT entry in the bfd's got entry hash table. */
4241 entryp = htab_find_slot (g->got_page_entries, entry, INSERT);
4242 if (*entryp != NULL)
4246 g->page_gotno += entry->num_pages;
4250 /* Consider merging the got described by BFD2GOT with TO, using the
4251 information given by ARG. Return -1 if this would lead to overflow,
4252 1 if they were merged successfully, and 0 if a merge failed due to
4253 lack of memory. (These values are chosen so that nonnegative return
4254 values can be returned by a htab_traverse callback.) */
4257 mips_elf_merge_got_with (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash *bfd2got,
4258 struct mips_got_info *to,
4259 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg *arg)
4261 struct mips_got_info *from = bfd2got->g;
4262 unsigned int estimate;
4264 /* Work out how many page entries we would need for the combined GOT. */
4265 estimate = arg->max_pages;
4266 if (estimate >= from->page_gotno + to->page_gotno)
4267 estimate = from->page_gotno + to->page_gotno;
4269 /* And conservatively estimate how many local and TLS entries
4271 estimate += from->local_gotno + to->local_gotno;
4272 estimate += from->tls_gotno + to->tls_gotno;
4274 /* If we're merging with the primary got, any TLS relocations will
4275 come after the full set of global entries. Otherwise estimate those
4276 conservatively as well. */
4277 if (to == arg->primary && from->tls_gotno + to->tls_gotno)
4278 estimate += arg->global_count;
4280 estimate += from->global_gotno + to->global_gotno;
4282 /* Bail out if the combined GOT might be too big. */
4283 if (estimate > arg->max_count)
4286 /* Commit to the merge. Record that TO is now the bfd for this got. */
4289 /* Transfer the bfd's got information from FROM to TO. */
4290 htab_traverse (from->got_entries, mips_elf_make_got_per_bfd, arg);
4291 if (arg->obfd == NULL)
4294 htab_traverse (from->got_page_entries, mips_elf_make_got_pages_per_bfd, arg);
4295 if (arg->obfd == NULL)
4298 /* We don't have to worry about releasing memory of the actual
4299 got entries, since they're all in the master got_entries hash
4301 htab_delete (from->got_entries);
4302 htab_delete (from->got_page_entries);
4306 /* Attempt to merge gots of different input bfds. Try to use as much
4307 as possible of the primary got, since it doesn't require explicit
4308 dynamic relocations, but don't use bfds that would reference global
4309 symbols out of the addressable range. Failing the primary got,
4310 attempt to merge with the current got, or finish the current got
4311 and then make make the new got current. */
4314 mips_elf_merge_gots (void **bfd2got_, void *p)
4316 struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash *bfd2got
4317 = (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash *)*bfd2got_;
4318 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg *arg = (struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg *)p;
4319 struct mips_got_info *g;
4320 unsigned int estimate;
4325 /* Work out the number of page, local and TLS entries. */
4326 estimate = arg->max_pages;
4327 if (estimate > g->page_gotno)
4328 estimate = g->page_gotno;
4329 estimate += g->local_gotno + g->tls_gotno;
4331 /* We place TLS GOT entries after both locals and globals. The globals
4332 for the primary GOT may overflow the normal GOT size limit, so be
4333 sure not to merge a GOT which requires TLS with the primary GOT in that
4334 case. This doesn't affect non-primary GOTs. */
4335 estimate += (g->tls_gotno > 0 ? arg->global_count : g->global_gotno);
4337 if (estimate <= arg->max_count)
4339 /* If we don't have a primary GOT, use it as
4340 a starting point for the primary GOT. */
4343 arg->primary = bfd2got->g;
4347 /* Try merging with the primary GOT. */
4348 result = mips_elf_merge_got_with (bfd2got, arg->primary, arg);
4353 /* If we can merge with the last-created got, do it. */
4356 result = mips_elf_merge_got_with (bfd2got, arg->current, arg);
4361 /* Well, we couldn't merge, so create a new GOT. Don't check if it
4362 fits; if it turns out that it doesn't, we'll get relocation
4363 overflows anyway. */
4364 g->next = arg->current;
4370 /* Set the TLS GOT index for the GOT entry in ENTRYP. ENTRYP's NEXT field
4371 is null iff there is just a single GOT. */
4374 mips_elf_initialize_tls_index (void **entryp, void *p)
4376 struct mips_got_entry *entry = (struct mips_got_entry *)*entryp;
4377 struct mips_got_info *g = p;
4379 unsigned char tls_type;
4381 /* We're only interested in TLS symbols. */
4382 if (entry->tls_type == 0)
4385 next_index = MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (entry->abfd) * (long) g->tls_assigned_gotno;
4387 if (entry->symndx == -1 && g->next == NULL)
4389 /* A type (3) got entry in the single-GOT case. We use the symbol's
4390 hash table entry to track its index. */
4391 if (entry->d.h->tls_type & GOT_TLS_OFFSET_DONE)
4393 entry->d.h->tls_type |= GOT_TLS_OFFSET_DONE;
4394 entry->d.h->tls_got_offset = next_index;
4395 tls_type = entry->d.h->tls_type;
4399 if (entry->tls_type & GOT_TLS_LDM)
4401 /* There are separate mips_got_entry objects for each input bfd
4402 that requires an LDM entry. Make sure that all LDM entries in
4403 a GOT resolve to the same index. */
4404 if (g->tls_ldm_offset != MINUS_TWO && g->tls_ldm_offset != MINUS_ONE)
4406 entry->gotidx = g->tls_ldm_offset;
4409 g->tls_ldm_offset = next_index;
4411 entry->gotidx = next_index;
4412 tls_type = entry->tls_type;
4415 /* Account for the entries we've just allocated. */
4416 if (tls_type & (GOT_TLS_GD | GOT_TLS_LDM))
4417 g->tls_assigned_gotno += 2;
4418 if (tls_type & GOT_TLS_IE)
4419 g->tls_assigned_gotno += 1;
4424 /* If passed a NULL mips_got_info in the argument, set the marker used
4425 to tell whether a global symbol needs a got entry (in the primary
4426 got) to the given VALUE.
4428 If passed a pointer G to a mips_got_info in the argument (it must
4429 not be the primary GOT), compute the offset from the beginning of
4430 the (primary) GOT section to the entry in G corresponding to the
4431 global symbol. G's assigned_gotno must contain the index of the
4432 first available global GOT entry in G. VALUE must contain the size
4433 of a GOT entry in bytes. For each global GOT entry that requires a
4434 dynamic relocation, NEEDED_RELOCS is incremented, and the symbol is
4435 marked as not eligible for lazy resolution through a function
4438 mips_elf_set_global_got_offset (void **entryp, void *p)
4440 struct mips_got_entry *entry = (struct mips_got_entry *)*entryp;
4441 struct mips_elf_set_global_got_offset_arg *arg
4442 = (struct mips_elf_set_global_got_offset_arg *)p;
4443 struct mips_got_info *g = arg->g;
4445 if (g && entry->tls_type != GOT_NORMAL)
4446 arg->needed_relocs +=
4447 mips_tls_got_relocs (arg->info, entry->tls_type,
4448 entry->symndx == -1 ? &entry->d.h->root : NULL);
4450 if (entry->abfd != NULL
4451 && entry->symndx == -1
4452 && entry->d.h->global_got_area != GGA_NONE)
4456 BFD_ASSERT (g->global_gotsym == NULL);
4458 entry->gotidx = arg->value * (long) g->assigned_gotno++;
4459 if (arg->info->shared
4460 || (elf_hash_table (arg->info)->dynamic_sections_created
4461 && entry->d.h->root.def_dynamic
4462 && !entry->d.h->root.def_regular))
4463 ++arg->needed_relocs;
4466 entry->d.h->global_got_area = arg->value;
4472 /* A htab_traverse callback for GOT entries for which DATA is the
4473 bfd_link_info. Forbid any global symbols from having traditional
4474 lazy-binding stubs. */
4477 mips_elf_forbid_lazy_stubs (void **entryp, void *data)
4479 struct bfd_link_info *info;
4480 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
4481 struct mips_got_entry *entry;
4483 entry = (struct mips_got_entry *) *entryp;
4484 info = (struct bfd_link_info *) data;
4485 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
4486 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
4488 if (entry->abfd != NULL
4489 && entry->symndx == -1
4490 && entry->d.h->needs_lazy_stub)
4492 entry->d.h->needs_lazy_stub = FALSE;
4493 htab->lazy_stub_count--;
4499 /* Return the offset of an input bfd IBFD's GOT from the beginning of
4502 mips_elf_adjust_gp (bfd *abfd, struct mips_got_info *g, bfd *ibfd)
4504 if (g->bfd2got == NULL)
4507 g = mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (g, ibfd);
4511 BFD_ASSERT (g->next);
4515 return (g->local_gotno + g->global_gotno + g->tls_gotno)
4516 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd);
4519 /* Turn a single GOT that is too big for 16-bit addressing into
4520 a sequence of GOTs, each one 16-bit addressable. */
4523 mips_elf_multi_got (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
4524 asection *got, bfd_size_type pages)
4526 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
4527 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg got_per_bfd_arg;
4528 struct mips_elf_set_global_got_offset_arg set_got_offset_arg;
4529 struct mips_got_info *g, *gg;
4530 unsigned int assign, needed_relocs;
4533 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
4534 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
4535 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
4538 g->bfd2got = htab_try_create (1, mips_elf_bfd2got_entry_hash,
4539 mips_elf_bfd2got_entry_eq, NULL);
4540 if (g->bfd2got == NULL)
4543 got_per_bfd_arg.bfd2got = g->bfd2got;
4544 got_per_bfd_arg.obfd = abfd;
4545 got_per_bfd_arg.info = info;
4547 /* Count how many GOT entries each input bfd requires, creating a
4548 map from bfd to got info while at that. */
4549 htab_traverse (g->got_entries, mips_elf_make_got_per_bfd, &got_per_bfd_arg);
4550 if (got_per_bfd_arg.obfd == NULL)
4553 /* Also count how many page entries each input bfd requires. */
4554 htab_traverse (g->got_page_entries, mips_elf_make_got_pages_per_bfd,
4556 if (got_per_bfd_arg.obfd == NULL)
4559 got_per_bfd_arg.current = NULL;
4560 got_per_bfd_arg.primary = NULL;
4561 got_per_bfd_arg.max_count = ((MIPS_ELF_GOT_MAX_SIZE (info)
4562 / MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd))
4563 - htab->reserved_gotno);
4564 got_per_bfd_arg.max_pages = pages;
4565 /* The number of globals that will be included in the primary GOT.
4566 See the calls to mips_elf_set_global_got_offset below for more
4568 got_per_bfd_arg.global_count = g->global_gotno;
4570 /* Try to merge the GOTs of input bfds together, as long as they
4571 don't seem to exceed the maximum GOT size, choosing one of them
4572 to be the primary GOT. */
4573 htab_traverse (g->bfd2got, mips_elf_merge_gots, &got_per_bfd_arg);
4574 if (got_per_bfd_arg.obfd == NULL)
4577 /* If we do not find any suitable primary GOT, create an empty one. */
4578 if (got_per_bfd_arg.primary == NULL)
4580 g->next = (struct mips_got_info *)
4581 bfd_alloc (abfd, sizeof (struct mips_got_info));
4582 if (g->next == NULL)
4585 g->next->global_gotsym = NULL;
4586 g->next->global_gotno = 0;
4587 g->next->reloc_only_gotno = 0;
4588 g->next->local_gotno = 0;
4589 g->next->page_gotno = 0;
4590 g->next->tls_gotno = 0;
4591 g->next->assigned_gotno = 0;
4592 g->next->tls_assigned_gotno = 0;
4593 g->next->tls_ldm_offset = MINUS_ONE;
4594 g->next->got_entries = htab_try_create (1, mips_elf_multi_got_entry_hash,
4595 mips_elf_multi_got_entry_eq,
4597 if (g->next->got_entries == NULL)
4599 g->next->got_page_entries = htab_try_create (1, mips_got_page_entry_hash,
4600 mips_got_page_entry_eq,
4602 if (g->next->got_page_entries == NULL)
4604 g->next->bfd2got = NULL;
4607 g->next = got_per_bfd_arg.primary;
4608 g->next->next = got_per_bfd_arg.current;
4610 /* GG is now the master GOT, and G is the primary GOT. */
4614 /* Map the output bfd to the primary got. That's what we're going
4615 to use for bfds that use GOT16 or GOT_PAGE relocations that we
4616 didn't mark in check_relocs, and we want a quick way to find it.
4617 We can't just use gg->next because we're going to reverse the
4620 struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash *bfdgot;
4623 bfdgot = (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash *)bfd_alloc
4624 (abfd, sizeof (struct mips_elf_bfd2got_hash));
4631 bfdgotp = htab_find_slot (gg->bfd2got, bfdgot, INSERT);
4633 BFD_ASSERT (*bfdgotp == NULL);
4637 /* Every symbol that is referenced in a dynamic relocation must be
4638 present in the primary GOT, so arrange for them to appear after
4639 those that are actually referenced. */
4640 gg->reloc_only_gotno = gg->global_gotno - g->global_gotno;
4641 g->global_gotno = gg->global_gotno;
4643 set_got_offset_arg.g = NULL;
4644 set_got_offset_arg.value = GGA_RELOC_ONLY;
4645 htab_traverse (gg->got_entries, mips_elf_set_global_got_offset,
4646 &set_got_offset_arg);
4647 set_got_offset_arg.value = GGA_NORMAL;
4648 htab_traverse (g->got_entries, mips_elf_set_global_got_offset,
4649 &set_got_offset_arg);
4651 /* Now go through the GOTs assigning them offset ranges.
4652 [assigned_gotno, local_gotno[ will be set to the range of local
4653 entries in each GOT. We can then compute the end of a GOT by
4654 adding local_gotno to global_gotno. We reverse the list and make
4655 it circular since then we'll be able to quickly compute the
4656 beginning of a GOT, by computing the end of its predecessor. To
4657 avoid special cases for the primary GOT, while still preserving
4658 assertions that are valid for both single- and multi-got links,
4659 we arrange for the main got struct to have the right number of
4660 global entries, but set its local_gotno such that the initial
4661 offset of the primary GOT is zero. Remember that the primary GOT
4662 will become the last item in the circular linked list, so it
4663 points back to the master GOT. */
4664 gg->local_gotno = -g->global_gotno;
4665 gg->global_gotno = g->global_gotno;
4672 struct mips_got_info *gn;
4674 assign += htab->reserved_gotno;
4675 g->assigned_gotno = assign;
4676 g->local_gotno += assign;
4677 g->local_gotno += (pages < g->page_gotno ? pages : g->page_gotno);
4678 assign = g->local_gotno + g->global_gotno + g->tls_gotno;
4680 /* Take g out of the direct list, and push it onto the reversed
4681 list that gg points to. g->next is guaranteed to be nonnull after
4682 this operation, as required by mips_elf_initialize_tls_index. */
4687 /* Set up any TLS entries. We always place the TLS entries after
4688 all non-TLS entries. */
4689 g->tls_assigned_gotno = g->local_gotno + g->global_gotno;
4690 htab_traverse (g->got_entries, mips_elf_initialize_tls_index, g);
4692 /* Move onto the next GOT. It will be a secondary GOT if nonull. */
4695 /* Forbid global symbols in every non-primary GOT from having
4696 lazy-binding stubs. */
4698 htab_traverse (g->got_entries, mips_elf_forbid_lazy_stubs, info);
4702 got->size = (gg->next->local_gotno
4703 + gg->next->global_gotno
4704 + gg->next->tls_gotno) * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd);
4707 set_got_offset_arg.value = MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd);
4708 set_got_offset_arg.info = info;
4709 for (g = gg->next; g && g->next != gg; g = g->next)
4711 unsigned int save_assign;
4713 /* Assign offsets to global GOT entries. */
4714 save_assign = g->assigned_gotno;
4715 g->assigned_gotno = g->local_gotno;
4716 set_got_offset_arg.g = g;
4717 set_got_offset_arg.needed_relocs = 0;
4718 htab_traverse (g->got_entries,
4719 mips_elf_set_global_got_offset,
4720 &set_got_offset_arg);
4721 needed_relocs += set_got_offset_arg.needed_relocs;
4722 BFD_ASSERT (g->assigned_gotno - g->local_gotno <= g->global_gotno);
4724 g->assigned_gotno = save_assign;
4727 needed_relocs += g->local_gotno - g->assigned_gotno;
4728 BFD_ASSERT (g->assigned_gotno == g->next->local_gotno
4729 + g->next->global_gotno
4730 + g->next->tls_gotno
4731 + htab->reserved_gotno);
4736 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj, info,
4743 /* Returns the first relocation of type r_type found, beginning with
4744 RELOCATION. RELEND is one-past-the-end of the relocation table. */
4746 static const Elf_Internal_Rela *
4747 mips_elf_next_relocation (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, unsigned int r_type,
4748 const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocation,
4749 const Elf_Internal_Rela *relend)
4751 unsigned long r_symndx = ELF_R_SYM (abfd, relocation->r_info);
4753 while (relocation < relend)
4755 if (ELF_R_TYPE (abfd, relocation->r_info) == r_type
4756 && ELF_R_SYM (abfd, relocation->r_info) == r_symndx)
4762 /* We didn't find it. */
4766 /* Return whether an input relocation is against a local symbol. */
4769 mips_elf_local_relocation_p (bfd *input_bfd,
4770 const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocation,
4771 asection **local_sections)
4773 unsigned long r_symndx;
4774 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
4777 r_symndx = ELF_R_SYM (input_bfd, relocation->r_info);
4778 symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (input_bfd)->symtab_hdr;
4779 extsymoff = (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd)) ? 0 : symtab_hdr->sh_info;
4781 if (r_symndx < extsymoff)
4783 if (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd) && local_sections[r_symndx] != NULL)
4789 /* Sign-extend VALUE, which has the indicated number of BITS. */
4792 _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (bfd_vma value, int bits)
4794 if (value & ((bfd_vma) 1 << (bits - 1)))
4795 /* VALUE is negative. */
4796 value |= ((bfd_vma) - 1) << bits;
4801 /* Return non-zero if the indicated VALUE has overflowed the maximum
4802 range expressible by a signed number with the indicated number of
4806 mips_elf_overflow_p (bfd_vma value, int bits)
4808 bfd_signed_vma svalue = (bfd_signed_vma) value;
4810 if (svalue > (1 << (bits - 1)) - 1)
4811 /* The value is too big. */
4813 else if (svalue < -(1 << (bits - 1)))
4814 /* The value is too small. */
4821 /* Calculate the %high function. */
4824 mips_elf_high (bfd_vma value)
4826 return ((value + (bfd_vma) 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
4829 /* Calculate the %higher function. */
4832 mips_elf_higher (bfd_vma value ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
4835 return ((value + (bfd_vma) 0x80008000) >> 32) & 0xffff;
4842 /* Calculate the %highest function. */
4845 mips_elf_highest (bfd_vma value ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
4848 return ((value + (((bfd_vma) 0x8000 << 32) | 0x80008000)) >> 48) & 0xffff;
4855 /* Create the .compact_rel section. */
4858 mips_elf_create_compact_rel_section
4859 (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
4862 register asection *s;
4864 if (bfd_get_linker_section (abfd, ".compact_rel") == NULL)
4866 flags = (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_IN_MEMORY | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
4869 s = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".compact_rel", flags);
4871 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s,
4872 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd)))
4875 s->size = sizeof (Elf32_External_compact_rel);
4881 /* Create the .got section to hold the global offset table. */
4884 mips_elf_create_got_section (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
4887 register asection *s;
4888 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
4889 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *bh;
4890 struct mips_got_info *g;
4892 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
4894 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
4895 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
4897 /* This function may be called more than once. */
4901 flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_IN_MEMORY
4902 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED);
4904 /* We have to use an alignment of 2**4 here because this is hardcoded
4905 in the function stub generation and in the linker script. */
4906 s = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".got", flags);
4908 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, 4))
4912 /* Define the symbol _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. We don't do this in the
4913 linker script because we don't want to define the symbol if we
4914 are not creating a global offset table. */
4916 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
4917 (info, abfd, "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_", BSF_GLOBAL, s,
4918 0, NULL, FALSE, get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->collect, &bh)))
4921 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) bh;
4924 h->type = STT_OBJECT;
4925 elf_hash_table (info)->hgot = h;
4928 && ! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
4931 amt = sizeof (struct mips_got_info);
4932 g = bfd_alloc (abfd, amt);
4935 g->global_gotsym = NULL;
4936 g->global_gotno = 0;
4937 g->reloc_only_gotno = 0;
4941 g->assigned_gotno = 0;
4944 g->tls_ldm_offset = MINUS_ONE;
4945 g->got_entries = htab_try_create (1, mips_elf_got_entry_hash,
4946 mips_elf_got_entry_eq, NULL);
4947 if (g->got_entries == NULL)
4949 g->got_page_entries = htab_try_create (1, mips_got_page_entry_hash,
4950 mips_got_page_entry_eq, NULL);
4951 if (g->got_page_entries == NULL)
4954 mips_elf_section_data (s)->elf.this_hdr.sh_flags
4955 |= SHF_ALLOC | SHF_WRITE | SHF_MIPS_GPREL;
4957 /* We also need a .got.plt section when generating PLTs. */
4958 s = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".got.plt",
4959 SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
4962 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED);
4970 /* Return true if H refers to the special VxWorks __GOTT_BASE__ or
4971 __GOTT_INDEX__ symbols. These symbols are only special for
4972 shared objects; they are not used in executables. */
4975 is_gott_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info, struct elf_link_hash_entry *h)
4977 return (mips_elf_hash_table (info)->is_vxworks
4979 && (strcmp (h->root.root.string, "__GOTT_BASE__") == 0
4980 || strcmp (h->root.root.string, "__GOTT_INDEX__") == 0));
4983 /* Return TRUE if a relocation of type R_TYPE from INPUT_BFD might
4984 require an la25 stub. See also mips_elf_local_pic_function_p,
4985 which determines whether the destination function ever requires a
4989 mips_elf_relocation_needs_la25_stub (bfd *input_bfd, int r_type,
4990 bfd_boolean target_is_16_bit_code_p)
4992 /* We specifically ignore branches and jumps from EF_PIC objects,
4993 where the onus is on the compiler or programmer to perform any
4994 necessary initialization of $25. Sometimes such initialization
4995 is unnecessary; for example, -mno-shared functions do not use
4996 the incoming value of $25, and may therefore be called directly. */
4997 if (PIC_OBJECT_P (input_bfd))
5004 case R_MICROMIPS_26_S1:
5005 case R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1:
5006 case R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1:
5007 case R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1:
5008 case R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2:
5012 return !target_is_16_bit_code_p;
5019 /* Calculate the value produced by the RELOCATION (which comes from
5020 the INPUT_BFD). The ADDEND is the addend to use for this
5021 RELOCATION; RELOCATION->R_ADDEND is ignored.
5023 The result of the relocation calculation is stored in VALUEP.
5024 On exit, set *CROSS_MODE_JUMP_P to true if the relocation field
5025 is a MIPS16 or microMIPS jump to standard MIPS code, or vice versa.
5027 This function returns bfd_reloc_continue if the caller need take no
5028 further action regarding this relocation, bfd_reloc_notsupported if
5029 something goes dramatically wrong, bfd_reloc_overflow if an
5030 overflow occurs, and bfd_reloc_ok to indicate success. */
5032 static bfd_reloc_status_type
5033 mips_elf_calculate_relocation (bfd *abfd, bfd *input_bfd,
5034 asection *input_section,
5035 struct bfd_link_info *info,
5036 const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocation,
5037 bfd_vma addend, reloc_howto_type *howto,
5038 Elf_Internal_Sym *local_syms,
5039 asection **local_sections, bfd_vma *valuep,
5041 bfd_boolean *cross_mode_jump_p,
5042 bfd_boolean save_addend)
5044 /* The eventual value we will return. */
5046 /* The address of the symbol against which the relocation is
5049 /* The final GP value to be used for the relocatable, executable, or
5050 shared object file being produced. */
5052 /* The place (section offset or address) of the storage unit being
5055 /* The value of GP used to create the relocatable object. */
5057 /* The offset into the global offset table at which the address of
5058 the relocation entry symbol, adjusted by the addend, resides
5059 during execution. */
5060 bfd_vma g = MINUS_ONE;
5061 /* The section in which the symbol referenced by the relocation is
5063 asection *sec = NULL;
5064 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h = NULL;
5065 /* TRUE if the symbol referred to by this relocation is a local
5067 bfd_boolean local_p, was_local_p;
5068 /* TRUE if the symbol referred to by this relocation is "_gp_disp". */
5069 bfd_boolean gp_disp_p = FALSE;
5070 /* TRUE if the symbol referred to by this relocation is
5071 "__gnu_local_gp". */
5072 bfd_boolean gnu_local_gp_p = FALSE;
5073 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
5075 unsigned long r_symndx;
5077 /* TRUE if overflow occurred during the calculation of the
5078 relocation value. */
5079 bfd_boolean overflowed_p;
5080 /* TRUE if this relocation refers to a MIPS16 function. */
5081 bfd_boolean target_is_16_bit_code_p = FALSE;
5082 bfd_boolean target_is_micromips_code_p = FALSE;
5083 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
5086 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
5087 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
5088 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
5090 /* Parse the relocation. */
5091 r_symndx = ELF_R_SYM (input_bfd, relocation->r_info);
5092 r_type = ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd, relocation->r_info);
5093 p = (input_section->output_section->vma
5094 + input_section->output_offset
5095 + relocation->r_offset);
5097 /* Assume that there will be no overflow. */
5098 overflowed_p = FALSE;
5100 /* Figure out whether or not the symbol is local, and get the offset
5101 used in the array of hash table entries. */
5102 symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (input_bfd)->symtab_hdr;
5103 local_p = mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd, relocation,
5105 was_local_p = local_p;
5106 if (! elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd))
5107 extsymoff = symtab_hdr->sh_info;
5110 /* The symbol table does not follow the rule that local symbols
5111 must come before globals. */
5115 /* Figure out the value of the symbol. */
5118 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym;
5120 sym = local_syms + r_symndx;
5121 sec = local_sections[r_symndx];
5123 symbol = sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset;
5124 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) != STT_SECTION
5125 || (sec->flags & SEC_MERGE))
5126 symbol += sym->st_value;
5127 if ((sec->flags & SEC_MERGE)
5128 && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_SECTION)
5130 addend = _bfd_elf_rel_local_sym (abfd, sym, &sec, addend);
5132 addend += sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset;
5135 /* MIPS16/microMIPS text labels should be treated as odd. */
5136 if (ELF_ST_IS_COMPRESSED (sym->st_other))
5139 /* Record the name of this symbol, for our caller. */
5140 *namep = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (input_bfd,
5141 symtab_hdr->sh_link,
5144 *namep = bfd_section_name (input_bfd, sec);
5146 target_is_16_bit_code_p = ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (sym->st_other);
5147 target_is_micromips_code_p = ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (sym->st_other);
5151 /* ??? Could we use RELOC_FOR_GLOBAL_SYMBOL here ? */
5153 /* For global symbols we look up the symbol in the hash-table. */
5154 h = ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *)
5155 elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd) [r_symndx - extsymoff]);
5156 /* Find the real hash-table entry for this symbol. */
5157 while (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
5158 || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
5159 h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.root.u.i.link;
5161 /* Record the name of this symbol, for our caller. */
5162 *namep = h->root.root.root.string;
5164 /* See if this is the special _gp_disp symbol. Note that such a
5165 symbol must always be a global symbol. */
5166 if (strcmp (*namep, "_gp_disp") == 0
5167 && ! NEWABI_P (input_bfd))
5169 /* Relocations against _gp_disp are permitted only with
5170 R_MIPS_HI16 and R_MIPS_LO16 relocations. */
5171 if (!hi16_reloc_p (r_type) && !lo16_reloc_p (r_type))
5172 return bfd_reloc_notsupported;
5176 /* See if this is the special _gp symbol. Note that such a
5177 symbol must always be a global symbol. */
5178 else if (strcmp (*namep, "__gnu_local_gp") == 0)
5179 gnu_local_gp_p = TRUE;
5182 /* If this symbol is defined, calculate its address. Note that
5183 _gp_disp is a magic symbol, always implicitly defined by the
5184 linker, so it's inappropriate to check to see whether or not
5186 else if ((h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
5187 || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
5188 && h->root.root.u.def.section)
5190 sec = h->root.root.u.def.section;
5191 if (sec->output_section)
5192 symbol = (h->root.root.u.def.value
5193 + sec->output_section->vma
5194 + sec->output_offset);
5196 symbol = h->root.root.u.def.value;
5198 else if (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
5199 /* We allow relocations against undefined weak symbols, giving
5200 it the value zero, so that you can undefined weak functions
5201 and check to see if they exist by looking at their
5204 else if (info->unresolved_syms_in_objects == RM_IGNORE
5205 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->root.other) == STV_DEFAULT)
5207 else if (strcmp (*namep, SGI_COMPAT (input_bfd)
5208 ? "_DYNAMIC_LINK" : "_DYNAMIC_LINKING") == 0)
5210 /* If this is a dynamic link, we should have created a
5211 _DYNAMIC_LINK symbol or _DYNAMIC_LINKING(for normal mips) symbol
5212 in in _bfd_mips_elf_create_dynamic_sections.
5213 Otherwise, we should define the symbol with a value of 0.
5214 FIXME: It should probably get into the symbol table
5216 BFD_ASSERT (! info->shared);
5217 BFD_ASSERT (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic") == NULL);
5220 else if (ELF_MIPS_IS_OPTIONAL (h->root.other))
5222 /* This is an optional symbol - an Irix specific extension to the
5223 ELF spec. Ignore it for now.
5224 XXX - FIXME - there is more to the spec for OPTIONAL symbols
5225 than simply ignoring them, but we do not handle this for now.
5226 For information see the "64-bit ELF Object File Specification"
5227 which is available from here:
5228 http://techpubs.sgi.com/library/manuals/4000/007-4658-001/pdf/007-4658-001.pdf */
5231 else if ((*info->callbacks->undefined_symbol)
5232 (info, h->root.root.root.string, input_bfd,
5233 input_section, relocation->r_offset,
5234 (info->unresolved_syms_in_objects == RM_GENERATE_ERROR)
5235 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->root.other)))
5237 return bfd_reloc_undefined;
5241 return bfd_reloc_notsupported;
5244 target_is_16_bit_code_p = ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (h->root.other);
5245 /* If the output section is the PLT section,
5246 then the target is not microMIPS. */
5247 target_is_micromips_code_p = (htab->splt != sec
5248 && ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (h->root.other));
5251 /* If this is a reference to a 16-bit function with a stub, we need
5252 to redirect the relocation to the stub unless:
5254 (a) the relocation is for a MIPS16 JAL;
5256 (b) the relocation is for a MIPS16 PIC call, and there are no
5257 non-MIPS16 uses of the GOT slot; or
5259 (c) the section allows direct references to MIPS16 functions. */
5260 if (r_type != R_MIPS16_26
5261 && !info->relocatable
5263 && h->fn_stub != NULL
5264 && (r_type != R_MIPS16_CALL16 || h->need_fn_stub))
5266 && elf_tdata (input_bfd)->local_stubs != NULL
5267 && elf_tdata (input_bfd)->local_stubs[r_symndx] != NULL))
5268 && !section_allows_mips16_refs_p (input_section))
5270 /* This is a 32- or 64-bit call to a 16-bit function. We should
5271 have already noticed that we were going to need the
5275 sec = elf_tdata (input_bfd)->local_stubs[r_symndx];
5280 BFD_ASSERT (h->need_fn_stub);
5283 /* If a LA25 header for the stub itself exists, point to the
5284 prepended LUI/ADDIU sequence. */
5285 sec = h->la25_stub->stub_section;
5286 value = h->la25_stub->offset;
5295 symbol = sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset + value;
5296 /* The target is 16-bit, but the stub isn't. */
5297 target_is_16_bit_code_p = FALSE;
5299 /* If this is a 16-bit call to a 32- or 64-bit function with a stub, we
5300 need to redirect the call to the stub. Note that we specifically
5301 exclude R_MIPS16_CALL16 from this behavior; indirect calls should
5302 use an indirect stub instead. */
5303 else if (r_type == R_MIPS16_26 && !info->relocatable
5304 && ((h != NULL && (h->call_stub != NULL || h->call_fp_stub != NULL))
5306 && elf_tdata (input_bfd)->local_call_stubs != NULL
5307 && elf_tdata (input_bfd)->local_call_stubs[r_symndx] != NULL))
5308 && !target_is_16_bit_code_p)
5311 sec = elf_tdata (input_bfd)->local_call_stubs[r_symndx];
5314 /* If both call_stub and call_fp_stub are defined, we can figure
5315 out which one to use by checking which one appears in the input
5317 if (h->call_stub != NULL && h->call_fp_stub != NULL)
5322 for (o = input_bfd->sections; o != NULL; o = o->next)
5324 if (CALL_FP_STUB_P (bfd_get_section_name (input_bfd, o)))
5326 sec = h->call_fp_stub;
5333 else if (h->call_stub != NULL)
5336 sec = h->call_fp_stub;
5339 BFD_ASSERT (sec->size > 0);
5340 symbol = sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset;
5342 /* If this is a direct call to a PIC function, redirect to the
5344 else if (h != NULL && h->la25_stub
5345 && mips_elf_relocation_needs_la25_stub (input_bfd, r_type,
5346 target_is_16_bit_code_p))
5347 symbol = (h->la25_stub->stub_section->output_section->vma
5348 + h->la25_stub->stub_section->output_offset
5349 + h->la25_stub->offset);
5351 /* Make sure MIPS16 and microMIPS are not used together. */
5352 if ((r_type == R_MIPS16_26 && target_is_micromips_code_p)
5353 || (micromips_branch_reloc_p (r_type) && target_is_16_bit_code_p))
5355 (*_bfd_error_handler)
5356 (_("MIPS16 and microMIPS functions cannot call each other"));
5357 return bfd_reloc_notsupported;
5360 /* Calls from 16-bit code to 32-bit code and vice versa require the
5361 mode change. However, we can ignore calls to undefined weak symbols,
5362 which should never be executed at runtime. This exception is important
5363 because the assembly writer may have "known" that any definition of the
5364 symbol would be 16-bit code, and that direct jumps were therefore
5366 *cross_mode_jump_p = (!info->relocatable
5367 && !(h && h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
5368 && ((r_type == R_MIPS16_26 && !target_is_16_bit_code_p)
5369 || (r_type == R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
5370 && !target_is_micromips_code_p)
5371 || ((r_type == R_MIPS_26 || r_type == R_MIPS_JALR)
5372 && (target_is_16_bit_code_p
5373 || target_is_micromips_code_p))));
5375 local_p = (h == NULL
5376 || (h->got_only_for_calls
5377 ? SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, &h->root)
5378 : SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, &h->root)));
5380 gp0 = _bfd_get_gp_value (input_bfd);
5381 gp = _bfd_get_gp_value (abfd);
5383 gp += mips_elf_adjust_gp (abfd, htab->got_info, input_bfd);
5388 /* Global R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE/R_MICROMIPS_GOT_PAGE relocations are equivalent
5389 to R_MIPS_GOT_DISP/R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP. The addend is applied by the
5390 corresponding R_MIPS_GOT_OFST/R_MICROMIPS_GOT_OFST. */
5391 if (got_page_reloc_p (r_type) && !local_p)
5393 r_type = (micromips_reloc_p (r_type)
5394 ? R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP : R_MIPS_GOT_DISP);
5398 /* If we haven't already determined the GOT offset, and we're going
5399 to need it, get it now. */
5402 case R_MIPS16_CALL16:
5403 case R_MIPS16_GOT16:
5406 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP:
5407 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16:
5408 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16:
5409 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16:
5410 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16:
5411 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL16:
5412 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT16:
5413 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP:
5414 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_HI16:
5415 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16:
5416 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_LO16:
5417 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16:
5419 case R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL:
5420 case R_MIPS_TLS_LDM:
5421 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GD:
5422 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL:
5423 case R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM:
5424 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD:
5425 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL:
5426 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_LDM:
5427 /* Find the index into the GOT where this value is located. */
5428 if (tls_ldm_reloc_p (r_type))
5430 g = mips_elf_local_got_index (abfd, input_bfd, info,
5431 0, 0, NULL, r_type);
5433 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
5437 /* On VxWorks, CALL relocations should refer to the .got.plt
5438 entry, which is initialized to point at the PLT stub. */
5439 if (htab->is_vxworks
5440 && (call_hi16_reloc_p (r_type)
5441 || call_lo16_reloc_p (r_type)
5442 || call16_reloc_p (r_type)))
5444 BFD_ASSERT (addend == 0);
5445 BFD_ASSERT (h->root.needs_plt);
5446 g = mips_elf_gotplt_index (info, &h->root);
5450 BFD_ASSERT (addend == 0);
5451 g = mips_elf_global_got_index (dynobj, input_bfd,
5452 &h->root, r_type, info);
5453 if (h->tls_type == GOT_NORMAL
5454 && !elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created)
5455 /* This is a static link. We must initialize the GOT entry. */
5456 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (dynobj, symbol, htab->sgot->contents + g);
5459 else if (!htab->is_vxworks
5460 && (call16_reloc_p (r_type) || got16_reloc_p (r_type)))
5461 /* The calculation below does not involve "g". */
5465 g = mips_elf_local_got_index (abfd, input_bfd, info,
5466 symbol + addend, r_symndx, h, r_type);
5468 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
5471 /* Convert GOT indices to actual offsets. */
5472 g = mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (info, abfd, input_bfd, g);
5476 /* Relocations against the VxWorks __GOTT_BASE__ and __GOTT_INDEX__
5477 symbols are resolved by the loader. Add them to .rela.dyn. */
5478 if (h != NULL && is_gott_symbol (info, &h->root))
5480 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
5484 s = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, FALSE);
5485 loc = s->contents + s->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
5487 outrel.r_offset = (input_section->output_section->vma
5488 + input_section->output_offset
5489 + relocation->r_offset);
5490 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->root.dynindx, r_type);
5491 outrel.r_addend = addend;
5492 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (abfd, &outrel, loc);
5494 /* If we've written this relocation for a readonly section,
5495 we need to set DF_TEXTREL again, so that we do not delete the
5497 if (MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (input_section))
5498 info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL;
5501 return bfd_reloc_ok;
5504 /* Figure out what kind of relocation is being performed. */
5508 return bfd_reloc_continue;
5511 value = symbol + _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend, 16);
5512 overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 16);
5519 || (htab->root.dynamic_sections_created
5521 && h->root.def_dynamic
5522 && !h->root.def_regular
5523 && !h->has_static_relocs))
5524 && r_symndx != STN_UNDEF
5526 || h->root.root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak
5527 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->root.other) == STV_DEFAULT)
5528 && (input_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
5530 /* If we're creating a shared library, then we can't know
5531 where the symbol will end up. So, we create a relocation
5532 record in the output, and leave the job up to the dynamic
5533 linker. We must do the same for executable references to
5534 shared library symbols, unless we've decided to use copy
5535 relocs or PLTs instead. */
5537 if (!mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation (abfd,
5545 return bfd_reloc_undefined;
5549 if (r_type != R_MIPS_REL32)
5550 value = symbol + addend;
5554 value &= howto->dst_mask;
5558 value = symbol + addend - p;
5559 value &= howto->dst_mask;
5563 /* The calculation for R_MIPS16_26 is just the same as for an
5564 R_MIPS_26. It's only the storage of the relocated field into
5565 the output file that's different. That's handled in
5566 mips_elf_perform_relocation. So, we just fall through to the
5567 R_MIPS_26 case here. */
5569 case R_MICROMIPS_26_S1:
5573 /* Make sure the target of JALX is word-aligned. Bit 0 must be
5574 the correct ISA mode selector and bit 1 must be 0. */
5575 if (*cross_mode_jump_p && (symbol & 3) != (r_type == R_MIPS_26))
5576 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
5578 /* Shift is 2, unusually, for microMIPS JALX. */
5579 shift = (!*cross_mode_jump_p && r_type == R_MICROMIPS_26_S1) ? 1 : 2;
5582 value = addend | ((p + 4) & (0xfc000000 << shift));
5584 value = _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend, 26 + shift);
5585 value = (value + symbol) >> shift;
5586 if (!was_local_p && h->root.root.type != bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
5587 overflowed_p = (value >> 26) != ((p + 4) >> (26 + shift));
5588 value &= howto->dst_mask;
5592 case R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL_HI16:
5593 case R_MIPS16_TLS_DTPREL_HI16:
5594 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_DTPREL_HI16:
5595 value = (mips_elf_high (addend + symbol - dtprel_base (info))
5599 case R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL_LO16:
5600 case R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL32:
5601 case R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL64:
5602 case R_MIPS16_TLS_DTPREL_LO16:
5603 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_DTPREL_LO16:
5604 value = (symbol + addend - dtprel_base (info)) & howto->dst_mask;
5607 case R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_HI16:
5608 case R_MIPS16_TLS_TPREL_HI16:
5609 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_TPREL_HI16:
5610 value = (mips_elf_high (addend + symbol - tprel_base (info))
5614 case R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_LO16:
5615 case R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL32:
5616 case R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL64:
5617 case R_MIPS16_TLS_TPREL_LO16:
5618 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_TPREL_LO16:
5619 value = (symbol + addend - tprel_base (info)) & howto->dst_mask;
5624 case R_MICROMIPS_HI16:
5627 value = mips_elf_high (addend + symbol);
5628 value &= howto->dst_mask;
5632 /* For MIPS16 ABI code we generate this sequence
5633 0: li $v0,%hi(_gp_disp)
5634 4: addiupc $v1,%lo(_gp_disp)
5638 So the offsets of hi and lo relocs are the same, but the
5639 base $pc is that used by the ADDIUPC instruction at $t9 + 4.
5640 ADDIUPC clears the low two bits of the instruction address,
5641 so the base is ($t9 + 4) & ~3. */
5642 if (r_type == R_MIPS16_HI16)
5643 value = mips_elf_high (addend + gp - ((p + 4) & ~(bfd_vma) 0x3));
5644 /* The microMIPS .cpload sequence uses the same assembly
5645 instructions as the traditional psABI version, but the
5646 incoming $t9 has the low bit set. */
5647 else if (r_type == R_MICROMIPS_HI16)
5648 value = mips_elf_high (addend + gp - p - 1);
5650 value = mips_elf_high (addend + gp - p);
5651 overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 16);
5657 case R_MICROMIPS_LO16:
5658 case R_MICROMIPS_HI0_LO16:
5660 value = (symbol + addend) & howto->dst_mask;
5663 /* See the comment for R_MIPS16_HI16 above for the reason
5664 for this conditional. */
5665 if (r_type == R_MIPS16_LO16)
5666 value = addend + gp - (p & ~(bfd_vma) 0x3);
5667 else if (r_type == R_MICROMIPS_LO16
5668 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_HI0_LO16)
5669 value = addend + gp - p + 3;
5671 value = addend + gp - p + 4;
5672 /* The MIPS ABI requires checking the R_MIPS_LO16 relocation
5673 for overflow. But, on, say, IRIX5, relocations against
5674 _gp_disp are normally generated from the .cpload
5675 pseudo-op. It generates code that normally looks like
5678 lui $gp,%hi(_gp_disp)
5679 addiu $gp,$gp,%lo(_gp_disp)
5682 Here $t9 holds the address of the function being called,
5683 as required by the MIPS ELF ABI. The R_MIPS_LO16
5684 relocation can easily overflow in this situation, but the
5685 R_MIPS_HI16 relocation will handle the overflow.
5686 Therefore, we consider this a bug in the MIPS ABI, and do
5687 not check for overflow here. */
5691 case R_MIPS_LITERAL:
5692 case R_MICROMIPS_LITERAL:
5693 /* Because we don't merge literal sections, we can handle this
5694 just like R_MIPS_GPREL16. In the long run, we should merge
5695 shared literals, and then we will need to additional work
5700 case R_MIPS16_GPREL:
5701 /* The R_MIPS16_GPREL performs the same calculation as
5702 R_MIPS_GPREL16, but stores the relocated bits in a different
5703 order. We don't need to do anything special here; the
5704 differences are handled in mips_elf_perform_relocation. */
5705 case R_MIPS_GPREL16:
5706 case R_MICROMIPS_GPREL7_S2:
5707 case R_MICROMIPS_GPREL16:
5708 /* Only sign-extend the addend if it was extracted from the
5709 instruction. If the addend was separate, leave it alone,
5710 otherwise we may lose significant bits. */
5711 if (howto->partial_inplace)
5712 addend = _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend, 16);
5713 value = symbol + addend - gp;
5714 /* If the symbol was local, any earlier relocatable links will
5715 have adjusted its addend with the gp offset, so compensate
5716 for that now. Don't do it for symbols forced local in this
5717 link, though, since they won't have had the gp offset applied
5721 overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 16);
5724 case R_MIPS16_GOT16:
5725 case R_MIPS16_CALL16:
5728 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT16:
5729 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL16:
5730 /* VxWorks does not have separate local and global semantics for
5731 R_MIPS*_GOT16; every relocation evaluates to "G". */
5732 if (!htab->is_vxworks && local_p)
5734 value = mips_elf_got16_entry (abfd, input_bfd, info,
5735 symbol + addend, !was_local_p);
5736 if (value == MINUS_ONE)
5737 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
5739 = mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (info, abfd, input_bfd, value);
5740 overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 16);
5747 case R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL:
5748 case R_MIPS_TLS_LDM:
5749 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP:
5750 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GD:
5751 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL:
5752 case R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM:
5753 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD:
5754 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL:
5755 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_LDM:
5756 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP:
5758 overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 16);
5761 case R_MIPS_GPREL32:
5762 value = (addend + symbol + gp0 - gp);
5764 value &= howto->dst_mask;
5768 case R_MIPS_GNU_REL16_S2:
5769 value = symbol + _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend, 18) - p;
5770 overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 18);
5771 value >>= howto->rightshift;
5772 value &= howto->dst_mask;
5775 case R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1:
5776 value = symbol + _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend, 8) - p;
5777 overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 8);
5778 value >>= howto->rightshift;
5779 value &= howto->dst_mask;
5782 case R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1:
5783 value = symbol + _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend, 11) - p;
5784 overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 11);
5785 value >>= howto->rightshift;
5786 value &= howto->dst_mask;
5789 case R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1:
5790 value = symbol + _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend, 17) - p;
5791 overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 17);
5792 value >>= howto->rightshift;
5793 value &= howto->dst_mask;
5796 case R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2:
5797 value = symbol + _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend, 25) - ((p | 3) ^ 3);
5798 overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 25);
5799 value >>= howto->rightshift;
5800 value &= howto->dst_mask;
5803 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16:
5804 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16:
5805 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_HI16:
5806 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16:
5807 /* We're allowed to handle these two relocations identically.
5808 The dynamic linker is allowed to handle the CALL relocations
5809 differently by creating a lazy evaluation stub. */
5811 value = mips_elf_high (value);
5812 value &= howto->dst_mask;
5815 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16:
5816 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16:
5817 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_LO16:
5818 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16:
5819 value = g & howto->dst_mask;
5822 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE:
5823 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_PAGE:
5824 value = mips_elf_got_page (abfd, input_bfd, info, symbol + addend, NULL);
5825 if (value == MINUS_ONE)
5826 return bfd_reloc_outofrange;
5827 value = mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (info, abfd, input_bfd, value);
5828 overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 16);
5831 case R_MIPS_GOT_OFST:
5832 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_OFST:
5834 mips_elf_got_page (abfd, input_bfd, info, symbol + addend, &value);
5837 overflowed_p = mips_elf_overflow_p (value, 16);
5841 case R_MICROMIPS_SUB:
5842 value = symbol - addend;
5843 value &= howto->dst_mask;
5847 case R_MICROMIPS_HIGHER:
5848 value = mips_elf_higher (addend + symbol);
5849 value &= howto->dst_mask;
5852 case R_MIPS_HIGHEST:
5853 case R_MICROMIPS_HIGHEST:
5854 value = mips_elf_highest (addend + symbol);
5855 value &= howto->dst_mask;
5858 case R_MIPS_SCN_DISP:
5859 case R_MICROMIPS_SCN_DISP:
5860 value = symbol + addend - sec->output_offset;
5861 value &= howto->dst_mask;
5865 case R_MICROMIPS_JALR:
5866 /* This relocation is only a hint. In some cases, we optimize
5867 it into a bal instruction. But we don't try to optimize
5868 when the symbol does not resolve locally. */
5869 if (h != NULL && !SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, &h->root))
5870 return bfd_reloc_continue;
5871 value = symbol + addend;
5875 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTINHERIT:
5876 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTENTRY:
5877 /* We don't do anything with these at present. */
5878 return bfd_reloc_continue;
5881 /* An unrecognized relocation type. */
5882 return bfd_reloc_notsupported;
5885 /* Store the VALUE for our caller. */
5887 return overflowed_p ? bfd_reloc_overflow : bfd_reloc_ok;
5890 /* Obtain the field relocated by RELOCATION. */
5893 mips_elf_obtain_contents (reloc_howto_type *howto,
5894 const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocation,
5895 bfd *input_bfd, bfd_byte *contents)
5898 bfd_byte *location = contents + relocation->r_offset;
5900 /* Obtain the bytes. */
5901 x = bfd_get ((8 * bfd_get_reloc_size (howto)), input_bfd, location);
5906 /* It has been determined that the result of the RELOCATION is the
5907 VALUE. Use HOWTO to place VALUE into the output file at the
5908 appropriate position. The SECTION is the section to which the
5910 CROSS_MODE_JUMP_P is true if the relocation field
5911 is a MIPS16 or microMIPS jump to standard MIPS code, or vice versa.
5913 Returns FALSE if anything goes wrong. */
5916 mips_elf_perform_relocation (struct bfd_link_info *info,
5917 reloc_howto_type *howto,
5918 const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocation,
5919 bfd_vma value, bfd *input_bfd,
5920 asection *input_section, bfd_byte *contents,
5921 bfd_boolean cross_mode_jump_p)
5925 int r_type = ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd, relocation->r_info);
5927 /* Figure out where the relocation is occurring. */
5928 location = contents + relocation->r_offset;
5930 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_unshuffle (input_bfd, r_type, FALSE, location);
5932 /* Obtain the current value. */
5933 x = mips_elf_obtain_contents (howto, relocation, input_bfd, contents);
5935 /* Clear the field we are setting. */
5936 x &= ~howto->dst_mask;
5938 /* Set the field. */
5939 x |= (value & howto->dst_mask);
5941 /* If required, turn JAL into JALX. */
5942 if (cross_mode_jump_p && jal_reloc_p (r_type))
5945 bfd_vma opcode = x >> 26;
5946 bfd_vma jalx_opcode;
5948 /* Check to see if the opcode is already JAL or JALX. */
5949 if (r_type == R_MIPS16_26)
5951 ok = ((opcode == 0x6) || (opcode == 0x7));
5954 else if (r_type == R_MICROMIPS_26_S1)
5956 ok = ((opcode == 0x3d) || (opcode == 0x3c));
5961 ok = ((opcode == 0x3) || (opcode == 0x1d));
5965 /* If the opcode is not JAL or JALX, there's a problem. We cannot
5966 convert J or JALS to JALX. */
5969 (*_bfd_error_handler)
5970 (_("%B: %A+0x%lx: Unsupported jump between ISA modes; consider recompiling with interlinking enabled."),
5973 (unsigned long) relocation->r_offset);
5974 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
5978 /* Make this the JALX opcode. */
5979 x = (x & ~(0x3f << 26)) | (jalx_opcode << 26);
5982 /* Try converting JAL to BAL and J(AL)R to B(AL), if the target is in
5984 if (!info->relocatable
5985 && !cross_mode_jump_p
5986 && ((JAL_TO_BAL_P (input_bfd)
5987 && r_type == R_MIPS_26
5988 && (x >> 26) == 0x3) /* jal addr */
5989 || (JALR_TO_BAL_P (input_bfd)
5990 && r_type == R_MIPS_JALR
5991 && x == 0x0320f809) /* jalr t9 */
5992 || (JR_TO_B_P (input_bfd)
5993 && r_type == R_MIPS_JALR
5994 && x == 0x03200008))) /* jr t9 */
6000 addr = (input_section->output_section->vma
6001 + input_section->output_offset
6002 + relocation->r_offset
6004 if (r_type == R_MIPS_26)
6005 dest = (value << 2) | ((addr >> 28) << 28);
6009 if (off <= 0x1ffff && off >= -0x20000)
6011 if (x == 0x03200008) /* jr t9 */
6012 x = 0x10000000 | (((bfd_vma) off >> 2) & 0xffff); /* b addr */
6014 x = 0x04110000 | (((bfd_vma) off >> 2) & 0xffff); /* bal addr */
6018 /* Put the value into the output. */
6019 bfd_put (8 * bfd_get_reloc_size (howto), input_bfd, x, location);
6021 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_shuffle (input_bfd, r_type, !info->relocatable,
6027 /* Create a rel.dyn relocation for the dynamic linker to resolve. REL
6028 is the original relocation, which is now being transformed into a
6029 dynamic relocation. The ADDENDP is adjusted if necessary; the
6030 caller should store the result in place of the original addend. */
6033 mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation (bfd *output_bfd,
6034 struct bfd_link_info *info,
6035 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel,
6036 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h,
6037 asection *sec, bfd_vma symbol,
6038 bfd_vma *addendp, asection *input_section)
6040 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel[3];
6045 bfd_boolean defined_p;
6046 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
6048 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
6049 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
6051 r_type = ELF_R_TYPE (output_bfd, rel->r_info);
6052 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
6053 sreloc = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, FALSE);
6054 BFD_ASSERT (sreloc != NULL);
6055 BFD_ASSERT (sreloc->contents != NULL);
6056 BFD_ASSERT (sreloc->reloc_count * MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (output_bfd)
6059 outrel[0].r_offset =
6060 _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info, input_section, rel[0].r_offset);
6061 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd))
6063 outrel[1].r_offset =
6064 _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info, input_section, rel[1].r_offset);
6065 outrel[2].r_offset =
6066 _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd, info, input_section, rel[2].r_offset);
6069 if (outrel[0].r_offset == MINUS_ONE)
6070 /* The relocation field has been deleted. */
6073 if (outrel[0].r_offset == MINUS_TWO)
6075 /* The relocation field has been converted into a relative value of
6076 some sort. Functions like _bfd_elf_write_section_eh_frame expect
6077 the field to be fully relocated, so add in the symbol's value. */
6082 /* We must now calculate the dynamic symbol table index to use
6083 in the relocation. */
6084 if (h != NULL && ! SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info, &h->root))
6086 BFD_ASSERT (htab->is_vxworks || h->global_got_area != GGA_NONE);
6087 indx = h->root.dynindx;
6088 if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd))
6089 defined_p = h->root.def_regular;
6091 /* ??? glibc's ld.so just adds the final GOT entry to the
6092 relocation field. It therefore treats relocs against
6093 defined symbols in the same way as relocs against
6094 undefined symbols. */
6099 if (sec != NULL && bfd_is_abs_section (sec))
6101 else if (sec == NULL || sec->owner == NULL)
6103 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
6108 indx = elf_section_data (sec->output_section)->dynindx;
6111 asection *osec = htab->root.text_index_section;
6112 indx = elf_section_data (osec)->dynindx;
6118 /* Instead of generating a relocation using the section
6119 symbol, we may as well make it a fully relative
6120 relocation. We want to avoid generating relocations to
6121 local symbols because we used to generate them
6122 incorrectly, without adding the original symbol value,
6123 which is mandated by the ABI for section symbols. In
6124 order to give dynamic loaders and applications time to
6125 phase out the incorrect use, we refrain from emitting
6126 section-relative relocations. It's not like they're
6127 useful, after all. This should be a bit more efficient
6129 /* ??? Although this behavior is compatible with glibc's ld.so,
6130 the ABI says that relocations against STN_UNDEF should have
6131 a symbol value of 0. Irix rld honors this, so relocations
6132 against STN_UNDEF have no effect. */
6133 if (!SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd))
6138 /* If the relocation was previously an absolute relocation and
6139 this symbol will not be referred to by the relocation, we must
6140 adjust it by the value we give it in the dynamic symbol table.
6141 Otherwise leave the job up to the dynamic linker. */
6142 if (defined_p && r_type != R_MIPS_REL32)
6145 if (htab->is_vxworks)
6146 /* VxWorks uses non-relative relocations for this. */
6147 outrel[0].r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (indx, R_MIPS_32);
6149 /* The relocation is always an REL32 relocation because we don't
6150 know where the shared library will wind up at load-time. */
6151 outrel[0].r_info = ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd, (unsigned long) indx,
6154 /* For strict adherence to the ABI specification, we should
6155 generate a R_MIPS_64 relocation record by itself before the
6156 _REL32/_64 record as well, such that the addend is read in as
6157 a 64-bit value (REL32 is a 32-bit relocation, after all).
6158 However, since none of the existing ELF64 MIPS dynamic
6159 loaders seems to care, we don't waste space with these
6160 artificial relocations. If this turns out to not be true,
6161 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocation() should be tweaked so
6162 as to make room for a pair of dynamic relocations per
6163 invocation if ABI_64_P, and here we should generate an
6164 additional relocation record with R_MIPS_64 by itself for a
6165 NULL symbol before this relocation record. */
6166 outrel[1].r_info = ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd, 0,
6167 ABI_64_P (output_bfd)
6170 outrel[2].r_info = ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd, 0, R_MIPS_NONE);
6172 /* Adjust the output offset of the relocation to reference the
6173 correct location in the output file. */
6174 outrel[0].r_offset += (input_section->output_section->vma
6175 + input_section->output_offset);
6176 outrel[1].r_offset += (input_section->output_section->vma
6177 + input_section->output_offset);
6178 outrel[2].r_offset += (input_section->output_section->vma
6179 + input_section->output_offset);
6181 /* Put the relocation back out. We have to use the special
6182 relocation outputter in the 64-bit case since the 64-bit
6183 relocation format is non-standard. */
6184 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd))
6186 (*get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd)->s->swap_reloc_out)
6187 (output_bfd, &outrel[0],
6189 + sreloc->reloc_count * sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel)));
6191 else if (htab->is_vxworks)
6193 /* VxWorks uses RELA rather than REL dynamic relocations. */
6194 outrel[0].r_addend = *addendp;
6195 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out
6196 (output_bfd, &outrel[0],
6198 + sreloc->reloc_count * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela)));
6201 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out
6202 (output_bfd, &outrel[0],
6203 (sreloc->contents + sreloc->reloc_count * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel)));
6205 /* We've now added another relocation. */
6206 ++sreloc->reloc_count;
6208 /* Make sure the output section is writable. The dynamic linker
6209 will be writing to it. */
6210 elf_section_data (input_section->output_section)->this_hdr.sh_flags
6213 /* On IRIX5, make an entry of compact relocation info. */
6214 if (IRIX_COMPAT (output_bfd) == ict_irix5)
6216 asection *scpt = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".compact_rel");
6221 Elf32_crinfo cptrel;
6223 mips_elf_set_cr_format (cptrel, CRF_MIPS_LONG);
6224 cptrel.vaddr = (rel->r_offset
6225 + input_section->output_section->vma
6226 + input_section->output_offset);
6227 if (r_type == R_MIPS_REL32)
6228 mips_elf_set_cr_type (cptrel, CRT_MIPS_REL32);
6230 mips_elf_set_cr_type (cptrel, CRT_MIPS_WORD);
6231 mips_elf_set_cr_dist2to (cptrel, 0);
6232 cptrel.konst = *addendp;
6234 cr = (scpt->contents
6235 + sizeof (Elf32_External_compact_rel));
6236 mips_elf_set_cr_relvaddr (cptrel, 0);
6237 bfd_elf32_swap_crinfo_out (output_bfd, &cptrel,
6238 ((Elf32_External_crinfo *) cr
6239 + scpt->reloc_count));
6240 ++scpt->reloc_count;
6244 /* If we've written this relocation for a readonly section,
6245 we need to set DF_TEXTREL again, so that we do not delete the
6247 if (MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (input_section))
6248 info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL;
6253 /* Return the MACH for a MIPS e_flags value. */
6256 _bfd_elf_mips_mach (flagword flags)
6258 switch (flags & EF_MIPS_MACH)
6260 case E_MIPS_MACH_3900:
6261 return bfd_mach_mips3900;
6263 case E_MIPS_MACH_4010:
6264 return bfd_mach_mips4010;
6266 case E_MIPS_MACH_4100:
6267 return bfd_mach_mips4100;
6269 case E_MIPS_MACH_4111:
6270 return bfd_mach_mips4111;
6272 case E_MIPS_MACH_4120:
6273 return bfd_mach_mips4120;
6275 case E_MIPS_MACH_4650:
6276 return bfd_mach_mips4650;
6278 case E_MIPS_MACH_5400:
6279 return bfd_mach_mips5400;
6281 case E_MIPS_MACH_5500:
6282 return bfd_mach_mips5500;
6284 case E_MIPS_MACH_5900:
6285 return bfd_mach_mips5900;
6287 case E_MIPS_MACH_9000:
6288 return bfd_mach_mips9000;
6290 case E_MIPS_MACH_SB1:
6291 return bfd_mach_mips_sb1;
6293 case E_MIPS_MACH_LS2E:
6294 return bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2e;
6296 case E_MIPS_MACH_LS2F:
6297 return bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2f;
6299 case E_MIPS_MACH_LS3A:
6300 return bfd_mach_mips_loongson_3a;
6302 case E_MIPS_MACH_OCTEON2:
6303 return bfd_mach_mips_octeon2;
6305 case E_MIPS_MACH_OCTEON:
6306 return bfd_mach_mips_octeon;
6308 case E_MIPS_MACH_XLR:
6309 return bfd_mach_mips_xlr;
6312 switch (flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH)
6316 return bfd_mach_mips3000;
6319 return bfd_mach_mips6000;
6322 return bfd_mach_mips4000;
6325 return bfd_mach_mips8000;
6328 return bfd_mach_mips5;
6330 case E_MIPS_ARCH_32:
6331 return bfd_mach_mipsisa32;
6333 case E_MIPS_ARCH_64:
6334 return bfd_mach_mipsisa64;
6336 case E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2:
6337 return bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2;
6339 case E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2:
6340 return bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2;
6347 /* Return printable name for ABI. */
6349 static INLINE char *
6350 elf_mips_abi_name (bfd *abfd)
6354 flags = elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags;
6355 switch (flags & EF_MIPS_ABI)
6358 if (ABI_N32_P (abfd))
6360 else if (ABI_64_P (abfd))
6364 case E_MIPS_ABI_O32:
6366 case E_MIPS_ABI_O64:
6368 case E_MIPS_ABI_EABI32:
6370 case E_MIPS_ABI_EABI64:
6373 return "unknown abi";
6377 /* MIPS ELF uses two common sections. One is the usual one, and the
6378 other is for small objects. All the small objects are kept
6379 together, and then referenced via the gp pointer, which yields
6380 faster assembler code. This is what we use for the small common
6381 section. This approach is copied from ecoff.c. */
6382 static asection mips_elf_scom_section;
6383 static asymbol mips_elf_scom_symbol;
6384 static asymbol *mips_elf_scom_symbol_ptr;
6386 /* MIPS ELF also uses an acommon section, which represents an
6387 allocated common symbol which may be overridden by a
6388 definition in a shared library. */
6389 static asection mips_elf_acom_section;
6390 static asymbol mips_elf_acom_symbol;
6391 static asymbol *mips_elf_acom_symbol_ptr;
6393 /* This is used for both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. */
6396 _bfd_mips_elf_symbol_processing (bfd *abfd, asymbol *asym)
6398 elf_symbol_type *elfsym;
6400 /* Handle the special MIPS section numbers that a symbol may use. */
6401 elfsym = (elf_symbol_type *) asym;
6402 switch (elfsym->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx)
6404 case SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON:
6405 /* This section is used in a dynamically linked executable file.
6406 It is an allocated common section. The dynamic linker can
6407 either resolve these symbols to something in a shared
6408 library, or it can just leave them here. For our purposes,
6409 we can consider these symbols to be in a new section. */
6410 if (mips_elf_acom_section.name == NULL)
6412 /* Initialize the acommon section. */
6413 mips_elf_acom_section.name = ".acommon";
6414 mips_elf_acom_section.flags = SEC_ALLOC;
6415 mips_elf_acom_section.output_section = &mips_elf_acom_section;
6416 mips_elf_acom_section.symbol = &mips_elf_acom_symbol;
6417 mips_elf_acom_section.symbol_ptr_ptr = &mips_elf_acom_symbol_ptr;
6418 mips_elf_acom_symbol.name = ".acommon";
6419 mips_elf_acom_symbol.flags = BSF_SECTION_SYM;
6420 mips_elf_acom_symbol.section = &mips_elf_acom_section;
6421 mips_elf_acom_symbol_ptr = &mips_elf_acom_symbol;
6423 asym->section = &mips_elf_acom_section;
6427 /* Common symbols less than the GP size are automatically
6428 treated as SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON symbols on IRIX5. */
6429 if (asym->value > elf_gp_size (abfd)
6430 || ELF_ST_TYPE (elfsym->internal_elf_sym.st_info) == STT_TLS
6431 || IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_irix6)
6434 case SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON:
6435 if (mips_elf_scom_section.name == NULL)
6437 /* Initialize the small common section. */
6438 mips_elf_scom_section.name = ".scommon";
6439 mips_elf_scom_section.flags = SEC_IS_COMMON;
6440 mips_elf_scom_section.output_section = &mips_elf_scom_section;
6441 mips_elf_scom_section.symbol = &mips_elf_scom_symbol;
6442 mips_elf_scom_section.symbol_ptr_ptr = &mips_elf_scom_symbol_ptr;
6443 mips_elf_scom_symbol.name = ".scommon";
6444 mips_elf_scom_symbol.flags = BSF_SECTION_SYM;
6445 mips_elf_scom_symbol.section = &mips_elf_scom_section;
6446 mips_elf_scom_symbol_ptr = &mips_elf_scom_symbol;
6448 asym->section = &mips_elf_scom_section;
6449 asym->value = elfsym->internal_elf_sym.st_size;
6452 case SHN_MIPS_SUNDEFINED:
6453 asym->section = bfd_und_section_ptr;
6458 asection *section = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".text");
6460 if (section != NULL)
6462 asym->section = section;
6463 /* MIPS_TEXT is a bit special, the address is not an offset
6464 to the base of the .text section. So substract the section
6465 base address to make it an offset. */
6466 asym->value -= section->vma;
6473 asection *section = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".data");
6475 if (section != NULL)
6477 asym->section = section;
6478 /* MIPS_DATA is a bit special, the address is not an offset
6479 to the base of the .data section. So substract the section
6480 base address to make it an offset. */
6481 asym->value -= section->vma;
6487 /* If this is an odd-valued function symbol, assume it's a MIPS16
6488 or microMIPS one. */
6489 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (elfsym->internal_elf_sym.st_info) == STT_FUNC
6490 && (asym->value & 1) != 0)
6493 if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MICROMIPS)
6494 elfsym->internal_elf_sym.st_other
6495 = ELF_ST_SET_MICROMIPS (elfsym->internal_elf_sym.st_other);
6497 elfsym->internal_elf_sym.st_other
6498 = ELF_ST_SET_MIPS16 (elfsym->internal_elf_sym.st_other);
6502 /* Implement elf_backend_eh_frame_address_size. This differs from
6503 the default in the way it handles EABI64.
6505 EABI64 was originally specified as an LP64 ABI, and that is what
6506 -mabi=eabi normally gives on a 64-bit target. However, gcc has
6507 historically accepted the combination of -mabi=eabi and -mlong32,
6508 and this ILP32 variation has become semi-official over time.
6509 Both forms use elf32 and have pointer-sized FDE addresses.
6511 If an EABI object was generated by GCC 4.0 or above, it will have
6512 an empty .gcc_compiled_longXX section, where XX is the size of longs
6513 in bits. Unfortunately, ILP32 objects generated by earlier compilers
6514 have no special marking to distinguish them from LP64 objects.
6516 We don't want users of the official LP64 ABI to be punished for the
6517 existence of the ILP32 variant, but at the same time, we don't want
6518 to mistakenly interpret pre-4.0 ILP32 objects as being LP64 objects.
6519 We therefore take the following approach:
6521 - If ABFD contains a .gcc_compiled_longXX section, use it to
6522 determine the pointer size.
6524 - Otherwise check the type of the first relocation. Assume that
6525 the LP64 ABI is being used if the relocation is of type R_MIPS_64.
6529 The second check is enough to detect LP64 objects generated by pre-4.0
6530 compilers because, in the kind of output generated by those compilers,
6531 the first relocation will be associated with either a CIE personality
6532 routine or an FDE start address. Furthermore, the compilers never
6533 used a special (non-pointer) encoding for this ABI.
6535 Checking the relocation type should also be safe because there is no
6536 reason to use R_MIPS_64 in an ILP32 object. Pre-4.0 compilers never
6540 _bfd_mips_elf_eh_frame_address_size (bfd *abfd, asection *sec)
6542 if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_ident[EI_CLASS] == ELFCLASS64)
6544 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI64)
6546 bfd_boolean long32_p, long64_p;
6548 long32_p = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".gcc_compiled_long32") != 0;
6549 long64_p = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".gcc_compiled_long64") != 0;
6550 if (long32_p && long64_p)
6557 if (sec->reloc_count > 0
6558 && elf_section_data (sec)->relocs != NULL
6559 && (ELF32_R_TYPE (elf_section_data (sec)->relocs[0].r_info)
6568 /* There appears to be a bug in the MIPSpro linker that causes GOT_DISP
6569 relocations against two unnamed section symbols to resolve to the
6570 same address. For example, if we have code like:
6572 lw $4,%got_disp(.data)($gp)
6573 lw $25,%got_disp(.text)($gp)
6576 then the linker will resolve both relocations to .data and the program
6577 will jump there rather than to .text.
6579 We can work around this problem by giving names to local section symbols.
6580 This is also what the MIPSpro tools do. */
6583 _bfd_mips_elf_name_local_section_symbols (bfd *abfd)
6585 return SGI_COMPAT (abfd);
6588 /* Work over a section just before writing it out. This routine is
6589 used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. FIXME: We recognize
6590 sections that need the SHF_MIPS_GPREL flag by name; there has to be
6594 _bfd_mips_elf_section_processing (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr)
6596 if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_MIPS_REGINFO
6597 && hdr->sh_size > 0)
6601 BFD_ASSERT (hdr->sh_size == sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo));
6602 BFD_ASSERT (hdr->contents == NULL);
6605 hdr->sh_offset + sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo) - 4,
6608 H_PUT_32 (abfd, elf_gp (abfd), buf);
6609 if (bfd_bwrite (buf, 4, abfd) != 4)
6613 if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS
6614 && hdr->bfd_section != NULL
6615 && mips_elf_section_data (hdr->bfd_section) != NULL
6616 && mips_elf_section_data (hdr->bfd_section)->u.tdata != NULL)
6618 bfd_byte *contents, *l, *lend;
6620 /* We stored the section contents in the tdata field in the
6621 set_section_contents routine. We save the section contents
6622 so that we don't have to read them again.
6623 At this point we know that elf_gp is set, so we can look
6624 through the section contents to see if there is an
6625 ODK_REGINFO structure. */
6627 contents = mips_elf_section_data (hdr->bfd_section)->u.tdata;
6629 lend = contents + hdr->sh_size;
6630 while (l + sizeof (Elf_External_Options) <= lend)
6632 Elf_Internal_Options intopt;
6634 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_in (abfd, (Elf_External_Options *) l,
6636 if (intopt.size < sizeof (Elf_External_Options))
6638 (*_bfd_error_handler)
6639 (_("%B: Warning: bad `%s' option size %u smaller than its header"),
6640 abfd, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (abfd), intopt.size);
6643 if (ABI_64_P (abfd) && intopt.kind == ODK_REGINFO)
6650 + sizeof (Elf_External_Options)
6651 + (sizeof (Elf64_External_RegInfo) - 8)),
6654 H_PUT_64 (abfd, elf_gp (abfd), buf);
6655 if (bfd_bwrite (buf, 8, abfd) != 8)
6658 else if (intopt.kind == ODK_REGINFO)
6665 + sizeof (Elf_External_Options)
6666 + (sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo) - 4)),
6669 H_PUT_32 (abfd, elf_gp (abfd), buf);
6670 if (bfd_bwrite (buf, 4, abfd) != 4)
6677 if (hdr->bfd_section != NULL)
6679 const char *name = bfd_get_section_name (abfd, hdr->bfd_section);
6681 /* .sbss is not handled specially here because the GNU/Linux
6682 prelinker can convert .sbss from NOBITS to PROGBITS and
6683 changing it back to NOBITS breaks the binary. The entry in
6684 _bfd_mips_elf_special_sections will ensure the correct flags
6685 are set on .sbss if BFD creates it without reading it from an
6686 input file, and without special handling here the flags set
6687 on it in an input file will be followed. */
6688 if (strcmp (name, ".sdata") == 0
6689 || strcmp (name, ".lit8") == 0
6690 || strcmp (name, ".lit4") == 0)
6692 hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_ALLOC | SHF_WRITE | SHF_MIPS_GPREL;
6693 hdr->sh_type = SHT_PROGBITS;
6695 else if (strcmp (name, ".srdata") == 0)
6697 hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_ALLOC | SHF_MIPS_GPREL;
6698 hdr->sh_type = SHT_PROGBITS;
6700 else if (strcmp (name, ".compact_rel") == 0)
6703 hdr->sh_type = SHT_PROGBITS;
6705 else if (strcmp (name, ".rtproc") == 0)
6707 if (hdr->sh_addralign != 0 && hdr->sh_entsize == 0)
6709 unsigned int adjust;
6711 adjust = hdr->sh_size % hdr->sh_addralign;
6713 hdr->sh_size += hdr->sh_addralign - adjust;
6721 /* Handle a MIPS specific section when reading an object file. This
6722 is called when elfcode.h finds a section with an unknown type.
6723 This routine supports both the 32-bit and 64-bit ELF ABI.
6725 FIXME: We need to handle the SHF_MIPS_GPREL flag, but I'm not sure
6729 _bfd_mips_elf_section_from_shdr (bfd *abfd,
6730 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr,
6736 /* There ought to be a place to keep ELF backend specific flags, but
6737 at the moment there isn't one. We just keep track of the
6738 sections by their name, instead. Fortunately, the ABI gives
6739 suggested names for all the MIPS specific sections, so we will
6740 probably get away with this. */
6741 switch (hdr->sh_type)
6743 case SHT_MIPS_LIBLIST:
6744 if (strcmp (name, ".liblist") != 0)
6748 if (strcmp (name, ".msym") != 0)
6751 case SHT_MIPS_CONFLICT:
6752 if (strcmp (name, ".conflict") != 0)
6755 case SHT_MIPS_GPTAB:
6756 if (! CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".gptab."))
6759 case SHT_MIPS_UCODE:
6760 if (strcmp (name, ".ucode") != 0)
6763 case SHT_MIPS_DEBUG:
6764 if (strcmp (name, ".mdebug") != 0)
6766 flags = SEC_DEBUGGING;
6768 case SHT_MIPS_REGINFO:
6769 if (strcmp (name, ".reginfo") != 0
6770 || hdr->sh_size != sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo))
6772 flags = (SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_SAME_SIZE);
6774 case SHT_MIPS_IFACE:
6775 if (strcmp (name, ".MIPS.interfaces") != 0)
6778 case SHT_MIPS_CONTENT:
6779 if (! CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".MIPS.content"))
6782 case SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS:
6783 if (!MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME_P (name))
6786 case SHT_MIPS_DWARF:
6787 if (! CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".debug_")
6788 && ! CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".zdebug_"))
6791 case SHT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB:
6792 if (strcmp (name, ".MIPS.symlib") != 0)
6795 case SHT_MIPS_EVENTS:
6796 if (! CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".MIPS.events")
6797 && ! CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".MIPS.post_rel"))
6804 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex))
6809 if (! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd, hdr->bfd_section,
6810 (bfd_get_section_flags (abfd,
6816 /* FIXME: We should record sh_info for a .gptab section. */
6818 /* For a .reginfo section, set the gp value in the tdata information
6819 from the contents of this section. We need the gp value while
6820 processing relocs, so we just get it now. The .reginfo section
6821 is not used in the 64-bit MIPS ELF ABI. */
6822 if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_MIPS_REGINFO)
6824 Elf32_External_RegInfo ext;
6827 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd, hdr->bfd_section,
6828 &ext, 0, sizeof ext))
6830 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in (abfd, &ext, &s);
6831 elf_gp (abfd) = s.ri_gp_value;
6834 /* For a SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS section, look for a ODK_REGINFO entry, and
6835 set the gp value based on what we find. We may see both
6836 SHT_MIPS_REGINFO and SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS/ODK_REGINFO; in that case,
6837 they should agree. */
6838 if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS)
6840 bfd_byte *contents, *l, *lend;
6842 contents = bfd_malloc (hdr->sh_size);
6843 if (contents == NULL)
6845 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd, hdr->bfd_section, contents,
6852 lend = contents + hdr->sh_size;
6853 while (l + sizeof (Elf_External_Options) <= lend)
6855 Elf_Internal_Options intopt;
6857 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_in (abfd, (Elf_External_Options *) l,
6859 if (intopt.size < sizeof (Elf_External_Options))
6861 (*_bfd_error_handler)
6862 (_("%B: Warning: bad `%s' option size %u smaller than its header"),
6863 abfd, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (abfd), intopt.size);
6866 if (ABI_64_P (abfd) && intopt.kind == ODK_REGINFO)
6868 Elf64_Internal_RegInfo intreg;
6870 bfd_mips_elf64_swap_reginfo_in
6872 ((Elf64_External_RegInfo *)
6873 (l + sizeof (Elf_External_Options))),
6875 elf_gp (abfd) = intreg.ri_gp_value;
6877 else if (intopt.kind == ODK_REGINFO)
6879 Elf32_RegInfo intreg;
6881 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in
6883 ((Elf32_External_RegInfo *)
6884 (l + sizeof (Elf_External_Options))),
6886 elf_gp (abfd) = intreg.ri_gp_value;
6896 /* Set the correct type for a MIPS ELF section. We do this by the
6897 section name, which is a hack, but ought to work. This routine is
6898 used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. */
6901 _bfd_mips_elf_fake_sections (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr, asection *sec)
6903 const char *name = bfd_get_section_name (abfd, sec);
6905 if (strcmp (name, ".liblist") == 0)
6907 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_LIBLIST;
6908 hdr->sh_info = sec->size / sizeof (Elf32_Lib);
6909 /* The sh_link field is set in final_write_processing. */
6911 else if (strcmp (name, ".conflict") == 0)
6912 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_CONFLICT;
6913 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".gptab."))
6915 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_GPTAB;
6916 hdr->sh_entsize = sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab);
6917 /* The sh_info field is set in final_write_processing. */
6919 else if (strcmp (name, ".ucode") == 0)
6920 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_UCODE;
6921 else if (strcmp (name, ".mdebug") == 0)
6923 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_DEBUG;
6924 /* In a shared object on IRIX 5.3, the .mdebug section has an
6925 entsize of 0. FIXME: Does this matter? */
6926 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd) && (abfd->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0)
6927 hdr->sh_entsize = 0;
6929 hdr->sh_entsize = 1;
6931 else if (strcmp (name, ".reginfo") == 0)
6933 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_REGINFO;
6934 /* In a shared object on IRIX 5.3, the .reginfo section has an
6935 entsize of 0x18. FIXME: Does this matter? */
6936 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd))
6938 if ((abfd->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0)
6939 hdr->sh_entsize = sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo);
6941 hdr->sh_entsize = 1;
6944 hdr->sh_entsize = sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo);
6946 else if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd)
6947 && (strcmp (name, ".hash") == 0
6948 || strcmp (name, ".dynamic") == 0
6949 || strcmp (name, ".dynstr") == 0))
6951 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd))
6952 hdr->sh_entsize = 0;
6954 /* This isn't how the IRIX6 linker behaves. */
6955 hdr->sh_info = SIZEOF_MIPS_DYNSYM_SECNAMES;
6958 else if (strcmp (name, ".got") == 0
6959 || strcmp (name, ".srdata") == 0
6960 || strcmp (name, ".sdata") == 0
6961 || strcmp (name, ".sbss") == 0
6962 || strcmp (name, ".lit4") == 0
6963 || strcmp (name, ".lit8") == 0)
6964 hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_MIPS_GPREL;
6965 else if (strcmp (name, ".MIPS.interfaces") == 0)
6967 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_IFACE;
6968 hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP;
6970 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".MIPS.content"))
6972 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_CONTENT;
6973 hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP;
6974 /* The sh_info field is set in final_write_processing. */
6976 else if (MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME_P (name))
6978 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS;
6979 hdr->sh_entsize = 1;
6980 hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP;
6982 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".debug_")
6983 || CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".zdebug_"))
6985 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_DWARF;
6987 /* Irix facilities such as libexc expect a single .debug_frame
6988 per executable, the system ones have NOSTRIP set and the linker
6989 doesn't merge sections with different flags so ... */
6990 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd) && CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".debug_frame"))
6991 hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP;
6993 else if (strcmp (name, ".MIPS.symlib") == 0)
6995 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB;
6996 /* The sh_link and sh_info fields are set in
6997 final_write_processing. */
6999 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".MIPS.events")
7000 || CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".MIPS.post_rel"))
7002 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_EVENTS;
7003 hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP;
7004 /* The sh_link field is set in final_write_processing. */
7006 else if (strcmp (name, ".msym") == 0)
7008 hdr->sh_type = SHT_MIPS_MSYM;
7009 hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_ALLOC;
7010 hdr->sh_entsize = 8;
7013 /* The generic elf_fake_sections will set up REL_HDR using the default
7014 kind of relocations. We used to set up a second header for the
7015 non-default kind of relocations here, but only NewABI would use
7016 these, and the IRIX ld doesn't like resulting empty RELA sections.
7017 Thus we create those header only on demand now. */
7022 /* Given a BFD section, try to locate the corresponding ELF section
7023 index. This is used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI.
7024 Actually, it's not clear to me that the 64-bit ABI supports these,
7025 but for non-PIC objects we will certainly want support for at least
7026 the .scommon section. */
7029 _bfd_mips_elf_section_from_bfd_section (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7030 asection *sec, int *retval)
7032 if (strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd, sec), ".scommon") == 0)
7034 *retval = SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON;
7037 if (strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd, sec), ".acommon") == 0)
7039 *retval = SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON;
7045 /* Hook called by the linker routine which adds symbols from an object
7046 file. We must handle the special MIPS section numbers here. */
7049 _bfd_mips_elf_add_symbol_hook (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
7050 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym, const char **namep,
7051 flagword *flagsp ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7052 asection **secp, bfd_vma *valp)
7054 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd)
7055 && (abfd->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0
7056 && strcmp (*namep, "_rld_new_interface") == 0)
7058 /* Skip IRIX5 rld entry name. */
7063 /* Shared objects may have a dynamic symbol '_gp_disp' defined as
7064 a SECTION *ABS*. This causes ld to think it can resolve _gp_disp
7065 by setting a DT_NEEDED for the shared object. Since _gp_disp is
7066 a magic symbol resolved by the linker, we ignore this bogus definition
7067 of _gp_disp. New ABI objects do not suffer from this problem so this
7068 is not done for them. */
7070 && (sym->st_shndx == SHN_ABS)
7071 && (strcmp (*namep, "_gp_disp") == 0))
7077 switch (sym->st_shndx)
7080 /* Common symbols less than the GP size are automatically
7081 treated as SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON symbols. */
7082 if (sym->st_size > elf_gp_size (abfd)
7083 || ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_TLS
7084 || IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_irix6)
7087 case SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON:
7088 *secp = bfd_make_section_old_way (abfd, ".scommon");
7089 (*secp)->flags |= SEC_IS_COMMON;
7090 *valp = sym->st_size;
7094 /* This section is used in a shared object. */
7095 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_text_section == NULL)
7097 asymbol *elf_text_symbol;
7098 asection *elf_text_section;
7099 bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (asection);
7101 elf_text_section = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
7102 if (elf_text_section == NULL)
7105 amt = sizeof (asymbol);
7106 elf_text_symbol = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
7107 if (elf_text_symbol == NULL)
7110 /* Initialize the section. */
7112 elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_text_section = elf_text_section;
7113 elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_text_symbol = elf_text_symbol;
7115 elf_text_section->symbol = elf_text_symbol;
7116 elf_text_section->symbol_ptr_ptr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_text_symbol;
7118 elf_text_section->name = ".text";
7119 elf_text_section->flags = SEC_NO_FLAGS;
7120 elf_text_section->output_section = NULL;
7121 elf_text_section->owner = abfd;
7122 elf_text_symbol->name = ".text";
7123 elf_text_symbol->flags = BSF_SECTION_SYM | BSF_DYNAMIC;
7124 elf_text_symbol->section = elf_text_section;
7126 /* This code used to do *secp = bfd_und_section_ptr if
7127 info->shared. I don't know why, and that doesn't make sense,
7128 so I took it out. */
7129 *secp = elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_text_section;
7132 case SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON:
7133 /* Fall through. XXX Can we treat this as allocated data? */
7135 /* This section is used in a shared object. */
7136 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_data_section == NULL)
7138 asymbol *elf_data_symbol;
7139 asection *elf_data_section;
7140 bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (asection);
7142 elf_data_section = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
7143 if (elf_data_section == NULL)
7146 amt = sizeof (asymbol);
7147 elf_data_symbol = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
7148 if (elf_data_symbol == NULL)
7151 /* Initialize the section. */
7153 elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_data_section = elf_data_section;
7154 elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_data_symbol = elf_data_symbol;
7156 elf_data_section->symbol = elf_data_symbol;
7157 elf_data_section->symbol_ptr_ptr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_data_symbol;
7159 elf_data_section->name = ".data";
7160 elf_data_section->flags = SEC_NO_FLAGS;
7161 elf_data_section->output_section = NULL;
7162 elf_data_section->owner = abfd;
7163 elf_data_symbol->name = ".data";
7164 elf_data_symbol->flags = BSF_SECTION_SYM | BSF_DYNAMIC;
7165 elf_data_symbol->section = elf_data_section;
7167 /* This code used to do *secp = bfd_und_section_ptr if
7168 info->shared. I don't know why, and that doesn't make sense,
7169 so I took it out. */
7170 *secp = elf_tdata (abfd)->elf_data_section;
7173 case SHN_MIPS_SUNDEFINED:
7174 *secp = bfd_und_section_ptr;
7178 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd)
7180 && info->output_bfd->xvec == abfd->xvec
7181 && strcmp (*namep, "__rld_obj_head") == 0)
7183 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
7184 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *bh;
7186 /* Mark __rld_obj_head as dynamic. */
7188 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
7189 (info, abfd, *namep, BSF_GLOBAL, *secp, *valp, NULL, FALSE,
7190 get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->collect, &bh)))
7193 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) bh;
7196 h->type = STT_OBJECT;
7198 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
7201 mips_elf_hash_table (info)->use_rld_obj_head = TRUE;
7202 mips_elf_hash_table (info)->rld_symbol = h;
7205 /* If this is a mips16 text symbol, add 1 to the value to make it
7206 odd. This will cause something like .word SYM to come up with
7207 the right value when it is loaded into the PC. */
7208 if (ELF_ST_IS_COMPRESSED (sym->st_other))
7214 /* This hook function is called before the linker writes out a global
7215 symbol. We mark symbols as small common if appropriate. This is
7216 also where we undo the increment of the value for a mips16 symbol. */
7219 _bfd_mips_elf_link_output_symbol_hook
7220 (struct bfd_link_info *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7221 const char *name ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, Elf_Internal_Sym *sym,
7222 asection *input_sec, struct elf_link_hash_entry *h ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
7224 /* If we see a common symbol, which implies a relocatable link, then
7225 if a symbol was small common in an input file, mark it as small
7226 common in the output file. */
7227 if (sym->st_shndx == SHN_COMMON
7228 && strcmp (input_sec->name, ".scommon") == 0)
7229 sym->st_shndx = SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON;
7231 if (ELF_ST_IS_COMPRESSED (sym->st_other))
7232 sym->st_value &= ~1;
7237 /* Functions for the dynamic linker. */
7239 /* Create dynamic sections when linking against a dynamic object. */
7242 _bfd_mips_elf_create_dynamic_sections (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
7244 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
7245 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *bh;
7247 register asection *s;
7248 const char * const *namep;
7249 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
7251 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
7252 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
7254 flags = (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_IN_MEMORY
7255 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED | SEC_READONLY);
7257 /* The psABI requires a read-only .dynamic section, but the VxWorks
7259 if (!htab->is_vxworks)
7261 s = bfd_get_linker_section (abfd, ".dynamic");
7264 if (! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd, s, flags))
7269 /* We need to create .got section. */
7270 if (!mips_elf_create_got_section (abfd, info))
7273 if (! mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, TRUE))
7276 /* Create .stub section. */
7277 s = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd,
7278 MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME (abfd),
7281 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s,
7282 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd)))
7286 if (!mips_elf_hash_table (info)->use_rld_obj_head
7288 && bfd_get_linker_section (abfd, ".rld_map") == NULL)
7290 s = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".rld_map",
7291 flags &~ (flagword) SEC_READONLY);
7293 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s,
7294 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd)))
7298 /* On IRIX5, we adjust add some additional symbols and change the
7299 alignments of several sections. There is no ABI documentation
7300 indicating that this is necessary on IRIX6, nor any evidence that
7301 the linker takes such action. */
7302 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_irix5)
7304 for (namep = mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names; *namep != NULL; namep++)
7307 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
7308 (info, abfd, *namep, BSF_GLOBAL, bfd_und_section_ptr, 0,
7309 NULL, FALSE, get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->collect, &bh)))
7312 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) bh;
7315 h->type = STT_SECTION;
7317 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
7321 /* We need to create a .compact_rel section. */
7322 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd))
7324 if (!mips_elf_create_compact_rel_section (abfd, info))
7328 /* Change alignments of some sections. */
7329 s = bfd_get_linker_section (abfd, ".hash");
7331 bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd));
7332 s = bfd_get_linker_section (abfd, ".dynsym");
7334 bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd));
7335 s = bfd_get_linker_section (abfd, ".dynstr");
7337 bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd));
7339 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".reginfo");
7341 bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd));
7342 s = bfd_get_linker_section (abfd, ".dynamic");
7344 bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, s, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd));
7351 name = SGI_COMPAT (abfd) ? "_DYNAMIC_LINK" : "_DYNAMIC_LINKING";
7353 if (!(_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
7354 (info, abfd, name, BSF_GLOBAL, bfd_abs_section_ptr, 0,
7355 NULL, FALSE, get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->collect, &bh)))
7358 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) bh;
7361 h->type = STT_SECTION;
7363 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
7366 if (! mips_elf_hash_table (info)->use_rld_obj_head)
7368 /* __rld_map is a four byte word located in the .data section
7369 and is filled in by the rtld to contain a pointer to
7370 the _r_debug structure. Its symbol value will be set in
7371 _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol. */
7372 s = bfd_get_linker_section (abfd, ".rld_map");
7373 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
7375 name = SGI_COMPAT (abfd) ? "__rld_map" : "__RLD_MAP";
7377 if (!(_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
7378 (info, abfd, name, BSF_GLOBAL, s, 0, NULL, FALSE,
7379 get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->collect, &bh)))
7382 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) bh;
7385 h->type = STT_OBJECT;
7387 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
7389 mips_elf_hash_table (info)->rld_symbol = h;
7393 /* Create the .plt, .rel(a).plt, .dynbss and .rel(a).bss sections.
7394 Also create the _PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE symbol. */
7395 if (!_bfd_elf_create_dynamic_sections (abfd, info))
7398 /* Cache the sections created above. */
7399 htab->splt = bfd_get_linker_section (abfd, ".plt");
7400 htab->sdynbss = bfd_get_linker_section (abfd, ".dynbss");
7401 if (htab->is_vxworks)
7403 htab->srelbss = bfd_get_linker_section (abfd, ".rela.bss");
7404 htab->srelplt = bfd_get_linker_section (abfd, ".rela.plt");
7407 htab->srelplt = bfd_get_linker_section (abfd, ".rel.plt");
7409 || (htab->is_vxworks && !htab->srelbss && !info->shared)
7414 if (htab->is_vxworks)
7416 /* Do the usual VxWorks handling. */
7417 if (!elf_vxworks_create_dynamic_sections (abfd, info, &htab->srelplt2))
7420 /* Work out the PLT sizes. */
7423 htab->plt_header_size
7424 = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_shared_plt0_entry);
7425 htab->plt_entry_size
7426 = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_shared_plt_entry);
7430 htab->plt_header_size
7431 = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_exec_plt0_entry);
7432 htab->plt_entry_size
7433 = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_exec_plt_entry);
7436 else if (!info->shared)
7438 /* All variants of the plt0 entry are the same size. */
7439 htab->plt_header_size = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_o32_exec_plt0_entry);
7440 htab->plt_entry_size = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_exec_plt_entry);
7446 /* Return true if relocation REL against section SEC is a REL rather than
7447 RELA relocation. RELOCS is the first relocation in the section and
7448 ABFD is the bfd that contains SEC. */
7451 mips_elf_rel_relocation_p (bfd *abfd, asection *sec,
7452 const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs,
7453 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel)
7455 Elf_Internal_Shdr *rel_hdr;
7456 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
7458 /* To determine which flavor of relocation this is, we depend on the
7459 fact that the INPUT_SECTION's REL_HDR is read before RELA_HDR. */
7460 rel_hdr = elf_section_data (sec)->rel.hdr;
7461 if (rel_hdr == NULL)
7463 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
7464 return ((size_t) (rel - relocs)
7465 < NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (rel_hdr) * bed->s->int_rels_per_ext_rel);
7468 /* Read the addend for REL relocation REL, which belongs to bfd ABFD.
7469 HOWTO is the relocation's howto and CONTENTS points to the contents
7470 of the section that REL is against. */
7473 mips_elf_read_rel_addend (bfd *abfd, const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel,
7474 reloc_howto_type *howto, bfd_byte *contents)
7477 unsigned int r_type;
7480 r_type = ELF_R_TYPE (abfd, rel->r_info);
7481 location = contents + rel->r_offset;
7483 /* Get the addend, which is stored in the input file. */
7484 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_unshuffle (abfd, r_type, FALSE, location);
7485 addend = mips_elf_obtain_contents (howto, rel, abfd, contents);
7486 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_shuffle (abfd, r_type, FALSE, location);
7488 return addend & howto->src_mask;
7491 /* REL is a relocation in ABFD that needs a partnering LO16 relocation
7492 and *ADDEND is the addend for REL itself. Look for the LO16 relocation
7493 and update *ADDEND with the final addend. Return true on success
7494 or false if the LO16 could not be found. RELEND is the exclusive
7495 upper bound on the relocations for REL's section. */
7498 mips_elf_add_lo16_rel_addend (bfd *abfd,
7499 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel,
7500 const Elf_Internal_Rela *relend,
7501 bfd_byte *contents, bfd_vma *addend)
7503 unsigned int r_type, lo16_type;
7504 const Elf_Internal_Rela *lo16_relocation;
7505 reloc_howto_type *lo16_howto;
7508 r_type = ELF_R_TYPE (abfd, rel->r_info);
7509 if (mips16_reloc_p (r_type))
7510 lo16_type = R_MIPS16_LO16;
7511 else if (micromips_reloc_p (r_type))
7512 lo16_type = R_MICROMIPS_LO16;
7514 lo16_type = R_MIPS_LO16;
7516 /* The combined value is the sum of the HI16 addend, left-shifted by
7517 sixteen bits, and the LO16 addend, sign extended. (Usually, the
7518 code does a `lui' of the HI16 value, and then an `addiu' of the
7521 Scan ahead to find a matching LO16 relocation.
7523 According to the MIPS ELF ABI, the R_MIPS_LO16 relocation must
7524 be immediately following. However, for the IRIX6 ABI, the next
7525 relocation may be a composed relocation consisting of several
7526 relocations for the same address. In that case, the R_MIPS_LO16
7527 relocation may occur as one of these. We permit a similar
7528 extension in general, as that is useful for GCC.
7530 In some cases GCC dead code elimination removes the LO16 but keeps
7531 the corresponding HI16. This is strictly speaking a violation of
7532 the ABI but not immediately harmful. */
7533 lo16_relocation = mips_elf_next_relocation (abfd, lo16_type, rel, relend);
7534 if (lo16_relocation == NULL)
7537 /* Obtain the addend kept there. */
7538 lo16_howto = MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd, lo16_type, FALSE);
7539 l = mips_elf_read_rel_addend (abfd, lo16_relocation, lo16_howto, contents);
7541 l <<= lo16_howto->rightshift;
7542 l = _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (l, 16);
7549 /* Try to read the contents of section SEC in bfd ABFD. Return true and
7550 store the contents in *CONTENTS on success. Assume that *CONTENTS
7551 already holds the contents if it is nonull on entry. */
7554 mips_elf_get_section_contents (bfd *abfd, asection *sec, bfd_byte **contents)
7559 /* Get cached copy if it exists. */
7560 if (elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents != NULL)
7562 *contents = elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents;
7566 return bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, sec, contents);
7569 /* Look through the relocs for a section during the first phase, and
7570 allocate space in the global offset table. */
7573 _bfd_mips_elf_check_relocs (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
7574 asection *sec, const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs)
7578 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
7579 struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
7581 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel;
7582 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel_end;
7584 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
7585 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
7588 reloc_howto_type *howto;
7590 if (info->relocatable)
7593 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
7594 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
7596 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
7597 symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
7598 sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (abfd);
7599 extsymoff = (elf_bad_symtab (abfd)) ? 0 : symtab_hdr->sh_info;
7601 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
7602 rel_end = relocs + sec->reloc_count * bed->s->int_rels_per_ext_rel;
7604 /* Check for the mips16 stub sections. */
7606 name = bfd_get_section_name (abfd, sec);
7607 if (FN_STUB_P (name))
7609 unsigned long r_symndx;
7611 /* Look at the relocation information to figure out which symbol
7614 r_symndx = mips16_stub_symndx (bed, sec, relocs, rel_end);
7617 (*_bfd_error_handler)
7618 (_("%B: Warning: cannot determine the target function for"
7619 " stub section `%s'"),
7621 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
7625 if (r_symndx < extsymoff
7626 || sym_hashes[r_symndx - extsymoff] == NULL)
7630 /* This stub is for a local symbol. This stub will only be
7631 needed if there is some relocation in this BFD, other
7632 than a 16 bit function call, which refers to this symbol. */
7633 for (o = abfd->sections; o != NULL; o = o->next)
7635 Elf_Internal_Rela *sec_relocs;
7636 const Elf_Internal_Rela *r, *rend;
7638 /* We can ignore stub sections when looking for relocs. */
7639 if ((o->flags & SEC_RELOC) == 0
7640 || o->reloc_count == 0
7641 || section_allows_mips16_refs_p (o))
7645 = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd, o, NULL, NULL,
7647 if (sec_relocs == NULL)
7650 rend = sec_relocs + o->reloc_count;
7651 for (r = sec_relocs; r < rend; r++)
7652 if (ELF_R_SYM (abfd, r->r_info) == r_symndx
7653 && !mips16_call_reloc_p (ELF_R_TYPE (abfd, r->r_info)))
7656 if (elf_section_data (o)->relocs != sec_relocs)
7665 /* There is no non-call reloc for this stub, so we do
7666 not need it. Since this function is called before
7667 the linker maps input sections to output sections, we
7668 can easily discard it by setting the SEC_EXCLUDE
7670 sec->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
7674 /* Record this stub in an array of local symbol stubs for
7676 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->local_stubs == NULL)
7678 unsigned long symcount;
7682 if (elf_bad_symtab (abfd))
7683 symcount = NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (symtab_hdr);
7685 symcount = symtab_hdr->sh_info;
7686 amt = symcount * sizeof (asection *);
7687 n = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
7690 elf_tdata (abfd)->local_stubs = n;
7693 sec->flags |= SEC_KEEP;
7694 elf_tdata (abfd)->local_stubs[r_symndx] = sec;
7696 /* We don't need to set mips16_stubs_seen in this case.
7697 That flag is used to see whether we need to look through
7698 the global symbol table for stubs. We don't need to set
7699 it here, because we just have a local stub. */
7703 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h;
7705 h = ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *)
7706 sym_hashes[r_symndx - extsymoff]);
7708 while (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
7709 || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
7710 h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.root.u.i.link;
7712 /* H is the symbol this stub is for. */
7714 /* If we already have an appropriate stub for this function, we
7715 don't need another one, so we can discard this one. Since
7716 this function is called before the linker maps input sections
7717 to output sections, we can easily discard it by setting the
7718 SEC_EXCLUDE flag. */
7719 if (h->fn_stub != NULL)
7721 sec->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
7725 sec->flags |= SEC_KEEP;
7727 mips_elf_hash_table (info)->mips16_stubs_seen = TRUE;
7730 else if (CALL_STUB_P (name) || CALL_FP_STUB_P (name))
7732 unsigned long r_symndx;
7733 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h;
7736 /* Look at the relocation information to figure out which symbol
7739 r_symndx = mips16_stub_symndx (bed, sec, relocs, rel_end);
7742 (*_bfd_error_handler)
7743 (_("%B: Warning: cannot determine the target function for"
7744 " stub section `%s'"),
7746 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
7750 if (r_symndx < extsymoff
7751 || sym_hashes[r_symndx - extsymoff] == NULL)
7755 /* This stub is for a local symbol. This stub will only be
7756 needed if there is some relocation (R_MIPS16_26) in this BFD
7757 that refers to this symbol. */
7758 for (o = abfd->sections; o != NULL; o = o->next)
7760 Elf_Internal_Rela *sec_relocs;
7761 const Elf_Internal_Rela *r, *rend;
7763 /* We can ignore stub sections when looking for relocs. */
7764 if ((o->flags & SEC_RELOC) == 0
7765 || o->reloc_count == 0
7766 || section_allows_mips16_refs_p (o))
7770 = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd, o, NULL, NULL,
7772 if (sec_relocs == NULL)
7775 rend = sec_relocs + o->reloc_count;
7776 for (r = sec_relocs; r < rend; r++)
7777 if (ELF_R_SYM (abfd, r->r_info) == r_symndx
7778 && ELF_R_TYPE (abfd, r->r_info) == R_MIPS16_26)
7781 if (elf_section_data (o)->relocs != sec_relocs)
7790 /* There is no non-call reloc for this stub, so we do
7791 not need it. Since this function is called before
7792 the linker maps input sections to output sections, we
7793 can easily discard it by setting the SEC_EXCLUDE
7795 sec->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
7799 /* Record this stub in an array of local symbol call_stubs for
7801 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->local_call_stubs == NULL)
7803 unsigned long symcount;
7807 if (elf_bad_symtab (abfd))
7808 symcount = NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (symtab_hdr);
7810 symcount = symtab_hdr->sh_info;
7811 amt = symcount * sizeof (asection *);
7812 n = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
7815 elf_tdata (abfd)->local_call_stubs = n;
7818 sec->flags |= SEC_KEEP;
7819 elf_tdata (abfd)->local_call_stubs[r_symndx] = sec;
7821 /* We don't need to set mips16_stubs_seen in this case.
7822 That flag is used to see whether we need to look through
7823 the global symbol table for stubs. We don't need to set
7824 it here, because we just have a local stub. */
7828 h = ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *)
7829 sym_hashes[r_symndx - extsymoff]);
7831 /* H is the symbol this stub is for. */
7833 if (CALL_FP_STUB_P (name))
7834 loc = &h->call_fp_stub;
7836 loc = &h->call_stub;
7838 /* If we already have an appropriate stub for this function, we
7839 don't need another one, so we can discard this one. Since
7840 this function is called before the linker maps input sections
7841 to output sections, we can easily discard it by setting the
7842 SEC_EXCLUDE flag. */
7845 sec->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
7849 sec->flags |= SEC_KEEP;
7851 mips_elf_hash_table (info)->mips16_stubs_seen = TRUE;
7857 for (rel = relocs; rel < rel_end; ++rel)
7859 unsigned long r_symndx;
7860 unsigned int r_type;
7861 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
7862 bfd_boolean can_make_dynamic_p;
7864 r_symndx = ELF_R_SYM (abfd, rel->r_info);
7865 r_type = ELF_R_TYPE (abfd, rel->r_info);
7867 if (r_symndx < extsymoff)
7869 else if (r_symndx >= extsymoff + NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (symtab_hdr))
7871 (*_bfd_error_handler)
7872 (_("%B: Malformed reloc detected for section %s"),
7874 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
7879 h = sym_hashes[r_symndx - extsymoff];
7881 && (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
7882 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning))
7883 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
7886 /* Set CAN_MAKE_DYNAMIC_P to true if we can convert this
7887 relocation into a dynamic one. */
7888 can_make_dynamic_p = FALSE;
7893 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16:
7894 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16:
7895 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16:
7896 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16:
7897 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE:
7898 case R_MIPS_GOT_OFST:
7899 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP:
7900 case R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL:
7902 case R_MIPS_TLS_LDM:
7903 case R_MIPS16_GOT16:
7904 case R_MIPS16_CALL16:
7905 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL:
7906 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GD:
7907 case R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM:
7908 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT16:
7909 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL16:
7910 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16:
7911 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16:
7912 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_HI16:
7913 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_LO16:
7914 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_PAGE:
7915 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_OFST:
7916 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP:
7917 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL:
7918 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD:
7919 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_LDM:
7921 elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj = dynobj = abfd;
7922 if (!mips_elf_create_got_section (dynobj, info))
7924 if (htab->is_vxworks && !info->shared)
7926 (*_bfd_error_handler)
7927 (_("%B: GOT reloc at 0x%lx not expected in executables"),
7928 abfd, (unsigned long) rel->r_offset);
7929 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
7934 /* This is just a hint; it can safely be ignored. Don't set
7935 has_static_relocs for the corresponding symbol. */
7937 case R_MICROMIPS_JALR:
7943 /* In VxWorks executables, references to external symbols
7944 must be handled using copy relocs or PLT entries; it is not
7945 possible to convert this relocation into a dynamic one.
7947 For executables that use PLTs and copy-relocs, we have a
7948 choice between converting the relocation into a dynamic
7949 one or using copy relocations or PLT entries. It is
7950 usually better to do the former, unless the relocation is
7951 against a read-only section. */
7954 && !htab->is_vxworks
7955 && strcmp (h->root.root.string, "__gnu_local_gp") != 0
7956 && !(!info->nocopyreloc
7957 && !PIC_OBJECT_P (abfd)
7958 && MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (sec))))
7959 && (sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
7961 can_make_dynamic_p = TRUE;
7963 elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj = dynobj = abfd;
7966 /* For sections that are not SEC_ALLOC a copy reloc would be
7967 output if possible (implying questionable semantics for
7968 read-only data objects) or otherwise the final link would
7969 fail as ld.so will not process them and could not therefore
7970 handle any outstanding dynamic relocations.
7972 For such sections that are also SEC_DEBUGGING, we can avoid
7973 these problems by simply ignoring any relocs as these
7974 sections have a predefined use and we know it is safe to do
7977 This is needed in cases such as a global symbol definition
7978 in a shared library causing a common symbol from an object
7979 file to be converted to an undefined reference. If that
7980 happens, then all the relocations against this symbol from
7981 SEC_DEBUGGING sections in the object file will resolve to
7983 if ((sec->flags & SEC_DEBUGGING) != 0)
7988 /* Most static relocations require pointer equality, except
7991 h->pointer_equality_needed = TRUE;
7997 case R_MICROMIPS_26_S1:
7998 case R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1:
7999 case R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1:
8000 case R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1:
8001 case R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2:
8003 ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h)->has_static_relocs = TRUE;
8009 /* Relocations against the special VxWorks __GOTT_BASE__ and
8010 __GOTT_INDEX__ symbols must be left to the loader. Allocate
8011 room for them in .rela.dyn. */
8012 if (is_gott_symbol (info, h))
8016 sreloc = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, TRUE);
8020 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj, info, 1);
8021 if (MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (sec))
8022 /* We tell the dynamic linker that there are
8023 relocations against the text segment. */
8024 info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL;
8027 else if (call_lo16_reloc_p (r_type)
8028 || got_lo16_reloc_p (r_type)
8029 || got_disp_reloc_p (r_type)
8030 || (got16_reloc_p (r_type) && htab->is_vxworks))
8032 /* We may need a local GOT entry for this relocation. We
8033 don't count R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE because we can estimate the
8034 maximum number of pages needed by looking at the size of
8035 the segment. Similar comments apply to R_MIPS*_GOT16 and
8036 R_MIPS*_CALL16, except on VxWorks, where GOT relocations
8037 always evaluate to "G". We don't count R_MIPS_GOT_HI16, or
8038 R_MIPS_CALL_HI16 because these are always followed by an
8039 R_MIPS_GOT_LO16 or R_MIPS_CALL_LO16. */
8040 if (!mips_elf_record_local_got_symbol (abfd, r_symndx,
8041 rel->r_addend, info, 0))
8046 && mips_elf_relocation_needs_la25_stub (abfd, r_type,
8047 ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (h->other)))
8048 ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h)->has_nonpic_branches = TRUE;
8053 case R_MIPS16_CALL16:
8054 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL16:
8057 (*_bfd_error_handler)
8058 (_("%B: CALL16 reloc at 0x%lx not against global symbol"),
8059 abfd, (unsigned long) rel->r_offset);
8060 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
8065 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16:
8066 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16:
8067 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16:
8068 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16:
8071 /* Make sure there is room in the regular GOT to hold the
8072 function's address. We may eliminate it in favour of
8073 a .got.plt entry later; see mips_elf_count_got_symbols. */
8074 if (!mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h, abfd, info, TRUE, 0))
8077 /* We need a stub, not a plt entry for the undefined
8078 function. But we record it as if it needs plt. See
8079 _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol. */
8085 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE:
8086 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_PAGE:
8087 /* If this is a global, overridable symbol, GOT_PAGE will
8088 decay to GOT_DISP, so we'll need a GOT entry for it. */
8091 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *hmips =
8092 (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
8094 /* This symbol is definitely not overridable. */
8095 if (hmips->root.def_regular
8096 && ! (info->shared && ! info->symbolic
8097 && ! hmips->root.forced_local))
8102 case R_MIPS16_GOT16:
8104 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16:
8105 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16:
8106 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT16:
8107 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_HI16:
8108 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_LO16:
8109 if (!h || got_page_reloc_p (r_type))
8111 /* This relocation needs (or may need, if h != NULL) a
8112 page entry in the GOT. For R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE we do not
8113 know for sure until we know whether the symbol is
8115 if (mips_elf_rel_relocation_p (abfd, sec, relocs, rel))
8117 if (!mips_elf_get_section_contents (abfd, sec, &contents))
8119 howto = MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd, r_type, FALSE);
8120 addend = mips_elf_read_rel_addend (abfd, rel,
8122 if (got16_reloc_p (r_type))
8123 mips_elf_add_lo16_rel_addend (abfd, rel, rel_end,
8126 addend <<= howto->rightshift;
8129 addend = rel->r_addend;
8130 if (!mips_elf_record_got_page_entry (info, abfd, r_symndx,
8136 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP:
8137 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP:
8138 if (h && !mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h, abfd, info,
8143 case R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL:
8144 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL:
8145 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL:
8147 info->flags |= DF_STATIC_TLS;
8150 case R_MIPS_TLS_LDM:
8151 case R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM:
8152 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_LDM:
8153 if (tls_ldm_reloc_p (r_type))
8155 r_symndx = STN_UNDEF;
8161 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GD:
8162 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD:
8163 /* This symbol requires a global offset table entry, or two
8164 for TLS GD relocations. */
8168 flag = (tls_gd_reloc_p (r_type)
8170 : tls_ldm_reloc_p (r_type) ? GOT_TLS_LDM : GOT_TLS_IE);
8173 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *hmips =
8174 (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
8175 hmips->tls_type |= flag;
8177 if (h && !mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h, abfd, info,
8183 BFD_ASSERT (flag == GOT_TLS_LDM || r_symndx != STN_UNDEF);
8185 if (!mips_elf_record_local_got_symbol (abfd, r_symndx,
8196 /* In VxWorks executables, references to external symbols
8197 are handled using copy relocs or PLT stubs, so there's
8198 no need to add a .rela.dyn entry for this relocation. */
8199 if (can_make_dynamic_p)
8203 sreloc = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, TRUE);
8207 if (info->shared && h == NULL)
8209 /* When creating a shared object, we must copy these
8210 reloc types into the output file as R_MIPS_REL32
8211 relocs. Make room for this reloc in .rel(a).dyn. */
8212 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj, info, 1);
8213 if (MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (sec))
8214 /* We tell the dynamic linker that there are
8215 relocations against the text segment. */
8216 info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL;
8220 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *hmips;
8222 /* For a shared object, we must copy this relocation
8223 unless the symbol turns out to be undefined and
8224 weak with non-default visibility, in which case
8225 it will be left as zero.
8227 We could elide R_MIPS_REL32 for locally binding symbols
8228 in shared libraries, but do not yet do so.
8230 For an executable, we only need to copy this
8231 reloc if the symbol is defined in a dynamic
8233 hmips = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
8234 ++hmips->possibly_dynamic_relocs;
8235 if (MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (sec))
8236 /* We need it to tell the dynamic linker if there
8237 are relocations against the text segment. */
8238 hmips->readonly_reloc = TRUE;
8242 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd))
8243 mips_elf_hash_table (info)->compact_rel_size +=
8244 sizeof (Elf32_External_crinfo);
8248 case R_MIPS_GPREL16:
8249 case R_MIPS_LITERAL:
8250 case R_MIPS_GPREL32:
8251 case R_MICROMIPS_26_S1:
8252 case R_MICROMIPS_GPREL16:
8253 case R_MICROMIPS_LITERAL:
8254 case R_MICROMIPS_GPREL7_S2:
8255 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd))
8256 mips_elf_hash_table (info)->compact_rel_size +=
8257 sizeof (Elf32_External_crinfo);
8260 /* This relocation describes the C++ object vtable hierarchy.
8261 Reconstruct it for later use during GC. */
8262 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTINHERIT:
8263 if (!bfd_elf_gc_record_vtinherit (abfd, sec, h, rel->r_offset))
8267 /* This relocation describes which C++ vtable entries are actually
8268 used. Record for later use during GC. */
8269 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTENTRY:
8270 BFD_ASSERT (h != NULL);
8272 && !bfd_elf_gc_record_vtentry (abfd, sec, h, rel->r_offset))
8280 /* We must not create a stub for a symbol that has relocations
8281 related to taking the function's address. This doesn't apply to
8282 VxWorks, where CALL relocs refer to a .got.plt entry instead of
8283 a normal .got entry. */
8284 if (!htab->is_vxworks && h != NULL)
8288 ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h)->no_fn_stub = TRUE;
8290 case R_MIPS16_CALL16:
8292 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16:
8293 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16:
8295 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL16:
8296 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16:
8297 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16:
8298 case R_MICROMIPS_JALR:
8302 /* See if this reloc would need to refer to a MIPS16 hard-float stub,
8303 if there is one. We only need to handle global symbols here;
8304 we decide whether to keep or delete stubs for local symbols
8305 when processing the stub's relocations. */
8307 && !mips16_call_reloc_p (r_type)
8308 && !section_allows_mips16_refs_p (sec))
8310 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *mh;
8312 mh = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
8313 mh->need_fn_stub = TRUE;
8316 /* Refuse some position-dependent relocations when creating a
8317 shared library. Do not refuse R_MIPS_32 / R_MIPS_64; they're
8318 not PIC, but we can create dynamic relocations and the result
8319 will be fine. Also do not refuse R_MIPS_LO16, which can be
8320 combined with R_MIPS_GOT16. */
8328 case R_MIPS_HIGHEST:
8329 case R_MICROMIPS_HI16:
8330 case R_MICROMIPS_HIGHER:
8331 case R_MICROMIPS_HIGHEST:
8332 /* Don't refuse a high part relocation if it's against
8333 no symbol (e.g. part of a compound relocation). */
8334 if (r_symndx == STN_UNDEF)
8337 /* R_MIPS_HI16 against _gp_disp is used for $gp setup,
8338 and has a special meaning. */
8339 if (!NEWABI_P (abfd) && h != NULL
8340 && strcmp (h->root.root.string, "_gp_disp") == 0)
8343 /* Likewise __GOTT_BASE__ and __GOTT_INDEX__ on VxWorks. */
8344 if (is_gott_symbol (info, h))
8351 case R_MICROMIPS_26_S1:
8352 howto = MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd, r_type, FALSE);
8353 (*_bfd_error_handler)
8354 (_("%B: relocation %s against `%s' can not be used when making a shared object; recompile with -fPIC"),
8356 (h) ? h->root.root.string : "a local symbol");
8357 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
8369 _bfd_mips_relax_section (bfd *abfd, asection *sec,
8370 struct bfd_link_info *link_info,
8373 Elf_Internal_Rela *internal_relocs;
8374 Elf_Internal_Rela *irel, *irelend;
8375 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
8376 bfd_byte *contents = NULL;
8378 bfd_boolean changed_contents = FALSE;
8379 bfd_vma sec_start = sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset;
8380 Elf_Internal_Sym *isymbuf = NULL;
8382 /* We are not currently changing any sizes, so only one pass. */
8385 if (link_info->relocatable)
8388 internal_relocs = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd, sec, NULL, NULL,
8389 link_info->keep_memory);
8390 if (internal_relocs == NULL)
8393 irelend = internal_relocs + sec->reloc_count
8394 * get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->int_rels_per_ext_rel;
8395 symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
8396 extsymoff = (elf_bad_symtab (abfd)) ? 0 : symtab_hdr->sh_info;
8398 for (irel = internal_relocs; irel < irelend; irel++)
8401 bfd_signed_vma sym_offset;
8402 unsigned int r_type;
8403 unsigned long r_symndx;
8405 unsigned long instruction;
8407 /* Turn jalr into bgezal, and jr into beq, if they're marked
8408 with a JALR relocation, that indicate where they jump to.
8409 This saves some pipeline bubbles. */
8410 r_type = ELF_R_TYPE (abfd, irel->r_info);
8411 if (r_type != R_MIPS_JALR)
8414 r_symndx = ELF_R_SYM (abfd, irel->r_info);
8415 /* Compute the address of the jump target. */
8416 if (r_symndx >= extsymoff)
8418 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h
8419 = ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *)
8420 elf_sym_hashes (abfd) [r_symndx - extsymoff]);
8422 while (h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
8423 || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
8424 h = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.root.u.i.link;
8426 /* If a symbol is undefined, or if it may be overridden,
8428 if (! ((h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
8429 || h->root.root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
8430 && h->root.root.u.def.section)
8431 || (link_info->shared && ! link_info->symbolic
8432 && !h->root.forced_local))
8435 sym_sec = h->root.root.u.def.section;
8436 if (sym_sec->output_section)
8437 symval = (h->root.root.u.def.value
8438 + sym_sec->output_section->vma
8439 + sym_sec->output_offset);
8441 symval = h->root.root.u.def.value;
8445 Elf_Internal_Sym *isym;
8447 /* Read this BFD's symbols if we haven't done so already. */
8448 if (isymbuf == NULL && symtab_hdr->sh_info != 0)
8450 isymbuf = (Elf_Internal_Sym *) symtab_hdr->contents;
8451 if (isymbuf == NULL)
8452 isymbuf = bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd, symtab_hdr,
8453 symtab_hdr->sh_info, 0,
8455 if (isymbuf == NULL)
8459 isym = isymbuf + r_symndx;
8460 if (isym->st_shndx == SHN_UNDEF)
8462 else if (isym->st_shndx == SHN_ABS)
8463 sym_sec = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
8464 else if (isym->st_shndx == SHN_COMMON)
8465 sym_sec = bfd_com_section_ptr;
8468 = bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd, isym->st_shndx);
8469 symval = isym->st_value
8470 + sym_sec->output_section->vma
8471 + sym_sec->output_offset;
8474 /* Compute branch offset, from delay slot of the jump to the
8476 sym_offset = (symval + irel->r_addend)
8477 - (sec_start + irel->r_offset + 4);
8479 /* Branch offset must be properly aligned. */
8480 if ((sym_offset & 3) != 0)
8485 /* Check that it's in range. */
8486 if (sym_offset < -0x8000 || sym_offset >= 0x8000)
8489 /* Get the section contents if we haven't done so already. */
8490 if (!mips_elf_get_section_contents (abfd, sec, &contents))
8493 instruction = bfd_get_32 (abfd, contents + irel->r_offset);
8495 /* If it was jalr <reg>, turn it into bgezal $zero, <target>. */
8496 if ((instruction & 0xfc1fffff) == 0x0000f809)
8497 instruction = 0x04110000;
8498 /* If it was jr <reg>, turn it into b <target>. */
8499 else if ((instruction & 0xfc1fffff) == 0x00000008)
8500 instruction = 0x10000000;
8504 instruction |= (sym_offset & 0xffff);
8505 bfd_put_32 (abfd, instruction, contents + irel->r_offset);
8506 changed_contents = TRUE;
8509 if (contents != NULL
8510 && elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents != contents)
8512 if (!changed_contents && !link_info->keep_memory)
8516 /* Cache the section contents for elf_link_input_bfd. */
8517 elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents = contents;
8523 if (contents != NULL
8524 && elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents != contents)
8529 /* Allocate space for global sym dynamic relocs. */
8532 allocate_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h, void *inf)
8534 struct bfd_link_info *info = inf;
8536 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *hmips;
8537 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
8539 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
8540 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
8542 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
8543 hmips = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
8545 /* VxWorks executables are handled elsewhere; we only need to
8546 allocate relocations in shared objects. */
8547 if (htab->is_vxworks && !info->shared)
8550 /* Ignore indirect symbols. All relocations against such symbols
8551 will be redirected to the target symbol. */
8552 if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect)
8555 /* If this symbol is defined in a dynamic object, or we are creating
8556 a shared library, we will need to copy any R_MIPS_32 or
8557 R_MIPS_REL32 relocs against it into the output file. */
8558 if (! info->relocatable
8559 && hmips->possibly_dynamic_relocs != 0
8560 && (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak
8561 || (!h->def_regular && !ELF_COMMON_DEF_P (h))
8564 bfd_boolean do_copy = TRUE;
8566 if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak)
8568 /* Do not copy relocations for undefined weak symbols with
8569 non-default visibility. */
8570 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) != STV_DEFAULT)
8573 /* Make sure undefined weak symbols are output as a dynamic
8575 else if (h->dynindx == -1 && !h->forced_local)
8577 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info, h))
8584 /* Even though we don't directly need a GOT entry for this symbol,
8585 the SVR4 psABI requires it to have a dynamic symbol table
8586 index greater that DT_MIPS_GOTSYM if there are dynamic
8587 relocations against it.
8589 VxWorks does not enforce the same mapping between the GOT
8590 and the symbol table, so the same requirement does not
8592 if (!htab->is_vxworks)
8594 if (hmips->global_got_area > GGA_RELOC_ONLY)
8595 hmips->global_got_area = GGA_RELOC_ONLY;
8596 hmips->got_only_for_calls = FALSE;
8599 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations
8600 (dynobj, info, hmips->possibly_dynamic_relocs);
8601 if (hmips->readonly_reloc)
8602 /* We tell the dynamic linker that there are relocations
8603 against the text segment. */
8604 info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL;
8611 /* Adjust a symbol defined by a dynamic object and referenced by a
8612 regular object. The current definition is in some section of the
8613 dynamic object, but we're not including those sections. We have to
8614 change the definition to something the rest of the link can
8618 _bfd_mips_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info,
8619 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h)
8622 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *hmips;
8623 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
8625 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
8626 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
8628 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
8629 hmips = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
8631 /* Make sure we know what is going on here. */
8632 BFD_ASSERT (dynobj != NULL
8634 || h->u.weakdef != NULL
8637 && !h->def_regular)));
8639 hmips = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
8641 /* If there are call relocations against an externally-defined symbol,
8642 see whether we can create a MIPS lazy-binding stub for it. We can
8643 only do this if all references to the function are through call
8644 relocations, and in that case, the traditional lazy-binding stubs
8645 are much more efficient than PLT entries.
8647 Traditional stubs are only available on SVR4 psABI-based systems;
8648 VxWorks always uses PLTs instead. */
8649 if (!htab->is_vxworks && h->needs_plt && !hmips->no_fn_stub)
8651 if (! elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created)
8654 /* If this symbol is not defined in a regular file, then set
8655 the symbol to the stub location. This is required to make
8656 function pointers compare as equal between the normal
8657 executable and the shared library. */
8658 if (!h->def_regular)
8660 hmips->needs_lazy_stub = TRUE;
8661 htab->lazy_stub_count++;
8665 /* As above, VxWorks requires PLT entries for externally-defined
8666 functions that are only accessed through call relocations.
8668 Both VxWorks and non-VxWorks targets also need PLT entries if there
8669 are static-only relocations against an externally-defined function.
8670 This can technically occur for shared libraries if there are
8671 branches to the symbol, although it is unlikely that this will be
8672 used in practice due to the short ranges involved. It can occur
8673 for any relative or absolute relocation in executables; in that
8674 case, the PLT entry becomes the function's canonical address. */
8675 else if (((h->needs_plt && !hmips->no_fn_stub)
8676 || (h->type == STT_FUNC && hmips->has_static_relocs))
8677 && htab->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
8678 && !SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info, h)
8679 && !(ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other) != STV_DEFAULT
8680 && h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak))
8682 /* If this is the first symbol to need a PLT entry, allocate room
8684 if (htab->splt->size == 0)
8686 BFD_ASSERT (htab->sgotplt->size == 0);
8688 /* If we're using the PLT additions to the psABI, each PLT
8689 entry is 16 bytes and the PLT0 entry is 32 bytes.
8690 Encourage better cache usage by aligning. We do this
8691 lazily to avoid pessimizing traditional objects. */
8692 if (!htab->is_vxworks
8693 && !bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj, htab->splt, 5))
8696 /* Make sure that .got.plt is word-aligned. We do this lazily
8697 for the same reason as above. */
8698 if (!bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj, htab->sgotplt,
8699 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (dynobj)))
8702 htab->splt->size += htab->plt_header_size;
8704 /* On non-VxWorks targets, the first two entries in .got.plt
8706 if (!htab->is_vxworks)
8708 += get_elf_backend_data (dynobj)->got_header_size;
8710 /* On VxWorks, also allocate room for the header's
8711 .rela.plt.unloaded entries. */
8712 if (htab->is_vxworks && !info->shared)
8713 htab->srelplt2->size += 2 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
8716 /* Assign the next .plt entry to this symbol. */
8717 h->plt.offset = htab->splt->size;
8718 htab->splt->size += htab->plt_entry_size;
8720 /* If the output file has no definition of the symbol, set the
8721 symbol's value to the address of the stub. */
8722 if (!info->shared && !h->def_regular)
8724 h->root.u.def.section = htab->splt;
8725 h->root.u.def.value = h->plt.offset;
8726 /* For VxWorks, point at the PLT load stub rather than the
8727 lazy resolution stub; this stub will become the canonical
8728 function address. */
8729 if (htab->is_vxworks)
8730 h->root.u.def.value += 8;
8733 /* Make room for the .got.plt entry and the R_MIPS_JUMP_SLOT
8735 htab->sgotplt->size += MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (dynobj);
8736 htab->srelplt->size += (htab->is_vxworks
8737 ? MIPS_ELF_RELA_SIZE (dynobj)
8738 : MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (dynobj));
8740 /* Make room for the .rela.plt.unloaded relocations. */
8741 if (htab->is_vxworks && !info->shared)
8742 htab->srelplt2->size += 3 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
8744 /* All relocations against this symbol that could have been made
8745 dynamic will now refer to the PLT entry instead. */
8746 hmips->possibly_dynamic_relocs = 0;
8751 /* If this is a weak symbol, and there is a real definition, the
8752 processor independent code will have arranged for us to see the
8753 real definition first, and we can just use the same value. */
8754 if (h->u.weakdef != NULL)
8756 BFD_ASSERT (h->u.weakdef->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
8757 || h->u.weakdef->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak);
8758 h->root.u.def.section = h->u.weakdef->root.u.def.section;
8759 h->root.u.def.value = h->u.weakdef->root.u.def.value;
8763 /* Otherwise, there is nothing further to do for symbols defined
8764 in regular objects. */
8768 /* There's also nothing more to do if we'll convert all relocations
8769 against this symbol into dynamic relocations. */
8770 if (!hmips->has_static_relocs)
8773 /* We're now relying on copy relocations. Complain if we have
8774 some that we can't convert. */
8775 if (!htab->use_plts_and_copy_relocs || info->shared)
8777 (*_bfd_error_handler) (_("non-dynamic relocations refer to "
8778 "dynamic symbol %s"),
8779 h->root.root.string);
8780 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
8784 /* We must allocate the symbol in our .dynbss section, which will
8785 become part of the .bss section of the executable. There will be
8786 an entry for this symbol in the .dynsym section. The dynamic
8787 object will contain position independent code, so all references
8788 from the dynamic object to this symbol will go through the global
8789 offset table. The dynamic linker will use the .dynsym entry to
8790 determine the address it must put in the global offset table, so
8791 both the dynamic object and the regular object will refer to the
8792 same memory location for the variable. */
8794 if ((h->root.u.def.section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
8796 if (htab->is_vxworks)
8797 htab->srelbss->size += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
8799 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj, info, 1);
8803 /* All relocations against this symbol that could have been made
8804 dynamic will now refer to the local copy instead. */
8805 hmips->possibly_dynamic_relocs = 0;
8807 return _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_copy (h, htab->sdynbss);
8810 /* This function is called after all the input files have been read,
8811 and the input sections have been assigned to output sections. We
8812 check for any mips16 stub sections that we can discard. */
8815 _bfd_mips_elf_always_size_sections (bfd *output_bfd,
8816 struct bfd_link_info *info)
8819 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
8820 struct mips_htab_traverse_info hti;
8822 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
8823 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
8825 /* The .reginfo section has a fixed size. */
8826 ri = bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd, ".reginfo");
8828 bfd_set_section_size (output_bfd, ri, sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo));
8831 hti.output_bfd = output_bfd;
8833 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (mips_elf_hash_table (info),
8834 mips_elf_check_symbols, &hti);
8841 /* If the link uses a GOT, lay it out and work out its size. */
8844 mips_elf_lay_out_got (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
8848 struct mips_got_info *g;
8849 bfd_size_type loadable_size = 0;
8850 bfd_size_type page_gotno;
8852 struct mips_elf_count_tls_arg count_tls_arg;
8853 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
8855 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
8856 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
8862 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
8865 /* Allocate room for the reserved entries. VxWorks always reserves
8866 3 entries; other objects only reserve 2 entries. */
8867 BFD_ASSERT (g->assigned_gotno == 0);
8868 if (htab->is_vxworks)
8869 htab->reserved_gotno = 3;
8871 htab->reserved_gotno = 2;
8872 g->local_gotno += htab->reserved_gotno;
8873 g->assigned_gotno = htab->reserved_gotno;
8875 /* Replace entries for indirect and warning symbols with entries for
8876 the target symbol. */
8877 if (!mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries (g))
8880 /* Count the number of GOT symbols. */
8881 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (htab, mips_elf_count_got_symbols, info);
8883 /* Calculate the total loadable size of the output. That
8884 will give us the maximum number of GOT_PAGE entries
8886 for (sub = info->input_bfds; sub; sub = sub->link_next)
8888 asection *subsection;
8890 for (subsection = sub->sections;
8892 subsection = subsection->next)
8894 if ((subsection->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0)
8896 loadable_size += ((subsection->size + 0xf)
8897 &~ (bfd_size_type) 0xf);
8901 if (htab->is_vxworks)
8902 /* There's no need to allocate page entries for VxWorks; R_MIPS*_GOT16
8903 relocations against local symbols evaluate to "G", and the EABI does
8904 not include R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE. */
8907 /* Assume there are two loadable segments consisting of contiguous
8908 sections. Is 5 enough? */
8909 page_gotno = (loadable_size >> 16) + 5;
8911 /* Choose the smaller of the two estimates; both are intended to be
8913 if (page_gotno > g->page_gotno)
8914 page_gotno = g->page_gotno;
8916 g->local_gotno += page_gotno;
8917 s->size += g->local_gotno * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd);
8918 s->size += g->global_gotno * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd);
8920 /* We need to calculate tls_gotno for global symbols at this point
8921 instead of building it up earlier, to avoid doublecounting
8922 entries for one global symbol from multiple input files. */
8923 count_tls_arg.info = info;
8924 count_tls_arg.needed = 0;
8925 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info),
8926 mips_elf_count_global_tls_entries,
8928 g->tls_gotno += count_tls_arg.needed;
8929 s->size += g->tls_gotno * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd);
8931 /* VxWorks does not support multiple GOTs. It initializes $gp to
8932 __GOTT_BASE__[__GOTT_INDEX__], the value of which is set by the
8934 if (htab->is_vxworks)
8936 /* VxWorks executables do not need a GOT. */
8939 /* Each VxWorks GOT entry needs an explicit relocation. */
8942 count = g->global_gotno + g->local_gotno - htab->reserved_gotno;
8944 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj, info, count);
8947 else if (s->size > MIPS_ELF_GOT_MAX_SIZE (info))
8949 if (!mips_elf_multi_got (output_bfd, info, s, page_gotno))
8954 struct mips_elf_count_tls_arg arg;
8956 /* Set up TLS entries. */
8957 g->tls_assigned_gotno = g->global_gotno + g->local_gotno;
8958 htab_traverse (g->got_entries, mips_elf_initialize_tls_index, g);
8960 /* Allocate room for the TLS relocations. */
8963 htab_traverse (g->got_entries, mips_elf_count_local_tls_relocs, &arg);
8964 elf_link_hash_traverse (elf_hash_table (info),
8965 mips_elf_count_global_tls_relocs,
8968 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj, info, arg.needed);
8974 /* Estimate the size of the .MIPS.stubs section. */
8977 mips_elf_estimate_stub_size (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
8979 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
8980 bfd_size_type dynsymcount;
8982 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
8983 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
8985 if (htab->lazy_stub_count == 0)
8988 /* IRIX rld assumes that a function stub isn't at the end of the .text
8989 section, so add a dummy entry to the end. */
8990 htab->lazy_stub_count++;
8992 /* Get a worst-case estimate of the number of dynamic symbols needed.
8993 At this point, dynsymcount does not account for section symbols
8994 and count_section_dynsyms may overestimate the number that will
8996 dynsymcount = (elf_hash_table (info)->dynsymcount
8997 + count_section_dynsyms (output_bfd, info));
8999 /* Determine the size of one stub entry. */
9000 htab->function_stub_size = (dynsymcount > 0x10000
9001 ? MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE
9002 : MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_NORMAL_SIZE);
9004 htab->sstubs->size = htab->lazy_stub_count * htab->function_stub_size;
9007 /* A mips_elf_link_hash_traverse callback for which DATA points to the
9008 MIPS hash table. If H needs a traditional MIPS lazy-binding stub,
9009 allocate an entry in the stubs section. */
9012 mips_elf_allocate_lazy_stub (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h, void **data)
9014 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
9016 htab = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *) data;
9017 if (h->needs_lazy_stub)
9019 h->root.root.u.def.section = htab->sstubs;
9020 h->root.root.u.def.value = htab->sstubs->size;
9021 h->root.plt.offset = htab->sstubs->size;
9022 htab->sstubs->size += htab->function_stub_size;
9027 /* Allocate offsets in the stubs section to each symbol that needs one.
9028 Set the final size of the .MIPS.stub section. */
9031 mips_elf_lay_out_lazy_stubs (struct bfd_link_info *info)
9033 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
9035 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
9036 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
9038 if (htab->lazy_stub_count == 0)
9041 htab->sstubs->size = 0;
9042 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (htab, mips_elf_allocate_lazy_stub, htab);
9043 htab->sstubs->size += htab->function_stub_size;
9044 BFD_ASSERT (htab->sstubs->size
9045 == htab->lazy_stub_count * htab->function_stub_size);
9048 /* Set the sizes of the dynamic sections. */
9051 _bfd_mips_elf_size_dynamic_sections (bfd *output_bfd,
9052 struct bfd_link_info *info)
9055 asection *s, *sreldyn;
9056 bfd_boolean reltext;
9057 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
9059 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
9060 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
9061 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
9062 BFD_ASSERT (dynobj != NULL);
9064 if (elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created)
9066 /* Set the contents of the .interp section to the interpreter. */
9067 if (info->executable)
9069 s = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".interp");
9070 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
9072 = strlen (ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER (output_bfd)) + 1;
9074 = (bfd_byte *) ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER (output_bfd);
9077 /* Create a symbol for the PLT, if we know that we are using it. */
9078 if (htab->splt && htab->splt->size > 0 && htab->root.hplt == NULL)
9080 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
9082 BFD_ASSERT (htab->use_plts_and_copy_relocs);
9084 h = _bfd_elf_define_linkage_sym (dynobj, info, htab->splt,
9085 "_PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_");
9086 htab->root.hplt = h;
9093 /* Allocate space for global sym dynamic relocs. */
9094 elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab->root, allocate_dynrelocs, info);
9096 mips_elf_estimate_stub_size (output_bfd, info);
9098 if (!mips_elf_lay_out_got (output_bfd, info))
9101 mips_elf_lay_out_lazy_stubs (info);
9103 /* The check_relocs and adjust_dynamic_symbol entry points have
9104 determined the sizes of the various dynamic sections. Allocate
9107 for (s = dynobj->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
9111 /* It's OK to base decisions on the section name, because none
9112 of the dynobj section names depend upon the input files. */
9113 name = bfd_get_section_name (dynobj, s);
9115 if ((s->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED) == 0)
9118 if (CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".rel"))
9122 const char *outname;
9125 /* If this relocation section applies to a read only
9126 section, then we probably need a DT_TEXTREL entry.
9127 If the relocation section is .rel(a).dyn, we always
9128 assert a DT_TEXTREL entry rather than testing whether
9129 there exists a relocation to a read only section or
9131 outname = bfd_get_section_name (output_bfd,
9133 target = bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd, outname + 4);
9135 && (target->flags & SEC_READONLY) != 0
9136 && (target->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
9137 || strcmp (outname, MIPS_ELF_REL_DYN_NAME (info)) == 0)
9140 /* We use the reloc_count field as a counter if we need
9141 to copy relocs into the output file. */
9142 if (strcmp (name, MIPS_ELF_REL_DYN_NAME (info)) != 0)
9145 /* If combreloc is enabled, elf_link_sort_relocs() will
9146 sort relocations, but in a different way than we do,
9147 and before we're done creating relocations. Also, it
9148 will move them around between input sections'
9149 relocation's contents, so our sorting would be
9150 broken, so don't let it run. */
9151 info->combreloc = 0;
9154 else if (! info->shared
9155 && ! mips_elf_hash_table (info)->use_rld_obj_head
9156 && CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".rld_map"))
9158 /* We add a room for __rld_map. It will be filled in by the
9159 rtld to contain a pointer to the _r_debug structure. */
9160 s->size += MIPS_ELF_RLD_MAP_SIZE (output_bfd);
9162 else if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd)
9163 && CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".compact_rel"))
9164 s->size += mips_elf_hash_table (info)->compact_rel_size;
9165 else if (s == htab->splt)
9167 /* If the last PLT entry has a branch delay slot, allocate
9168 room for an extra nop to fill the delay slot. This is
9169 for CPUs without load interlocking. */
9170 if (! LOAD_INTERLOCKS_P (output_bfd)
9171 && ! htab->is_vxworks && s->size > 0)
9174 else if (! CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".init")
9176 && s != htab->sgotplt
9177 && s != htab->sstubs
9178 && s != htab->sdynbss)
9180 /* It's not one of our sections, so don't allocate space. */
9186 s->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
9190 if ((s->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) == 0)
9193 /* Allocate memory for the section contents. */
9194 s->contents = bfd_zalloc (dynobj, s->size);
9195 if (s->contents == NULL)
9197 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory);
9202 if (elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created)
9204 /* Add some entries to the .dynamic section. We fill in the
9205 values later, in _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_sections, but we
9206 must add the entries now so that we get the correct size for
9207 the .dynamic section. */
9209 /* SGI object has the equivalence of DT_DEBUG in the
9210 DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP entry. This must come first because glibc
9211 only fills in DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP (not DT_DEBUG) and some tools
9212 may only look at the first one they see. */
9214 && !MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP, 0))
9217 /* The DT_DEBUG entry may be filled in by the dynamic linker and
9218 used by the debugger. */
9219 if (info->executable
9220 && !SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd)
9221 && !MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_DEBUG, 0))
9224 if (reltext && (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd) || htab->is_vxworks))
9225 info->flags |= DF_TEXTREL;
9227 if ((info->flags & DF_TEXTREL) != 0)
9229 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_TEXTREL, 0))
9232 /* Clear the DF_TEXTREL flag. It will be set again if we
9233 write out an actual text relocation; we may not, because
9234 at this point we do not know whether e.g. any .eh_frame
9235 absolute relocations have been converted to PC-relative. */
9236 info->flags &= ~DF_TEXTREL;
9239 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_PLTGOT, 0))
9242 sreldyn = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, FALSE);
9243 if (htab->is_vxworks)
9245 /* VxWorks uses .rela.dyn instead of .rel.dyn. It does not
9246 use any of the DT_MIPS_* tags. */
9247 if (sreldyn && sreldyn->size > 0)
9249 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_RELA, 0))
9252 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_RELASZ, 0))
9255 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_RELAENT, 0))
9261 if (sreldyn && sreldyn->size > 0)
9263 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_REL, 0))
9266 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_RELSZ, 0))
9269 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_RELENT, 0))
9273 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_RLD_VERSION, 0))
9276 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_FLAGS, 0))
9279 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_BASE_ADDRESS, 0))
9282 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO, 0))
9285 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO, 0))
9288 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_UNREFEXTNO, 0))
9291 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_GOTSYM, 0))
9294 if (IRIX_COMPAT (dynobj) == ict_irix5
9295 && ! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_HIPAGENO, 0))
9298 if (IRIX_COMPAT (dynobj) == ict_irix6
9299 && (bfd_get_section_by_name
9300 (output_bfd, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (dynobj)))
9301 && !MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_OPTIONS, 0))
9304 if (htab->splt->size > 0)
9306 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_PLTREL, 0))
9309 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_JMPREL, 0))
9312 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_PLTRELSZ, 0))
9315 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info, DT_MIPS_PLTGOT, 0))
9318 if (htab->is_vxworks
9319 && !elf_vxworks_add_dynamic_entries (output_bfd, info))
9326 /* REL is a relocation in INPUT_BFD that is being copied to OUTPUT_BFD.
9327 Adjust its R_ADDEND field so that it is correct for the output file.
9328 LOCAL_SYMS and LOCAL_SECTIONS are arrays of INPUT_BFD's local symbols
9329 and sections respectively; both use symbol indexes. */
9332 mips_elf_adjust_addend (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
9333 bfd *input_bfd, Elf_Internal_Sym *local_syms,
9334 asection **local_sections, Elf_Internal_Rela *rel)
9336 unsigned int r_type, r_symndx;
9337 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym;
9340 if (mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd, rel, local_sections))
9342 r_type = ELF_R_TYPE (output_bfd, rel->r_info);
9343 if (gprel16_reloc_p (r_type)
9344 || r_type == R_MIPS_GPREL32
9345 || literal_reloc_p (r_type))
9347 rel->r_addend += _bfd_get_gp_value (input_bfd);
9348 rel->r_addend -= _bfd_get_gp_value (output_bfd);
9351 r_symndx = ELF_R_SYM (output_bfd, rel->r_info);
9352 sym = local_syms + r_symndx;
9354 /* Adjust REL's addend to account for section merging. */
9355 if (!info->relocatable)
9357 sec = local_sections[r_symndx];
9358 _bfd_elf_rela_local_sym (output_bfd, sym, &sec, rel);
9361 /* This would normally be done by the rela_normal code in elflink.c. */
9362 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_SECTION)
9363 rel->r_addend += local_sections[r_symndx]->output_offset;
9367 /* Handle relocations against symbols from removed linkonce sections,
9368 or sections discarded by a linker script. We use this wrapper around
9369 RELOC_AGAINST_DISCARDED_SECTION to handle triplets of compound relocs
9370 on 64-bit ELF targets. In this case for any relocation handled, which
9371 always be the first in a triplet, the remaining two have to be processed
9372 together with the first, even if they are R_MIPS_NONE. It is the symbol
9373 index referred by the first reloc that applies to all the three and the
9374 remaining two never refer to an object symbol. And it is the final
9375 relocation (the last non-null one) that determines the output field of
9376 the whole relocation so retrieve the corresponding howto structure for
9377 the relocatable field to be cleared by RELOC_AGAINST_DISCARDED_SECTION.
9379 Note that RELOC_AGAINST_DISCARDED_SECTION is a macro that uses "continue"
9380 and therefore requires to be pasted in a loop. It also defines a block
9381 and does not protect any of its arguments, hence the extra brackets. */
9384 mips_reloc_against_discarded_section (bfd *output_bfd,
9385 struct bfd_link_info *info,
9386 bfd *input_bfd, asection *input_section,
9387 Elf_Internal_Rela **rel,
9388 const Elf_Internal_Rela **relend,
9389 bfd_boolean rel_reloc,
9390 reloc_howto_type *howto,
9393 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd);
9394 int count = bed->s->int_rels_per_ext_rel;
9395 unsigned int r_type;
9398 for (i = count - 1; i > 0; i--)
9400 r_type = ELF_R_TYPE (output_bfd, (*rel)[i].r_info);
9401 if (r_type != R_MIPS_NONE)
9403 howto = MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (input_bfd, r_type, !rel_reloc);
9409 RELOC_AGAINST_DISCARDED_SECTION (info, input_bfd, input_section,
9410 (*rel), count, (*relend),
9411 howto, i, contents);
9416 /* Relocate a MIPS ELF section. */
9419 _bfd_mips_elf_relocate_section (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info,
9420 bfd *input_bfd, asection *input_section,
9421 bfd_byte *contents, Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs,
9422 Elf_Internal_Sym *local_syms,
9423 asection **local_sections)
9425 Elf_Internal_Rela *rel;
9426 const Elf_Internal_Rela *relend;
9428 bfd_boolean use_saved_addend_p = FALSE;
9429 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
9431 bed = get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd);
9432 relend = relocs + input_section->reloc_count * bed->s->int_rels_per_ext_rel;
9433 for (rel = relocs; rel < relend; ++rel)
9437 reloc_howto_type *howto;
9438 bfd_boolean cross_mode_jump_p;
9439 /* TRUE if the relocation is a RELA relocation, rather than a
9441 bfd_boolean rela_relocation_p = TRUE;
9442 unsigned int r_type = ELF_R_TYPE (output_bfd, rel->r_info);
9444 unsigned long r_symndx;
9446 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
9447 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
9448 bfd_boolean rel_reloc;
9450 rel_reloc = (NEWABI_P (input_bfd)
9451 && mips_elf_rel_relocation_p (input_bfd, input_section,
9453 /* Find the relocation howto for this relocation. */
9454 howto = MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (input_bfd, r_type, !rel_reloc);
9456 r_symndx = ELF_R_SYM (input_bfd, rel->r_info);
9457 symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (input_bfd)->symtab_hdr;
9458 if (mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd, rel, local_sections))
9460 sec = local_sections[r_symndx];
9465 unsigned long extsymoff;
9468 if (!elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd))
9469 extsymoff = symtab_hdr->sh_info;
9470 h = elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd) [r_symndx - extsymoff];
9471 while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
9472 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
9473 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
9476 if (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
9477 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
9478 sec = h->root.u.def.section;
9481 if (sec != NULL && discarded_section (sec))
9483 mips_reloc_against_discarded_section (output_bfd, info, input_bfd,
9484 input_section, &rel, &relend,
9485 rel_reloc, howto, contents);
9489 if (r_type == R_MIPS_64 && ! NEWABI_P (input_bfd))
9491 /* Some 32-bit code uses R_MIPS_64. In particular, people use
9492 64-bit code, but make sure all their addresses are in the
9493 lowermost or uppermost 32-bit section of the 64-bit address
9494 space. Thus, when they use an R_MIPS_64 they mean what is
9495 usually meant by R_MIPS_32, with the exception that the
9496 stored value is sign-extended to 64 bits. */
9497 howto = MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (input_bfd, R_MIPS_32, FALSE);
9499 /* On big-endian systems, we need to lie about the position
9501 if (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd))
9505 if (!use_saved_addend_p)
9507 /* If these relocations were originally of the REL variety,
9508 we must pull the addend out of the field that will be
9509 relocated. Otherwise, we simply use the contents of the
9511 if (mips_elf_rel_relocation_p (input_bfd, input_section,
9514 rela_relocation_p = FALSE;
9515 addend = mips_elf_read_rel_addend (input_bfd, rel,
9517 if (hi16_reloc_p (r_type)
9518 || (got16_reloc_p (r_type)
9519 && mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd, rel,
9522 if (!mips_elf_add_lo16_rel_addend (input_bfd, rel, relend,
9526 name = h->root.root.string;
9528 name = bfd_elf_sym_name (input_bfd, symtab_hdr,
9529 local_syms + r_symndx,
9531 (*_bfd_error_handler)
9532 (_("%B: Can't find matching LO16 reloc against `%s' for %s at 0x%lx in section `%A'"),
9533 input_bfd, input_section, name, howto->name,
9538 addend <<= howto->rightshift;
9541 addend = rel->r_addend;
9542 mips_elf_adjust_addend (output_bfd, info, input_bfd,
9543 local_syms, local_sections, rel);
9546 if (info->relocatable)
9548 if (r_type == R_MIPS_64 && ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd)
9549 && bfd_big_endian (input_bfd))
9552 if (!rela_relocation_p && rel->r_addend)
9554 addend += rel->r_addend;
9555 if (hi16_reloc_p (r_type) || got16_reloc_p (r_type))
9556 addend = mips_elf_high (addend);
9557 else if (r_type == R_MIPS_HIGHER)
9558 addend = mips_elf_higher (addend);
9559 else if (r_type == R_MIPS_HIGHEST)
9560 addend = mips_elf_highest (addend);
9562 addend >>= howto->rightshift;
9564 /* We use the source mask, rather than the destination
9565 mask because the place to which we are writing will be
9566 source of the addend in the final link. */
9567 addend &= howto->src_mask;
9569 if (r_type == R_MIPS_64 && ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd))
9570 /* See the comment above about using R_MIPS_64 in the 32-bit
9571 ABI. Here, we need to update the addend. It would be
9572 possible to get away with just using the R_MIPS_32 reloc
9573 but for endianness. */
9579 if (addend & ((bfd_vma) 1 << 31))
9581 sign_bits = ((bfd_vma) 1 << 32) - 1;
9588 /* If we don't know that we have a 64-bit type,
9589 do two separate stores. */
9590 if (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd))
9592 /* Store the sign-bits (which are most significant)
9594 low_bits = sign_bits;
9600 high_bits = sign_bits;
9602 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, low_bits,
9603 contents + rel->r_offset);
9604 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, high_bits,
9605 contents + rel->r_offset + 4);
9609 if (! mips_elf_perform_relocation (info, howto, rel, addend,
9610 input_bfd, input_section,
9615 /* Go on to the next relocation. */
9619 /* In the N32 and 64-bit ABIs there may be multiple consecutive
9620 relocations for the same offset. In that case we are
9621 supposed to treat the output of each relocation as the addend
9623 if (rel + 1 < relend
9624 && rel->r_offset == rel[1].r_offset
9625 && ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd, rel[1].r_info) != R_MIPS_NONE)
9626 use_saved_addend_p = TRUE;
9628 use_saved_addend_p = FALSE;
9630 /* Figure out what value we are supposed to relocate. */
9631 switch (mips_elf_calculate_relocation (output_bfd, input_bfd,
9632 input_section, info, rel,
9633 addend, howto, local_syms,
9634 local_sections, &value,
9635 &name, &cross_mode_jump_p,
9636 use_saved_addend_p))
9638 case bfd_reloc_continue:
9639 /* There's nothing to do. */
9642 case bfd_reloc_undefined:
9643 /* mips_elf_calculate_relocation already called the
9644 undefined_symbol callback. There's no real point in
9645 trying to perform the relocation at this point, so we
9646 just skip ahead to the next relocation. */
9649 case bfd_reloc_notsupported:
9650 msg = _("internal error: unsupported relocation error");
9651 info->callbacks->warning
9652 (info, msg, name, input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset);
9655 case bfd_reloc_overflow:
9656 if (use_saved_addend_p)
9657 /* Ignore overflow until we reach the last relocation for
9658 a given location. */
9662 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
9664 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
9665 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
9666 BFD_ASSERT (name != NULL);
9667 if (!htab->small_data_overflow_reported
9668 && (gprel16_reloc_p (howto->type)
9669 || literal_reloc_p (howto->type)))
9671 msg = _("small-data section exceeds 64KB;"
9672 " lower small-data size limit (see option -G)");
9674 htab->small_data_overflow_reported = TRUE;
9675 (*info->callbacks->einfo) ("%P: %s\n", msg);
9677 if (! ((*info->callbacks->reloc_overflow)
9678 (info, NULL, name, howto->name, (bfd_vma) 0,
9679 input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset)))
9687 case bfd_reloc_outofrange:
9688 if (jal_reloc_p (howto->type))
9690 msg = _("JALX to a non-word-aligned address");
9691 info->callbacks->warning
9692 (info, msg, name, input_bfd, input_section, rel->r_offset);
9702 /* If we've got another relocation for the address, keep going
9703 until we reach the last one. */
9704 if (use_saved_addend_p)
9710 if (r_type == R_MIPS_64 && ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd))
9711 /* See the comment above about using R_MIPS_64 in the 32-bit
9712 ABI. Until now, we've been using the HOWTO for R_MIPS_32;
9713 that calculated the right value. Now, however, we
9714 sign-extend the 32-bit result to 64-bits, and store it as a
9715 64-bit value. We are especially generous here in that we
9716 go to extreme lengths to support this usage on systems with
9717 only a 32-bit VMA. */
9723 if (value & ((bfd_vma) 1 << 31))
9725 sign_bits = ((bfd_vma) 1 << 32) - 1;
9732 /* If we don't know that we have a 64-bit type,
9733 do two separate stores. */
9734 if (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd))
9736 /* Undo what we did above. */
9738 /* Store the sign-bits (which are most significant)
9740 low_bits = sign_bits;
9746 high_bits = sign_bits;
9748 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, low_bits,
9749 contents + rel->r_offset);
9750 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd, high_bits,
9751 contents + rel->r_offset + 4);
9755 /* Actually perform the relocation. */
9756 if (! mips_elf_perform_relocation (info, howto, rel, value,
9757 input_bfd, input_section,
9758 contents, cross_mode_jump_p))
9765 /* A function that iterates over each entry in la25_stubs and fills
9766 in the code for each one. DATA points to a mips_htab_traverse_info. */
9769 mips_elf_create_la25_stub (void **slot, void *data)
9771 struct mips_htab_traverse_info *hti;
9772 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
9773 struct mips_elf_la25_stub *stub;
9776 bfd_vma offset, target, target_high, target_low;
9778 stub = (struct mips_elf_la25_stub *) *slot;
9779 hti = (struct mips_htab_traverse_info *) data;
9780 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (hti->info);
9781 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
9783 /* Create the section contents, if we haven't already. */
9784 s = stub->stub_section;
9788 loc = bfd_malloc (s->size);
9797 /* Work out where in the section this stub should go. */
9798 offset = stub->offset;
9800 /* Work out the target address. */
9801 target = mips_elf_get_la25_target (stub, &s);
9802 target += s->output_section->vma + s->output_offset;
9804 target_high = ((target + 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
9805 target_low = (target & 0xffff);
9807 if (stub->stub_section != htab->strampoline)
9809 /* This is a simple LUI/ADDIU stub. Zero out the beginning
9810 of the section and write the two instructions at the end. */
9811 memset (loc, 0, offset);
9813 if (ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (stub->h->root.other))
9815 bfd_put_micromips_32 (hti->output_bfd,
9816 LA25_LUI_MICROMIPS (target_high),
9818 bfd_put_micromips_32 (hti->output_bfd,
9819 LA25_ADDIU_MICROMIPS (target_low),
9824 bfd_put_32 (hti->output_bfd, LA25_LUI (target_high), loc);
9825 bfd_put_32 (hti->output_bfd, LA25_ADDIU (target_low), loc + 4);
9830 /* This is trampoline. */
9832 if (ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (stub->h->root.other))
9834 bfd_put_micromips_32 (hti->output_bfd,
9835 LA25_LUI_MICROMIPS (target_high), loc);
9836 bfd_put_micromips_32 (hti->output_bfd,
9837 LA25_J_MICROMIPS (target), loc + 4);
9838 bfd_put_micromips_32 (hti->output_bfd,
9839 LA25_ADDIU_MICROMIPS (target_low), loc + 8);
9840 bfd_put_32 (hti->output_bfd, 0, loc + 12);
9844 bfd_put_32 (hti->output_bfd, LA25_LUI (target_high), loc);
9845 bfd_put_32 (hti->output_bfd, LA25_J (target), loc + 4);
9846 bfd_put_32 (hti->output_bfd, LA25_ADDIU (target_low), loc + 8);
9847 bfd_put_32 (hti->output_bfd, 0, loc + 12);
9853 /* If NAME is one of the special IRIX6 symbols defined by the linker,
9854 adjust it appropriately now. */
9857 mips_elf_irix6_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
9858 const char *name, Elf_Internal_Sym *sym)
9860 /* The linker script takes care of providing names and values for
9861 these, but we must place them into the right sections. */
9862 static const char* const text_section_symbols[] = {
9865 "__dso_displacement",
9867 "__program_header_table",
9871 static const char* const data_section_symbols[] = {
9879 const char* const *p;
9882 for (i = 0; i < 2; ++i)
9883 for (p = (i == 0) ? text_section_symbols : data_section_symbols;
9886 if (strcmp (*p, name) == 0)
9888 /* All of these symbols are given type STT_SECTION by the
9890 sym->st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL, STT_SECTION);
9891 sym->st_other = STO_PROTECTED;
9893 /* The IRIX linker puts these symbols in special sections. */
9895 sym->st_shndx = SHN_MIPS_TEXT;
9897 sym->st_shndx = SHN_MIPS_DATA;
9903 /* Finish up dynamic symbol handling. We set the contents of various
9904 dynamic sections here. */
9907 _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd *output_bfd,
9908 struct bfd_link_info *info,
9909 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
9910 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym)
9914 struct mips_got_info *g, *gg;
9917 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
9918 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *hmips;
9920 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
9921 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
9922 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
9923 hmips = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
9925 BFD_ASSERT (!htab->is_vxworks);
9927 if (h->plt.offset != MINUS_ONE && hmips->no_fn_stub)
9929 /* We've decided to create a PLT entry for this symbol. */
9931 bfd_vma header_address, plt_index, got_address;
9932 bfd_vma got_address_high, got_address_low, load;
9933 const bfd_vma *plt_entry;
9935 BFD_ASSERT (htab->use_plts_and_copy_relocs);
9936 BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1);
9937 BFD_ASSERT (htab->splt != NULL);
9938 BFD_ASSERT (h->plt.offset <= htab->splt->size);
9939 BFD_ASSERT (!h->def_regular);
9941 /* Calculate the address of the PLT header. */
9942 header_address = (htab->splt->output_section->vma
9943 + htab->splt->output_offset);
9945 /* Calculate the index of the entry. */
9946 plt_index = ((h->plt.offset - htab->plt_header_size)
9947 / htab->plt_entry_size);
9949 /* Calculate the address of the .got.plt entry. */
9950 got_address = (htab->sgotplt->output_section->vma
9951 + htab->sgotplt->output_offset
9952 + (2 + plt_index) * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (dynobj));
9953 got_address_high = ((got_address + 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
9954 got_address_low = got_address & 0xffff;
9956 /* Initially point the .got.plt entry at the PLT header. */
9957 loc = (htab->sgotplt->contents
9958 + (2 + plt_index) * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (dynobj));
9959 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd))
9960 bfd_put_64 (output_bfd, header_address, loc);
9962 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, header_address, loc);
9964 /* Find out where the .plt entry should go. */
9965 loc = htab->splt->contents + h->plt.offset;
9967 /* Pick the load opcode. */
9968 load = MIPS_ELF_LOAD_WORD (output_bfd);
9970 /* Fill in the PLT entry itself. */
9971 plt_entry = mips_exec_plt_entry;
9972 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[0] | got_address_high, loc);
9973 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[1] | got_address_low | load, loc + 4);
9975 if (! LOAD_INTERLOCKS_P (output_bfd))
9977 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[2] | got_address_low, loc + 8);
9978 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[3], loc + 12);
9982 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[3], loc + 8);
9983 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[2] | got_address_low, loc + 12);
9986 /* Emit an R_MIPS_JUMP_SLOT relocation against the .got.plt entry. */
9987 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation (output_bfd, htab->srelplt,
9988 plt_index, h->dynindx,
9989 R_MIPS_JUMP_SLOT, got_address);
9991 /* We distinguish between PLT entries and lazy-binding stubs by
9992 giving the former an st_other value of STO_MIPS_PLT. Set the
9993 flag and leave the value if there are any relocations in the
9994 binary where pointer equality matters. */
9995 sym->st_shndx = SHN_UNDEF;
9996 if (h->pointer_equality_needed)
9997 sym->st_other = STO_MIPS_PLT;
10001 else if (h->plt.offset != MINUS_ONE)
10003 /* We've decided to create a lazy-binding stub. */
10004 bfd_byte stub[MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE];
10006 /* This symbol has a stub. Set it up. */
10008 BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1);
10010 BFD_ASSERT ((htab->function_stub_size == MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE)
10011 || (h->dynindx <= 0xffff));
10013 /* Values up to 2^31 - 1 are allowed. Larger values would cause
10014 sign extension at runtime in the stub, resulting in a negative
10016 if (h->dynindx & ~0x7fffffff)
10019 /* Fill the stub. */
10021 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, STUB_LW (output_bfd), stub + idx);
10023 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, STUB_MOVE (output_bfd), stub + idx);
10025 if (htab->function_stub_size == MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE)
10027 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, STUB_LUI ((h->dynindx >> 16) & 0x7fff),
10031 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, STUB_JALR, stub + idx);
10034 /* If a large stub is not required and sign extension is not a
10035 problem, then use legacy code in the stub. */
10036 if (htab->function_stub_size == MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE)
10037 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, STUB_ORI (h->dynindx & 0xffff), stub + idx);
10038 else if (h->dynindx & ~0x7fff)
10039 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, STUB_LI16U (h->dynindx & 0xffff), stub + idx);
10041 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, STUB_LI16S (output_bfd, h->dynindx),
10044 BFD_ASSERT (h->plt.offset <= htab->sstubs->size);
10045 memcpy (htab->sstubs->contents + h->plt.offset,
10046 stub, htab->function_stub_size);
10048 /* Mark the symbol as undefined. plt.offset != -1 occurs
10049 only for the referenced symbol. */
10050 sym->st_shndx = SHN_UNDEF;
10052 /* The run-time linker uses the st_value field of the symbol
10053 to reset the global offset table entry for this external
10054 to its stub address when unlinking a shared object. */
10055 sym->st_value = (htab->sstubs->output_section->vma
10056 + htab->sstubs->output_offset
10060 /* If we have a MIPS16 function with a stub, the dynamic symbol must
10061 refer to the stub, since only the stub uses the standard calling
10063 if (h->dynindx != -1 && hmips->fn_stub != NULL)
10065 BFD_ASSERT (hmips->need_fn_stub);
10066 sym->st_value = (hmips->fn_stub->output_section->vma
10067 + hmips->fn_stub->output_offset);
10068 sym->st_size = hmips->fn_stub->size;
10069 sym->st_other = ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (sym->st_other);
10072 BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1
10073 || h->forced_local);
10076 g = htab->got_info;
10077 BFD_ASSERT (g != NULL);
10079 /* Run through the global symbol table, creating GOT entries for all
10080 the symbols that need them. */
10081 if (hmips->global_got_area != GGA_NONE)
10086 value = sym->st_value;
10087 offset = mips_elf_global_got_index (dynobj, output_bfd, h,
10088 R_MIPS_GOT16, info);
10089 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd, value, sgot->contents + offset);
10092 if (hmips->global_got_area != GGA_NONE && g->next && h->type != STT_TLS)
10094 struct mips_got_entry e, *p;
10100 e.abfd = output_bfd;
10105 for (g = g->next; g->next != gg; g = g->next)
10108 && (p = (struct mips_got_entry *) htab_find (g->got_entries,
10111 offset = p->gotidx;
10113 || (elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created
10115 && p->d.h->root.def_dynamic
10116 && !p->d.h->root.def_regular))
10118 /* Create an R_MIPS_REL32 relocation for this entry. Due to
10119 the various compatibility problems, it's easier to mock
10120 up an R_MIPS_32 or R_MIPS_64 relocation and leave
10121 mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation to calculate the
10122 appropriate addend. */
10123 Elf_Internal_Rela rel[3];
10125 memset (rel, 0, sizeof (rel));
10126 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd))
10127 rel[0].r_info = ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd, 0, R_MIPS_64);
10129 rel[0].r_info = ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd, 0, R_MIPS_32);
10130 rel[0].r_offset = rel[1].r_offset = rel[2].r_offset = offset;
10133 if (! (mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation
10134 (output_bfd, info, rel,
10135 e.d.h, NULL, sym->st_value, &entry, sgot)))
10139 entry = sym->st_value;
10140 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd, entry, sgot->contents + offset);
10145 /* Mark _DYNAMIC and _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ as absolute. */
10146 name = h->root.root.string;
10147 if (h == elf_hash_table (info)->hdynamic
10148 || h == elf_hash_table (info)->hgot)
10149 sym->st_shndx = SHN_ABS;
10150 else if (strcmp (name, "_DYNAMIC_LINK") == 0
10151 || strcmp (name, "_DYNAMIC_LINKING") == 0)
10153 sym->st_shndx = SHN_ABS;
10154 sym->st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL, STT_SECTION);
10157 else if (strcmp (name, "_gp_disp") == 0 && ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd))
10159 sym->st_shndx = SHN_ABS;
10160 sym->st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL, STT_SECTION);
10161 sym->st_value = elf_gp (output_bfd);
10163 else if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd))
10165 if (strcmp (name, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names[0]) == 0
10166 || strcmp (name, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names[1]) == 0)
10168 sym->st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL, STT_SECTION);
10169 sym->st_other = STO_PROTECTED;
10171 sym->st_shndx = SHN_MIPS_DATA;
10173 else if (strcmp (name, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names[2]) == 0)
10175 sym->st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL, STT_SECTION);
10176 sym->st_other = STO_PROTECTED;
10177 sym->st_value = mips_elf_hash_table (info)->procedure_count;
10178 sym->st_shndx = SHN_ABS;
10180 else if (sym->st_shndx != SHN_UNDEF && sym->st_shndx != SHN_ABS)
10182 if (h->type == STT_FUNC)
10183 sym->st_shndx = SHN_MIPS_TEXT;
10184 else if (h->type == STT_OBJECT)
10185 sym->st_shndx = SHN_MIPS_DATA;
10189 /* Emit a copy reloc, if needed. */
10195 BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1);
10196 BFD_ASSERT (htab->use_plts_and_copy_relocs);
10198 s = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, FALSE);
10199 symval = (h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
10200 + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset
10201 + h->root.u.def.value);
10202 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation (output_bfd, s, s->reloc_count++,
10203 h->dynindx, R_MIPS_COPY, symval);
10206 /* Handle the IRIX6-specific symbols. */
10207 if (IRIX_COMPAT (output_bfd) == ict_irix6)
10208 mips_elf_irix6_finish_dynamic_symbol (output_bfd, name, sym);
10210 /* Keep dynamic MIPS16 symbols odd. This allows the dynamic linker to
10211 treat MIPS16 symbols like any other. */
10212 if (ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (sym->st_other))
10214 BFD_ASSERT (sym->st_value & 1);
10215 sym->st_other -= STO_MIPS16;
10221 /* Likewise, for VxWorks. */
10224 _bfd_mips_vxworks_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd *output_bfd,
10225 struct bfd_link_info *info,
10226 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
10227 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym)
10231 struct mips_got_info *g;
10232 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
10233 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *hmips;
10235 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
10236 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
10237 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
10238 hmips = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) h;
10240 if (h->plt.offset != (bfd_vma) -1)
10243 bfd_vma plt_address, plt_index, got_address, got_offset, branch_offset;
10244 Elf_Internal_Rela rel;
10245 static const bfd_vma *plt_entry;
10247 BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1);
10248 BFD_ASSERT (htab->splt != NULL);
10249 BFD_ASSERT (h->plt.offset <= htab->splt->size);
10251 /* Calculate the address of the .plt entry. */
10252 plt_address = (htab->splt->output_section->vma
10253 + htab->splt->output_offset
10256 /* Calculate the index of the entry. */
10257 plt_index = ((h->plt.offset - htab->plt_header_size)
10258 / htab->plt_entry_size);
10260 /* Calculate the address of the .got.plt entry. */
10261 got_address = (htab->sgotplt->output_section->vma
10262 + htab->sgotplt->output_offset
10265 /* Calculate the offset of the .got.plt entry from
10266 _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. */
10267 got_offset = mips_elf_gotplt_index (info, h);
10269 /* Calculate the offset for the branch at the start of the PLT
10270 entry. The branch jumps to the beginning of .plt. */
10271 branch_offset = -(h->plt.offset / 4 + 1) & 0xffff;
10273 /* Fill in the initial value of the .got.plt entry. */
10274 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_address,
10275 htab->sgotplt->contents + plt_index * 4);
10277 /* Find out where the .plt entry should go. */
10278 loc = htab->splt->contents + h->plt.offset;
10282 plt_entry = mips_vxworks_shared_plt_entry;
10283 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[0] | branch_offset, loc);
10284 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[1] | plt_index, loc + 4);
10288 bfd_vma got_address_high, got_address_low;
10290 plt_entry = mips_vxworks_exec_plt_entry;
10291 got_address_high = ((got_address + 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
10292 got_address_low = got_address & 0xffff;
10294 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[0] | branch_offset, loc);
10295 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[1] | plt_index, loc + 4);
10296 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[2] | got_address_high, loc + 8);
10297 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[3] | got_address_low, loc + 12);
10298 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[4], loc + 16);
10299 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[5], loc + 20);
10300 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[6], loc + 24);
10301 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[7], loc + 28);
10303 loc = (htab->srelplt2->contents
10304 + (plt_index * 3 + 2) * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela));
10306 /* Emit a relocation for the .got.plt entry. */
10307 rel.r_offset = got_address;
10308 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hplt->indx, R_MIPS_32);
10309 rel.r_addend = h->plt.offset;
10310 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
10312 /* Emit a relocation for the lui of %hi(<.got.plt slot>). */
10313 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
10314 rel.r_offset = plt_address + 8;
10315 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hgot->indx, R_MIPS_HI16);
10316 rel.r_addend = got_offset;
10317 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
10319 /* Emit a relocation for the addiu of %lo(<.got.plt slot>). */
10320 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
10322 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hgot->indx, R_MIPS_LO16);
10323 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
10326 /* Emit an R_MIPS_JUMP_SLOT relocation against the .got.plt entry. */
10327 loc = htab->srelplt->contents + plt_index * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
10328 rel.r_offset = got_address;
10329 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_MIPS_JUMP_SLOT);
10331 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
10333 if (!h->def_regular)
10334 sym->st_shndx = SHN_UNDEF;
10337 BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1 || h->forced_local);
10340 g = htab->got_info;
10341 BFD_ASSERT (g != NULL);
10343 /* See if this symbol has an entry in the GOT. */
10344 if (hmips->global_got_area != GGA_NONE)
10347 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel;
10351 /* Install the symbol value in the GOT. */
10352 offset = mips_elf_global_got_index (dynobj, output_bfd, h,
10353 R_MIPS_GOT16, info);
10354 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd, sym->st_value, sgot->contents + offset);
10356 /* Add a dynamic relocation for it. */
10357 s = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, FALSE);
10358 loc = s->contents + (s->reloc_count++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela));
10359 outrel.r_offset = (sgot->output_section->vma
10360 + sgot->output_offset
10362 outrel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_MIPS_32);
10363 outrel.r_addend = 0;
10364 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (dynobj, &outrel, loc);
10367 /* Emit a copy reloc, if needed. */
10370 Elf_Internal_Rela rel;
10372 BFD_ASSERT (h->dynindx != -1);
10374 rel.r_offset = (h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
10375 + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset
10376 + h->root.u.def.value);
10377 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (h->dynindx, R_MIPS_COPY);
10379 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel,
10380 htab->srelbss->contents
10381 + (htab->srelbss->reloc_count
10382 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela)));
10383 ++htab->srelbss->reloc_count;
10386 /* If this is a mips16/microMIPS symbol, force the value to be even. */
10387 if (ELF_ST_IS_COMPRESSED (sym->st_other))
10388 sym->st_value &= ~1;
10393 /* Write out a plt0 entry to the beginning of .plt. */
10396 mips_finish_exec_plt (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
10399 bfd_vma gotplt_value, gotplt_value_high, gotplt_value_low;
10400 static const bfd_vma *plt_entry;
10401 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
10403 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
10404 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
10406 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd))
10407 plt_entry = mips_n64_exec_plt0_entry;
10408 else if (ABI_N32_P (output_bfd))
10409 plt_entry = mips_n32_exec_plt0_entry;
10411 plt_entry = mips_o32_exec_plt0_entry;
10413 /* Calculate the value of .got.plt. */
10414 gotplt_value = (htab->sgotplt->output_section->vma
10415 + htab->sgotplt->output_offset);
10416 gotplt_value_high = ((gotplt_value + 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
10417 gotplt_value_low = gotplt_value & 0xffff;
10419 /* The PLT sequence is not safe for N64 if .got.plt's address can
10420 not be loaded in two instructions. */
10421 BFD_ASSERT ((gotplt_value & ~(bfd_vma) 0x7fffffff) == 0
10422 || ~(gotplt_value | 0x7fffffff) == 0);
10424 /* Install the PLT header. */
10425 loc = htab->splt->contents;
10426 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[0] | gotplt_value_high, loc);
10427 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[1] | gotplt_value_low, loc + 4);
10428 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[2] | gotplt_value_low, loc + 8);
10429 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[3], loc + 12);
10430 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[4], loc + 16);
10431 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[5], loc + 20);
10432 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[6], loc + 24);
10433 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[7], loc + 28);
10436 /* Install the PLT header for a VxWorks executable and finalize the
10437 contents of .rela.plt.unloaded. */
10440 mips_vxworks_finish_exec_plt (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
10442 Elf_Internal_Rela rela;
10444 bfd_vma got_value, got_value_high, got_value_low, plt_address;
10445 static const bfd_vma *plt_entry;
10446 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
10448 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
10449 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
10451 plt_entry = mips_vxworks_exec_plt0_entry;
10453 /* Calculate the value of _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. */
10454 got_value = (htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
10455 + htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.section->output_offset
10456 + htab->root.hgot->root.u.def.value);
10458 got_value_high = ((got_value + 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
10459 got_value_low = got_value & 0xffff;
10461 /* Calculate the address of the PLT header. */
10462 plt_address = htab->splt->output_section->vma + htab->splt->output_offset;
10464 /* Install the PLT header. */
10465 loc = htab->splt->contents;
10466 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[0] | got_value_high, loc);
10467 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[1] | got_value_low, loc + 4);
10468 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[2], loc + 8);
10469 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[3], loc + 12);
10470 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[4], loc + 16);
10471 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, plt_entry[5], loc + 20);
10473 /* Output the relocation for the lui of %hi(_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_). */
10474 loc = htab->srelplt2->contents;
10475 rela.r_offset = plt_address;
10476 rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hgot->indx, R_MIPS_HI16);
10478 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rela, loc);
10479 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
10481 /* Output the relocation for the following addiu of
10482 %lo(_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_). */
10483 rela.r_offset += 4;
10484 rela.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hgot->indx, R_MIPS_LO16);
10485 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rela, loc);
10486 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
10488 /* Fix up the remaining relocations. They may have the wrong
10489 symbol index for _G_O_T_ or _P_L_T_ depending on the order
10490 in which symbols were output. */
10491 while (loc < htab->srelplt2->contents + htab->srelplt2->size)
10493 Elf_Internal_Rela rel;
10495 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_in (output_bfd, loc, &rel);
10496 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hplt->indx, R_MIPS_32);
10497 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
10498 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
10500 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_in (output_bfd, loc, &rel);
10501 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hgot->indx, R_MIPS_HI16);
10502 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
10503 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
10505 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_in (output_bfd, loc, &rel);
10506 rel.r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (htab->root.hgot->indx, R_MIPS_LO16);
10507 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd, &rel, loc);
10508 loc += sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela);
10512 /* Install the PLT header for a VxWorks shared library. */
10515 mips_vxworks_finish_shared_plt (bfd *output_bfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
10518 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
10520 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
10521 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
10523 /* We just need to copy the entry byte-by-byte. */
10524 for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_shared_plt0_entry); i++)
10525 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd, mips_vxworks_shared_plt0_entry[i],
10526 htab->splt->contents + i * 4);
10529 /* Finish up the dynamic sections. */
10532 _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_sections (bfd *output_bfd,
10533 struct bfd_link_info *info)
10538 struct mips_got_info *gg, *g;
10539 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
10541 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
10542 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
10544 dynobj = elf_hash_table (info)->dynobj;
10546 sdyn = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".dynamic");
10549 gg = htab->got_info;
10551 if (elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created)
10554 int dyn_to_skip = 0, dyn_skipped = 0;
10556 BFD_ASSERT (sdyn != NULL);
10557 BFD_ASSERT (gg != NULL);
10559 g = mips_elf_got_for_ibfd (gg, output_bfd);
10560 BFD_ASSERT (g != NULL);
10562 for (b = sdyn->contents;
10563 b < sdyn->contents + sdyn->size;
10564 b += MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE (dynobj))
10566 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn;
10570 bfd_boolean swap_out_p;
10572 /* Read in the current dynamic entry. */
10573 (*get_elf_backend_data (dynobj)->s->swap_dyn_in) (dynobj, b, &dyn);
10575 /* Assume that we're going to modify it and write it out. */
10581 dyn.d_un.d_val = MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (dynobj);
10585 BFD_ASSERT (htab->is_vxworks);
10586 dyn.d_un.d_val = MIPS_ELF_RELA_SIZE (dynobj);
10590 /* Rewrite DT_STRSZ. */
10592 _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_hash_table (info)->dynstr);
10597 dyn.d_un.d_ptr = s->output_section->vma + s->output_offset;
10600 case DT_MIPS_PLTGOT:
10602 dyn.d_un.d_ptr = s->output_section->vma + s->output_offset;
10605 case DT_MIPS_RLD_VERSION:
10606 dyn.d_un.d_val = 1; /* XXX */
10609 case DT_MIPS_FLAGS:
10610 dyn.d_un.d_val = RHF_NOTPOT; /* XXX */
10613 case DT_MIPS_TIME_STAMP:
10617 dyn.d_un.d_val = t;
10621 case DT_MIPS_ICHECKSUM:
10623 swap_out_p = FALSE;
10626 case DT_MIPS_IVERSION:
10628 swap_out_p = FALSE;
10631 case DT_MIPS_BASE_ADDRESS:
10632 s = output_bfd->sections;
10633 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
10634 dyn.d_un.d_ptr = s->vma & ~(bfd_vma) 0xffff;
10637 case DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO:
10638 dyn.d_un.d_val = g->local_gotno;
10641 case DT_MIPS_UNREFEXTNO:
10642 /* The index into the dynamic symbol table which is the
10643 entry of the first external symbol that is not
10644 referenced within the same object. */
10645 dyn.d_un.d_val = bfd_count_sections (output_bfd) + 1;
10648 case DT_MIPS_GOTSYM:
10649 if (gg->global_gotsym)
10651 dyn.d_un.d_val = gg->global_gotsym->dynindx;
10654 /* In case if we don't have global got symbols we default
10655 to setting DT_MIPS_GOTSYM to the same value as
10656 DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO, so we just fall through. */
10658 case DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO:
10660 elemsize = MIPS_ELF_SYM_SIZE (output_bfd);
10661 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd, name);
10662 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
10664 dyn.d_un.d_val = s->size / elemsize;
10667 case DT_MIPS_HIPAGENO:
10668 dyn.d_un.d_val = g->local_gotno - htab->reserved_gotno;
10671 case DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP:
10673 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
10674 h = mips_elf_hash_table (info)->rld_symbol;
10677 dyn_to_skip = MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE (dynobj);
10678 swap_out_p = FALSE;
10681 s = h->root.u.def.section;
10682 dyn.d_un.d_ptr = (s->output_section->vma + s->output_offset
10683 + h->root.u.def.value);
10687 case DT_MIPS_OPTIONS:
10688 s = (bfd_get_section_by_name
10689 (output_bfd, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (output_bfd)));
10690 dyn.d_un.d_ptr = s->vma;
10694 BFD_ASSERT (htab->is_vxworks);
10695 /* The count does not include the JUMP_SLOT relocations. */
10697 dyn.d_un.d_val -= htab->srelplt->size;
10701 BFD_ASSERT (htab->use_plts_and_copy_relocs);
10702 if (htab->is_vxworks)
10703 dyn.d_un.d_val = DT_RELA;
10705 dyn.d_un.d_val = DT_REL;
10709 BFD_ASSERT (htab->use_plts_and_copy_relocs);
10710 dyn.d_un.d_val = htab->srelplt->size;
10714 BFD_ASSERT (htab->use_plts_and_copy_relocs);
10715 dyn.d_un.d_ptr = (htab->srelplt->output_section->vma
10716 + htab->srelplt->output_offset);
10720 /* If we didn't need any text relocations after all, delete
10721 the dynamic tag. */
10722 if (!(info->flags & DF_TEXTREL))
10724 dyn_to_skip = MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE (dynobj);
10725 swap_out_p = FALSE;
10730 /* If we didn't need any text relocations after all, clear
10731 DF_TEXTREL from DT_FLAGS. */
10732 if (!(info->flags & DF_TEXTREL))
10733 dyn.d_un.d_val &= ~DF_TEXTREL;
10735 swap_out_p = FALSE;
10739 swap_out_p = FALSE;
10740 if (htab->is_vxworks
10741 && elf_vxworks_finish_dynamic_entry (output_bfd, &dyn))
10746 if (swap_out_p || dyn_skipped)
10747 (*get_elf_backend_data (dynobj)->s->swap_dyn_out)
10748 (dynobj, &dyn, b - dyn_skipped);
10752 dyn_skipped += dyn_to_skip;
10757 /* Wipe out any trailing entries if we shifted down a dynamic tag. */
10758 if (dyn_skipped > 0)
10759 memset (b - dyn_skipped, 0, dyn_skipped);
10762 if (sgot != NULL && sgot->size > 0
10763 && !bfd_is_abs_section (sgot->output_section))
10765 if (htab->is_vxworks)
10767 /* The first entry of the global offset table points to the
10768 ".dynamic" section. The second is initialized by the
10769 loader and contains the shared library identifier.
10770 The third is also initialized by the loader and points
10771 to the lazy resolution stub. */
10772 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd,
10773 sdyn->output_offset + sdyn->output_section->vma,
10775 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd, 0,
10776 sgot->contents + MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd));
10777 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd, 0,
10779 + 2 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd));
10783 /* The first entry of the global offset table will be filled at
10784 runtime. The second entry will be used by some runtime loaders.
10785 This isn't the case of IRIX rld. */
10786 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd, (bfd_vma) 0, sgot->contents);
10787 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd, MIPS_ELF_GNU_GOT1_MASK (output_bfd),
10788 sgot->contents + MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd));
10791 elf_section_data (sgot->output_section)->this_hdr.sh_entsize
10792 = MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd);
10795 /* Generate dynamic relocations for the non-primary gots. */
10796 if (gg != NULL && gg->next)
10798 Elf_Internal_Rela rel[3];
10799 bfd_vma addend = 0;
10801 memset (rel, 0, sizeof (rel));
10802 rel[0].r_info = ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd, 0, R_MIPS_REL32);
10804 for (g = gg->next; g->next != gg; g = g->next)
10806 bfd_vma got_index = g->next->local_gotno + g->next->global_gotno
10807 + g->next->tls_gotno;
10809 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd, 0, sgot->contents
10810 + got_index++ * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd));
10811 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd, MIPS_ELF_GNU_GOT1_MASK (output_bfd),
10813 + got_index++ * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd));
10815 if (! info->shared)
10818 while (got_index < g->assigned_gotno)
10820 rel[0].r_offset = rel[1].r_offset = rel[2].r_offset
10821 = got_index++ * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd);
10822 if (!(mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation
10823 (output_bfd, info, rel, NULL,
10824 bfd_abs_section_ptr,
10825 0, &addend, sgot)))
10827 BFD_ASSERT (addend == 0);
10832 /* The generation of dynamic relocations for the non-primary gots
10833 adds more dynamic relocations. We cannot count them until
10836 if (elf_hash_table (info)->dynamic_sections_created)
10839 bfd_boolean swap_out_p;
10841 BFD_ASSERT (sdyn != NULL);
10843 for (b = sdyn->contents;
10844 b < sdyn->contents + sdyn->size;
10845 b += MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE (dynobj))
10847 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn;
10850 /* Read in the current dynamic entry. */
10851 (*get_elf_backend_data (dynobj)->s->swap_dyn_in) (dynobj, b, &dyn);
10853 /* Assume that we're going to modify it and write it out. */
10859 /* Reduce DT_RELSZ to account for any relocations we
10860 decided not to make. This is for the n64 irix rld,
10861 which doesn't seem to apply any relocations if there
10862 are trailing null entries. */
10863 s = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, FALSE);
10864 dyn.d_un.d_val = (s->reloc_count
10865 * (ABI_64_P (output_bfd)
10866 ? sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel)
10867 : sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel)));
10868 /* Adjust the section size too. Tools like the prelinker
10869 can reasonably expect the values to the same. */
10870 elf_section_data (s->output_section)->this_hdr.sh_size
10875 swap_out_p = FALSE;
10880 (*get_elf_backend_data (dynobj)->s->swap_dyn_out)
10887 Elf32_compact_rel cpt;
10889 if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd))
10891 /* Write .compact_rel section out. */
10892 s = bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj, ".compact_rel");
10896 cpt.num = s->reloc_count;
10898 cpt.offset = (s->output_section->filepos
10899 + sizeof (Elf32_External_compact_rel));
10902 bfd_elf32_swap_compact_rel_out (output_bfd, &cpt,
10903 ((Elf32_External_compact_rel *)
10906 /* Clean up a dummy stub function entry in .text. */
10907 if (htab->sstubs != NULL)
10909 file_ptr dummy_offset;
10911 BFD_ASSERT (htab->sstubs->size >= htab->function_stub_size);
10912 dummy_offset = htab->sstubs->size - htab->function_stub_size;
10913 memset (htab->sstubs->contents + dummy_offset, 0,
10914 htab->function_stub_size);
10919 /* The psABI says that the dynamic relocations must be sorted in
10920 increasing order of r_symndx. The VxWorks EABI doesn't require
10921 this, and because the code below handles REL rather than RELA
10922 relocations, using it for VxWorks would be outright harmful. */
10923 if (!htab->is_vxworks)
10925 s = mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info, FALSE);
10927 && s->size > (bfd_vma)2 * MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (output_bfd))
10929 reldyn_sorting_bfd = output_bfd;
10931 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd))
10932 qsort ((Elf64_External_Rel *) s->contents + 1,
10933 s->reloc_count - 1, sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel),
10934 sort_dynamic_relocs_64);
10936 qsort ((Elf32_External_Rel *) s->contents + 1,
10937 s->reloc_count - 1, sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel),
10938 sort_dynamic_relocs);
10943 if (htab->splt && htab->splt->size > 0)
10945 if (htab->is_vxworks)
10948 mips_vxworks_finish_shared_plt (output_bfd, info);
10950 mips_vxworks_finish_exec_plt (output_bfd, info);
10954 BFD_ASSERT (!info->shared);
10955 mips_finish_exec_plt (output_bfd, info);
10962 /* Set ABFD's EF_MIPS_ARCH and EF_MIPS_MACH flags. */
10965 mips_set_isa_flags (bfd *abfd)
10969 switch (bfd_get_mach (abfd))
10972 case bfd_mach_mips3000:
10973 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_1;
10976 case bfd_mach_mips3900:
10977 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_1 | E_MIPS_MACH_3900;
10980 case bfd_mach_mips6000:
10981 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_2;
10984 case bfd_mach_mips4000:
10985 case bfd_mach_mips4300:
10986 case bfd_mach_mips4400:
10987 case bfd_mach_mips4600:
10988 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_3;
10991 case bfd_mach_mips4010:
10992 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_3 | E_MIPS_MACH_4010;
10995 case bfd_mach_mips4100:
10996 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_3 | E_MIPS_MACH_4100;
10999 case bfd_mach_mips4111:
11000 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_3 | E_MIPS_MACH_4111;
11003 case bfd_mach_mips4120:
11004 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_3 | E_MIPS_MACH_4120;
11007 case bfd_mach_mips4650:
11008 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_3 | E_MIPS_MACH_4650;
11011 case bfd_mach_mips5400:
11012 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_4 | E_MIPS_MACH_5400;
11015 case bfd_mach_mips5500:
11016 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_4 | E_MIPS_MACH_5500;
11019 case bfd_mach_mips5900:
11020 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_3 | E_MIPS_MACH_5900;
11023 case bfd_mach_mips9000:
11024 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_4 | E_MIPS_MACH_9000;
11027 case bfd_mach_mips5000:
11028 case bfd_mach_mips7000:
11029 case bfd_mach_mips8000:
11030 case bfd_mach_mips10000:
11031 case bfd_mach_mips12000:
11032 case bfd_mach_mips14000:
11033 case bfd_mach_mips16000:
11034 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_4;
11037 case bfd_mach_mips5:
11038 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_5;
11041 case bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2e:
11042 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_3 | E_MIPS_MACH_LS2E;
11045 case bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2f:
11046 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_3 | E_MIPS_MACH_LS2F;
11049 case bfd_mach_mips_sb1:
11050 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_64 | E_MIPS_MACH_SB1;
11053 case bfd_mach_mips_loongson_3a:
11054 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_64 | E_MIPS_MACH_LS3A;
11057 case bfd_mach_mips_octeon:
11058 case bfd_mach_mips_octeonp:
11059 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2 | E_MIPS_MACH_OCTEON;
11062 case bfd_mach_mips_xlr:
11063 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_64 | E_MIPS_MACH_XLR;
11066 case bfd_mach_mips_octeon2:
11067 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2 | E_MIPS_MACH_OCTEON2;
11070 case bfd_mach_mipsisa32:
11071 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_32;
11074 case bfd_mach_mipsisa64:
11075 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_64;
11078 case bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2:
11079 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2;
11082 case bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2:
11083 val = E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2;
11086 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags &= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH | EF_MIPS_MACH);
11087 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags |= val;
11092 /* The final processing done just before writing out a MIPS ELF object
11093 file. This gets the MIPS architecture right based on the machine
11094 number. This is used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. */
11097 _bfd_mips_elf_final_write_processing (bfd *abfd,
11098 bfd_boolean linker ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
11101 Elf_Internal_Shdr **hdrpp;
11105 /* Keep the existing EF_MIPS_MACH and EF_MIPS_ARCH flags if the former
11106 is nonzero. This is for compatibility with old objects, which used
11107 a combination of a 32-bit EF_MIPS_ARCH and a 64-bit EF_MIPS_MACH. */
11108 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_MACH) == 0)
11109 mips_set_isa_flags (abfd);
11111 /* Set the sh_info field for .gptab sections and other appropriate
11112 info for each special section. */
11113 for (i = 1, hdrpp = elf_elfsections (abfd) + 1;
11114 i < elf_numsections (abfd);
11117 switch ((*hdrpp)->sh_type)
11119 case SHT_MIPS_MSYM:
11120 case SHT_MIPS_LIBLIST:
11121 sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynstr");
11123 (*hdrpp)->sh_link = elf_section_data (sec)->this_idx;
11126 case SHT_MIPS_GPTAB:
11127 BFD_ASSERT ((*hdrpp)->bfd_section != NULL);
11128 name = bfd_get_section_name (abfd, (*hdrpp)->bfd_section);
11129 BFD_ASSERT (name != NULL
11130 && CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".gptab."));
11131 sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, name + sizeof ".gptab" - 1);
11132 BFD_ASSERT (sec != NULL);
11133 (*hdrpp)->sh_info = elf_section_data (sec)->this_idx;
11136 case SHT_MIPS_CONTENT:
11137 BFD_ASSERT ((*hdrpp)->bfd_section != NULL);
11138 name = bfd_get_section_name (abfd, (*hdrpp)->bfd_section);
11139 BFD_ASSERT (name != NULL
11140 && CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".MIPS.content"));
11141 sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd,
11142 name + sizeof ".MIPS.content" - 1);
11143 BFD_ASSERT (sec != NULL);
11144 (*hdrpp)->sh_link = elf_section_data (sec)->this_idx;
11147 case SHT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB:
11148 sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynsym");
11150 (*hdrpp)->sh_link = elf_section_data (sec)->this_idx;
11151 sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".liblist");
11153 (*hdrpp)->sh_info = elf_section_data (sec)->this_idx;
11156 case SHT_MIPS_EVENTS:
11157 BFD_ASSERT ((*hdrpp)->bfd_section != NULL);
11158 name = bfd_get_section_name (abfd, (*hdrpp)->bfd_section);
11159 BFD_ASSERT (name != NULL);
11160 if (CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".MIPS.events"))
11161 sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd,
11162 name + sizeof ".MIPS.events" - 1);
11165 BFD_ASSERT (CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".MIPS.post_rel"));
11166 sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd,
11168 + sizeof ".MIPS.post_rel" - 1));
11170 BFD_ASSERT (sec != NULL);
11171 (*hdrpp)->sh_link = elf_section_data (sec)->this_idx;
11178 /* When creating an IRIX5 executable, we need REGINFO and RTPROC
11182 _bfd_mips_elf_additional_program_headers (bfd *abfd,
11183 struct bfd_link_info *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
11188 /* See if we need a PT_MIPS_REGINFO segment. */
11189 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".reginfo");
11190 if (s && (s->flags & SEC_LOAD))
11193 /* See if we need a PT_MIPS_OPTIONS segment. */
11194 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_irix6
11195 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd,
11196 MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (abfd)))
11199 /* See if we need a PT_MIPS_RTPROC segment. */
11200 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_irix5
11201 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic")
11202 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".mdebug"))
11205 /* Allocate a PT_NULL header in dynamic objects. See
11206 _bfd_mips_elf_modify_segment_map for details. */
11207 if (!SGI_COMPAT (abfd)
11208 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic"))
11214 /* Modify the segment map for an IRIX5 executable. */
11217 _bfd_mips_elf_modify_segment_map (bfd *abfd,
11218 struct bfd_link_info *info)
11221 struct elf_segment_map *m, **pm;
11224 /* If there is a .reginfo section, we need a PT_MIPS_REGINFO
11226 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".reginfo");
11227 if (s != NULL && (s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
11229 for (m = elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map; m != NULL; m = m->next)
11230 if (m->p_type == PT_MIPS_REGINFO)
11235 m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
11239 m->p_type = PT_MIPS_REGINFO;
11241 m->sections[0] = s;
11243 /* We want to put it after the PHDR and INTERP segments. */
11244 pm = &elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map;
11246 && ((*pm)->p_type == PT_PHDR
11247 || (*pm)->p_type == PT_INTERP))
11255 /* For IRIX 6, we don't have .mdebug sections, nor does anything but
11256 .dynamic end up in PT_DYNAMIC. However, we do have to insert a
11257 PT_MIPS_OPTIONS segment immediately following the program header
11259 if (NEWABI_P (abfd)
11260 /* On non-IRIX6 new abi, we'll have already created a segment
11261 for this section, so don't create another. I'm not sure this
11262 is not also the case for IRIX 6, but I can't test it right
11264 && IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_irix6)
11266 for (s = abfd->sections; s; s = s->next)
11267 if (elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS)
11272 struct elf_segment_map *options_segment;
11274 pm = &elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map;
11276 && ((*pm)->p_type == PT_PHDR
11277 || (*pm)->p_type == PT_INTERP))
11280 if (*pm == NULL || (*pm)->p_type != PT_MIPS_OPTIONS)
11282 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
11283 options_segment = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
11284 options_segment->next = *pm;
11285 options_segment->p_type = PT_MIPS_OPTIONS;
11286 options_segment->p_flags = PF_R;
11287 options_segment->p_flags_valid = TRUE;
11288 options_segment->count = 1;
11289 options_segment->sections[0] = s;
11290 *pm = options_segment;
11296 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_irix5)
11298 /* If there are .dynamic and .mdebug sections, we make a room
11299 for the RTPROC header. FIXME: Rewrite without section names. */
11300 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".interp") == NULL
11301 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic") != NULL
11302 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".mdebug") != NULL)
11304 for (m = elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map; m != NULL; m = m->next)
11305 if (m->p_type == PT_MIPS_RTPROC)
11310 m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
11314 m->p_type = PT_MIPS_RTPROC;
11316 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".rtproc");
11321 m->p_flags_valid = 1;
11326 m->sections[0] = s;
11329 /* We want to put it after the DYNAMIC segment. */
11330 pm = &elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map;
11331 while (*pm != NULL && (*pm)->p_type != PT_DYNAMIC)
11341 /* On IRIX5, the PT_DYNAMIC segment includes the .dynamic,
11342 .dynstr, .dynsym, and .hash sections, and everything in
11344 for (pm = &elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map; *pm != NULL;
11346 if ((*pm)->p_type == PT_DYNAMIC)
11349 if (m != NULL && IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) == ict_none)
11351 /* For a normal mips executable the permissions for the PT_DYNAMIC
11352 segment are read, write and execute. We do that here since
11353 the code in elf.c sets only the read permission. This matters
11354 sometimes for the dynamic linker. */
11355 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic") != NULL)
11357 m->p_flags = PF_R | PF_W | PF_X;
11358 m->p_flags_valid = 1;
11361 /* GNU/Linux binaries do not need the extended PT_DYNAMIC section.
11362 glibc's dynamic linker has traditionally derived the number of
11363 tags from the p_filesz field, and sometimes allocates stack
11364 arrays of that size. An overly-big PT_DYNAMIC segment can
11365 be actively harmful in such cases. Making PT_DYNAMIC contain
11366 other sections can also make life hard for the prelinker,
11367 which might move one of the other sections to a different
11368 PT_LOAD segment. */
11369 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd)
11372 && strcmp (m->sections[0]->name, ".dynamic") == 0)
11374 static const char *sec_names[] =
11376 ".dynamic", ".dynstr", ".dynsym", ".hash"
11380 struct elf_segment_map *n;
11382 low = ~(bfd_vma) 0;
11384 for (i = 0; i < sizeof sec_names / sizeof sec_names[0]; i++)
11386 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, sec_names[i]);
11387 if (s != NULL && (s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
11394 if (high < s->vma + sz)
11395 high = s->vma + sz;
11400 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
11401 if ((s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0
11403 && s->vma + s->size <= high)
11406 amt = sizeof *n + (bfd_size_type) (c - 1) * sizeof (asection *);
11407 n = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
11414 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
11416 if ((s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0
11418 && s->vma + s->size <= high)
11420 n->sections[i] = s;
11429 /* Allocate a spare program header in dynamic objects so that tools
11430 like the prelinker can add an extra PT_LOAD entry.
11432 If the prelinker needs to make room for a new PT_LOAD entry, its
11433 standard procedure is to move the first (read-only) sections into
11434 the new (writable) segment. However, the MIPS ABI requires
11435 .dynamic to be in a read-only segment, and the section will often
11436 start within sizeof (ElfNN_Phdr) bytes of the last program header.
11438 Although the prelinker could in principle move .dynamic to a
11439 writable segment, it seems better to allocate a spare program
11440 header instead, and avoid the need to move any sections.
11441 There is a long tradition of allocating spare dynamic tags,
11442 so allocating a spare program header seems like a natural
11445 If INFO is NULL, we may be copying an already prelinked binary
11446 with objcopy or strip, so do not add this header. */
11448 && !SGI_COMPAT (abfd)
11449 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic"))
11451 for (pm = &elf_tdata (abfd)->segment_map; *pm != NULL; pm = &(*pm)->next)
11452 if ((*pm)->p_type == PT_NULL)
11456 m = bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof (*m));
11460 m->p_type = PT_NULL;
11468 /* Return the section that should be marked against GC for a given
11472 _bfd_mips_elf_gc_mark_hook (asection *sec,
11473 struct bfd_link_info *info,
11474 Elf_Internal_Rela *rel,
11475 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
11476 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym)
11478 /* ??? Do mips16 stub sections need to be handled special? */
11481 switch (ELF_R_TYPE (sec->owner, rel->r_info))
11483 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTINHERIT:
11484 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTENTRY:
11488 return _bfd_elf_gc_mark_hook (sec, info, rel, h, sym);
11491 /* Update the got entry reference counts for the section being removed. */
11494 _bfd_mips_elf_gc_sweep_hook (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
11495 struct bfd_link_info *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
11496 asection *sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
11497 const Elf_Internal_Rela *relocs ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
11500 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
11501 struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
11502 bfd_signed_vma *local_got_refcounts;
11503 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rel, *relend;
11504 unsigned long r_symndx;
11505 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
11507 if (info->relocatable)
11510 symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
11511 sym_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (abfd);
11512 local_got_refcounts = elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd);
11514 relend = relocs + sec->reloc_count;
11515 for (rel = relocs; rel < relend; rel++)
11516 switch (ELF_R_TYPE (abfd, rel->r_info))
11518 case R_MIPS16_GOT16:
11519 case R_MIPS16_CALL16:
11521 case R_MIPS_CALL16:
11522 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16:
11523 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16:
11524 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16:
11525 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16:
11526 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP:
11527 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE:
11528 case R_MIPS_GOT_OFST:
11529 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT16:
11530 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL16:
11531 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16:
11532 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16:
11533 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_HI16:
11534 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_LO16:
11535 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP:
11536 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_PAGE:
11537 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_OFST:
11538 /* ??? It would seem that the existing MIPS code does no sort
11539 of reference counting or whatnot on its GOT and PLT entries,
11540 so it is not possible to garbage collect them at this time. */
11551 /* Copy data from a MIPS ELF indirect symbol to its direct symbol,
11552 hiding the old indirect symbol. Process additional relocation
11553 information. Also called for weakdefs, in which case we just let
11554 _bfd_elf_link_hash_copy_indirect copy the flags for us. */
11557 _bfd_mips_elf_copy_indirect_symbol (struct bfd_link_info *info,
11558 struct elf_link_hash_entry *dir,
11559 struct elf_link_hash_entry *ind)
11561 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *dirmips, *indmips;
11563 _bfd_elf_link_hash_copy_indirect (info, dir, ind);
11565 dirmips = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) dir;
11566 indmips = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) ind;
11567 /* Any absolute non-dynamic relocations against an indirect or weak
11568 definition will be against the target symbol. */
11569 if (indmips->has_static_relocs)
11570 dirmips->has_static_relocs = TRUE;
11572 if (ind->root.type != bfd_link_hash_indirect)
11575 dirmips->possibly_dynamic_relocs += indmips->possibly_dynamic_relocs;
11576 if (indmips->readonly_reloc)
11577 dirmips->readonly_reloc = TRUE;
11578 if (indmips->no_fn_stub)
11579 dirmips->no_fn_stub = TRUE;
11580 if (indmips->fn_stub)
11582 dirmips->fn_stub = indmips->fn_stub;
11583 indmips->fn_stub = NULL;
11585 if (indmips->need_fn_stub)
11587 dirmips->need_fn_stub = TRUE;
11588 indmips->need_fn_stub = FALSE;
11590 if (indmips->call_stub)
11592 dirmips->call_stub = indmips->call_stub;
11593 indmips->call_stub = NULL;
11595 if (indmips->call_fp_stub)
11597 dirmips->call_fp_stub = indmips->call_fp_stub;
11598 indmips->call_fp_stub = NULL;
11600 if (indmips->global_got_area < dirmips->global_got_area)
11601 dirmips->global_got_area = indmips->global_got_area;
11602 if (indmips->global_got_area < GGA_NONE)
11603 indmips->global_got_area = GGA_NONE;
11604 if (indmips->has_nonpic_branches)
11605 dirmips->has_nonpic_branches = TRUE;
11607 if (dirmips->tls_type == 0)
11608 dirmips->tls_type = indmips->tls_type;
11611 #define PDR_SIZE 32
11614 _bfd_mips_elf_discard_info (bfd *abfd, struct elf_reloc_cookie *cookie,
11615 struct bfd_link_info *info)
11618 bfd_boolean ret = FALSE;
11619 unsigned char *tdata;
11622 o = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".pdr");
11627 if (o->size % PDR_SIZE != 0)
11629 if (o->output_section != NULL
11630 && bfd_is_abs_section (o->output_section))
11633 tdata = bfd_zmalloc (o->size / PDR_SIZE);
11637 cookie->rels = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd, o, NULL, NULL,
11638 info->keep_memory);
11645 cookie->rel = cookie->rels;
11646 cookie->relend = cookie->rels + o->reloc_count;
11648 for (i = 0, skip = 0; i < o->size / PDR_SIZE; i ++)
11650 if (bfd_elf_reloc_symbol_deleted_p (i * PDR_SIZE, cookie))
11659 mips_elf_section_data (o)->u.tdata = tdata;
11660 o->size -= skip * PDR_SIZE;
11666 if (! info->keep_memory)
11667 free (cookie->rels);
11673 _bfd_mips_elf_ignore_discarded_relocs (asection *sec)
11675 if (strcmp (sec->name, ".pdr") == 0)
11681 _bfd_mips_elf_write_section (bfd *output_bfd,
11682 struct bfd_link_info *link_info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
11683 asection *sec, bfd_byte *contents)
11685 bfd_byte *to, *from, *end;
11688 if (strcmp (sec->name, ".pdr") != 0)
11691 if (mips_elf_section_data (sec)->u.tdata == NULL)
11695 end = contents + sec->size;
11696 for (from = contents, i = 0;
11698 from += PDR_SIZE, i++)
11700 if ((mips_elf_section_data (sec)->u.tdata)[i] == 1)
11703 memcpy (to, from, PDR_SIZE);
11706 bfd_set_section_contents (output_bfd, sec->output_section, contents,
11707 sec->output_offset, sec->size);
11711 /* microMIPS code retains local labels for linker relaxation. Omit them
11712 from output by default for clarity. */
11715 _bfd_mips_elf_is_target_special_symbol (bfd *abfd, asymbol *sym)
11717 return _bfd_elf_is_local_label_name (abfd, sym->name);
11720 /* MIPS ELF uses a special find_nearest_line routine in order the
11721 handle the ECOFF debugging information. */
11723 struct mips_elf_find_line
11725 struct ecoff_debug_info d;
11726 struct ecoff_find_line i;
11730 _bfd_mips_elf_find_nearest_line (bfd *abfd, asection *section,
11731 asymbol **symbols, bfd_vma offset,
11732 const char **filename_ptr,
11733 const char **functionname_ptr,
11734 unsigned int *line_ptr)
11738 if (_bfd_dwarf1_find_nearest_line (abfd, section, symbols, offset,
11739 filename_ptr, functionname_ptr,
11743 if (_bfd_dwarf2_find_nearest_line (abfd, dwarf_debug_sections,
11744 section, symbols, offset,
11745 filename_ptr, functionname_ptr,
11746 line_ptr, NULL, ABI_64_P (abfd) ? 8 : 0,
11747 &elf_tdata (abfd)->dwarf2_find_line_info))
11750 msec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".mdebug");
11753 flagword origflags;
11754 struct mips_elf_find_line *fi;
11755 const struct ecoff_debug_swap * const swap =
11756 get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap;
11758 /* If we are called during a link, mips_elf_final_link may have
11759 cleared the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS field. We force it back on here
11760 if appropriate (which it normally will be). */
11761 origflags = msec->flags;
11762 if (elf_section_data (msec)->this_hdr.sh_type != SHT_NOBITS)
11763 msec->flags |= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
11765 fi = elf_tdata (abfd)->find_line_info;
11768 bfd_size_type external_fdr_size;
11771 struct fdr *fdr_ptr;
11772 bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (struct mips_elf_find_line);
11774 fi = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
11777 msec->flags = origflags;
11781 if (! _bfd_mips_elf_read_ecoff_info (abfd, msec, &fi->d))
11783 msec->flags = origflags;
11787 /* Swap in the FDR information. */
11788 amt = fi->d.symbolic_header.ifdMax * sizeof (struct fdr);
11789 fi->d.fdr = bfd_alloc (abfd, amt);
11790 if (fi->d.fdr == NULL)
11792 msec->flags = origflags;
11795 external_fdr_size = swap->external_fdr_size;
11796 fdr_ptr = fi->d.fdr;
11797 fraw_src = (char *) fi->d.external_fdr;
11798 fraw_end = (fraw_src
11799 + fi->d.symbolic_header.ifdMax * external_fdr_size);
11800 for (; fraw_src < fraw_end; fraw_src += external_fdr_size, fdr_ptr++)
11801 (*swap->swap_fdr_in) (abfd, fraw_src, fdr_ptr);
11803 elf_tdata (abfd)->find_line_info = fi;
11805 /* Note that we don't bother to ever free this information.
11806 find_nearest_line is either called all the time, as in
11807 objdump -l, so the information should be saved, or it is
11808 rarely called, as in ld error messages, so the memory
11809 wasted is unimportant. Still, it would probably be a
11810 good idea for free_cached_info to throw it away. */
11813 if (_bfd_ecoff_locate_line (abfd, section, offset, &fi->d, swap,
11814 &fi->i, filename_ptr, functionname_ptr,
11817 msec->flags = origflags;
11821 msec->flags = origflags;
11824 /* Fall back on the generic ELF find_nearest_line routine. */
11826 return _bfd_elf_find_nearest_line (abfd, section, symbols, offset,
11827 filename_ptr, functionname_ptr,
11832 _bfd_mips_elf_find_inliner_info (bfd *abfd,
11833 const char **filename_ptr,
11834 const char **functionname_ptr,
11835 unsigned int *line_ptr)
11838 found = _bfd_dwarf2_find_inliner_info (abfd, filename_ptr,
11839 functionname_ptr, line_ptr,
11840 & elf_tdata (abfd)->dwarf2_find_line_info);
11845 /* When are writing out the .options or .MIPS.options section,
11846 remember the bytes we are writing out, so that we can install the
11847 GP value in the section_processing routine. */
11850 _bfd_mips_elf_set_section_contents (bfd *abfd, sec_ptr section,
11851 const void *location,
11852 file_ptr offset, bfd_size_type count)
11854 if (MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME_P (section->name))
11858 if (elf_section_data (section) == NULL)
11860 bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (struct bfd_elf_section_data);
11861 section->used_by_bfd = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
11862 if (elf_section_data (section) == NULL)
11865 c = mips_elf_section_data (section)->u.tdata;
11868 c = bfd_zalloc (abfd, section->size);
11871 mips_elf_section_data (section)->u.tdata = c;
11874 memcpy (c + offset, location, count);
11877 return _bfd_elf_set_section_contents (abfd, section, location, offset,
11881 /* This is almost identical to bfd_generic_get_... except that some
11882 MIPS relocations need to be handled specially. Sigh. */
11885 _bfd_elf_mips_get_relocated_section_contents
11887 struct bfd_link_info *link_info,
11888 struct bfd_link_order *link_order,
11890 bfd_boolean relocatable,
11893 /* Get enough memory to hold the stuff */
11894 bfd *input_bfd = link_order->u.indirect.section->owner;
11895 asection *input_section = link_order->u.indirect.section;
11898 long reloc_size = bfd_get_reloc_upper_bound (input_bfd, input_section);
11899 arelent **reloc_vector = NULL;
11902 if (reloc_size < 0)
11905 reloc_vector = bfd_malloc (reloc_size);
11906 if (reloc_vector == NULL && reloc_size != 0)
11909 /* read in the section */
11910 sz = input_section->rawsize ? input_section->rawsize : input_section->size;
11911 if (!bfd_get_section_contents (input_bfd, input_section, data, 0, sz))
11914 reloc_count = bfd_canonicalize_reloc (input_bfd,
11918 if (reloc_count < 0)
11921 if (reloc_count > 0)
11926 bfd_vma gp = 0x12345678; /* initialize just to shut gcc up */
11929 struct bfd_hash_entry *h;
11930 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *lh;
11931 /* Skip all this stuff if we aren't mixing formats. */
11932 if (abfd && input_bfd
11933 && abfd->xvec == input_bfd->xvec)
11937 h = bfd_hash_lookup (&link_info->hash->table, "_gp", FALSE, FALSE);
11938 lh = (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *) h;
11945 case bfd_link_hash_undefined:
11946 case bfd_link_hash_undefweak:
11947 case bfd_link_hash_common:
11950 case bfd_link_hash_defined:
11951 case bfd_link_hash_defweak:
11953 gp = lh->u.def.value;
11955 case bfd_link_hash_indirect:
11956 case bfd_link_hash_warning:
11958 /* @@FIXME ignoring warning for now */
11960 case bfd_link_hash_new:
11969 for (parent = reloc_vector; *parent != NULL; parent++)
11971 char *error_message = NULL;
11972 bfd_reloc_status_type r;
11974 /* Specific to MIPS: Deal with relocation types that require
11975 knowing the gp of the output bfd. */
11976 asymbol *sym = *(*parent)->sym_ptr_ptr;
11978 /* If we've managed to find the gp and have a special
11979 function for the relocation then go ahead, else default
11980 to the generic handling. */
11982 && (*parent)->howto->special_function
11983 == _bfd_mips_elf32_gprel16_reloc)
11984 r = _bfd_mips_elf_gprel16_with_gp (input_bfd, sym, *parent,
11985 input_section, relocatable,
11988 r = bfd_perform_relocation (input_bfd, *parent, data,
11990 relocatable ? abfd : NULL,
11995 asection *os = input_section->output_section;
11997 /* A partial link, so keep the relocs */
11998 os->orelocation[os->reloc_count] = *parent;
12002 if (r != bfd_reloc_ok)
12006 case bfd_reloc_undefined:
12007 if (!((*link_info->callbacks->undefined_symbol)
12008 (link_info, bfd_asymbol_name (*(*parent)->sym_ptr_ptr),
12009 input_bfd, input_section, (*parent)->address, TRUE)))
12012 case bfd_reloc_dangerous:
12013 BFD_ASSERT (error_message != NULL);
12014 if (!((*link_info->callbacks->reloc_dangerous)
12015 (link_info, error_message, input_bfd, input_section,
12016 (*parent)->address)))
12019 case bfd_reloc_overflow:
12020 if (!((*link_info->callbacks->reloc_overflow)
12022 bfd_asymbol_name (*(*parent)->sym_ptr_ptr),
12023 (*parent)->howto->name, (*parent)->addend,
12024 input_bfd, input_section, (*parent)->address)))
12027 case bfd_reloc_outofrange:
12036 if (reloc_vector != NULL)
12037 free (reloc_vector);
12041 if (reloc_vector != NULL)
12042 free (reloc_vector);
12047 mips_elf_relax_delete_bytes (bfd *abfd,
12048 asection *sec, bfd_vma addr, int count)
12050 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
12051 unsigned int sec_shndx;
12052 bfd_byte *contents;
12053 Elf_Internal_Rela *irel, *irelend;
12054 Elf_Internal_Sym *isym;
12055 Elf_Internal_Sym *isymend;
12056 struct elf_link_hash_entry **sym_hashes;
12057 struct elf_link_hash_entry **end_hashes;
12058 struct elf_link_hash_entry **start_hashes;
12059 unsigned int symcount;
12061 sec_shndx = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd, sec);
12062 contents = elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents;
12064 irel = elf_section_data (sec)->relocs;
12065 irelend = irel + sec->reloc_count;
12067 /* Actually delete the bytes. */
12068 memmove (contents + addr, contents + addr + count,
12069 (size_t) (sec->size - addr - count));
12070 sec->size -= count;
12072 /* Adjust all the relocs. */
12073 for (irel = elf_section_data (sec)->relocs; irel < irelend; irel++)
12075 /* Get the new reloc address. */
12076 if (irel->r_offset > addr)
12077 irel->r_offset -= count;
12080 BFD_ASSERT (addr % 2 == 0);
12081 BFD_ASSERT (count % 2 == 0);
12083 /* Adjust the local symbols defined in this section. */
12084 symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
12085 isym = (Elf_Internal_Sym *) symtab_hdr->contents;
12086 for (isymend = isym + symtab_hdr->sh_info; isym < isymend; isym++)
12087 if (isym->st_shndx == sec_shndx && isym->st_value > addr)
12088 isym->st_value -= count;
12090 /* Now adjust the global symbols defined in this section. */
12091 symcount = (symtab_hdr->sh_size / sizeof (Elf32_External_Sym)
12092 - symtab_hdr->sh_info);
12093 sym_hashes = start_hashes = elf_sym_hashes (abfd);
12094 end_hashes = sym_hashes + symcount;
12096 for (; sym_hashes < end_hashes; sym_hashes++)
12098 struct elf_link_hash_entry *sym_hash = *sym_hashes;
12100 if ((sym_hash->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defined
12101 || sym_hash->root.type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
12102 && sym_hash->root.u.def.section == sec)
12104 bfd_vma value = sym_hash->root.u.def.value;
12106 if (ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (sym_hash->other))
12107 value &= MINUS_TWO;
12109 sym_hash->root.u.def.value -= count;
12117 /* Opcodes needed for microMIPS relaxation as found in
12118 opcodes/micromips-opc.c. */
12120 struct opcode_descriptor {
12121 unsigned long match;
12122 unsigned long mask;
12125 /* The $ra register aka $31. */
12129 /* 32-bit instruction format register fields. */
12131 #define OP32_SREG(opcode) (((opcode) >> 16) & 0x1f)
12132 #define OP32_TREG(opcode) (((opcode) >> 21) & 0x1f)
12134 /* Check if a 5-bit register index can be abbreviated to 3 bits. */
12136 #define OP16_VALID_REG(r) \
12137 ((2 <= (r) && (r) <= 7) || (16 <= (r) && (r) <= 17))
12140 /* 32-bit and 16-bit branches. */
12142 static const struct opcode_descriptor b_insns_32[] = {
12143 { /* "b", "p", */ 0x40400000, 0xffff0000 }, /* bgez 0 */
12144 { /* "b", "p", */ 0x94000000, 0xffff0000 }, /* beq 0, 0 */
12145 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
12148 static const struct opcode_descriptor bc_insn_32 =
12149 { /* "bc(1|2)(ft)", "N,p", */ 0x42800000, 0xfec30000 };
12151 static const struct opcode_descriptor bz_insn_32 =
12152 { /* "b(g|l)(e|t)z", "s,p", */ 0x40000000, 0xff200000 };
12154 static const struct opcode_descriptor bzal_insn_32 =
12155 { /* "b(ge|lt)zal", "s,p", */ 0x40200000, 0xffa00000 };
12157 static const struct opcode_descriptor beq_insn_32 =
12158 { /* "b(eq|ne)", "s,t,p", */ 0x94000000, 0xdc000000 };
12160 static const struct opcode_descriptor b_insn_16 =
12161 { /* "b", "mD", */ 0xcc00, 0xfc00 };
12163 static const struct opcode_descriptor bz_insn_16 =
12164 { /* "b(eq|ne)z", "md,mE", */ 0x8c00, 0xdc00 };
12167 /* 32-bit and 16-bit branch EQ and NE zero. */
12169 /* NOTE: All opcode tables have BEQ/BNE in the same order: first the
12170 eq and second the ne. This convention is used when replacing a
12171 32-bit BEQ/BNE with the 16-bit version. */
12173 #define BZC32_REG_FIELD(r) (((r) & 0x1f) << 16)
12175 static const struct opcode_descriptor bz_rs_insns_32[] = {
12176 { /* "beqz", "s,p", */ 0x94000000, 0xffe00000 },
12177 { /* "bnez", "s,p", */ 0xb4000000, 0xffe00000 },
12178 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
12181 static const struct opcode_descriptor bz_rt_insns_32[] = {
12182 { /* "beqz", "t,p", */ 0x94000000, 0xfc01f000 },
12183 { /* "bnez", "t,p", */ 0xb4000000, 0xfc01f000 },
12184 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
12187 static const struct opcode_descriptor bzc_insns_32[] = {
12188 { /* "beqzc", "s,p", */ 0x40e00000, 0xffe00000 },
12189 { /* "bnezc", "s,p", */ 0x40a00000, 0xffe00000 },
12190 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
12193 static const struct opcode_descriptor bz_insns_16[] = {
12194 { /* "beqz", "md,mE", */ 0x8c00, 0xfc00 },
12195 { /* "bnez", "md,mE", */ 0xac00, 0xfc00 },
12196 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
12199 /* Switch between a 5-bit register index and its 3-bit shorthand. */
12201 #define BZ16_REG(opcode) ((((((opcode) >> 7) & 7) + 0x1e) & 0x17) + 2)
12202 #define BZ16_REG_FIELD(r) \
12203 (((2 <= (r) && (r) <= 7) ? (r) : ((r) - 16)) << 7)
12206 /* 32-bit instructions with a delay slot. */
12208 static const struct opcode_descriptor jal_insn_32_bd16 =
12209 { /* "jals", "a", */ 0x74000000, 0xfc000000 };
12211 static const struct opcode_descriptor jal_insn_32_bd32 =
12212 { /* "jal", "a", */ 0xf4000000, 0xfc000000 };
12214 static const struct opcode_descriptor jal_x_insn_32_bd32 =
12215 { /* "jal[x]", "a", */ 0xf0000000, 0xf8000000 };
12217 static const struct opcode_descriptor j_insn_32 =
12218 { /* "j", "a", */ 0xd4000000, 0xfc000000 };
12220 static const struct opcode_descriptor jalr_insn_32 =
12221 { /* "jalr[.hb]", "t,s", */ 0x00000f3c, 0xfc00efff };
12223 /* This table can be compacted, because no opcode replacement is made. */
12225 static const struct opcode_descriptor ds_insns_32_bd16[] = {
12226 { /* "jals", "a", */ 0x74000000, 0xfc000000 },
12228 { /* "jalrs[.hb]", "t,s", */ 0x00004f3c, 0xfc00efff },
12229 { /* "b(ge|lt)zals", "s,p", */ 0x42200000, 0xffa00000 },
12231 { /* "b(g|l)(e|t)z", "s,p", */ 0x40000000, 0xff200000 },
12232 { /* "b(eq|ne)", "s,t,p", */ 0x94000000, 0xdc000000 },
12233 { /* "j", "a", */ 0xd4000000, 0xfc000000 },
12234 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
12237 /* This table can be compacted, because no opcode replacement is made. */
12239 static const struct opcode_descriptor ds_insns_32_bd32[] = {
12240 { /* "jal[x]", "a", */ 0xf0000000, 0xf8000000 },
12242 { /* "jalr[.hb]", "t,s", */ 0x00000f3c, 0xfc00efff },
12243 { /* "b(ge|lt)zal", "s,p", */ 0x40200000, 0xffa00000 },
12244 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
12248 /* 16-bit instructions with a delay slot. */
12250 static const struct opcode_descriptor jalr_insn_16_bd16 =
12251 { /* "jalrs", "my,mj", */ 0x45e0, 0xffe0 };
12253 static const struct opcode_descriptor jalr_insn_16_bd32 =
12254 { /* "jalr", "my,mj", */ 0x45c0, 0xffe0 };
12256 static const struct opcode_descriptor jr_insn_16 =
12257 { /* "jr", "mj", */ 0x4580, 0xffe0 };
12259 #define JR16_REG(opcode) ((opcode) & 0x1f)
12261 /* This table can be compacted, because no opcode replacement is made. */
12263 static const struct opcode_descriptor ds_insns_16_bd16[] = {
12264 { /* "jalrs", "my,mj", */ 0x45e0, 0xffe0 },
12266 { /* "b", "mD", */ 0xcc00, 0xfc00 },
12267 { /* "b(eq|ne)z", "md,mE", */ 0x8c00, 0xdc00 },
12268 { /* "jr", "mj", */ 0x4580, 0xffe0 },
12269 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
12273 /* LUI instruction. */
12275 static const struct opcode_descriptor lui_insn =
12276 { /* "lui", "s,u", */ 0x41a00000, 0xffe00000 };
12279 /* ADDIU instruction. */
12281 static const struct opcode_descriptor addiu_insn =
12282 { /* "addiu", "t,r,j", */ 0x30000000, 0xfc000000 };
12284 static const struct opcode_descriptor addiupc_insn =
12285 { /* "addiu", "mb,$pc,mQ", */ 0x78000000, 0xfc000000 };
12287 #define ADDIUPC_REG_FIELD(r) \
12288 (((2 <= (r) && (r) <= 7) ? (r) : ((r) - 16)) << 23)
12291 /* Relaxable instructions in a JAL delay slot: MOVE. */
12293 /* The 16-bit move has rd in 9:5 and rs in 4:0. The 32-bit moves
12294 (ADDU, OR) have rd in 15:11 and rs in 10:16. */
12295 #define MOVE32_RD(opcode) (((opcode) >> 11) & 0x1f)
12296 #define MOVE32_RS(opcode) (((opcode) >> 16) & 0x1f)
12298 #define MOVE16_RD_FIELD(r) (((r) & 0x1f) << 5)
12299 #define MOVE16_RS_FIELD(r) (((r) & 0x1f) )
12301 static const struct opcode_descriptor move_insns_32[] = {
12302 { /* "move", "d,s", */ 0x00000150, 0xffe007ff }, /* addu d,s,$0 */
12303 { /* "move", "d,s", */ 0x00000290, 0xffe007ff }, /* or d,s,$0 */
12304 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
12307 static const struct opcode_descriptor move_insn_16 =
12308 { /* "move", "mp,mj", */ 0x0c00, 0xfc00 };
12311 /* NOP instructions. */
12313 static const struct opcode_descriptor nop_insn_32 =
12314 { /* "nop", "", */ 0x00000000, 0xffffffff };
12316 static const struct opcode_descriptor nop_insn_16 =
12317 { /* "nop", "", */ 0x0c00, 0xffff };
12320 /* Instruction match support. */
12322 #define MATCH(opcode, insn) ((opcode & insn.mask) == insn.match)
12325 find_match (unsigned long opcode, const struct opcode_descriptor insn[])
12327 unsigned long indx;
12329 for (indx = 0; insn[indx].mask != 0; indx++)
12330 if (MATCH (opcode, insn[indx]))
12337 /* Branch and delay slot decoding support. */
12339 /* If PTR points to what *might* be a 16-bit branch or jump, then
12340 return the minimum length of its delay slot, otherwise return 0.
12341 Non-zero results are not definitive as we might be checking against
12342 the second half of another instruction. */
12345 check_br16_dslot (bfd *abfd, bfd_byte *ptr)
12347 unsigned long opcode;
12350 opcode = bfd_get_16 (abfd, ptr);
12351 if (MATCH (opcode, jalr_insn_16_bd32) != 0)
12352 /* 16-bit branch/jump with a 32-bit delay slot. */
12354 else if (MATCH (opcode, jalr_insn_16_bd16) != 0
12355 || find_match (opcode, ds_insns_16_bd16) >= 0)
12356 /* 16-bit branch/jump with a 16-bit delay slot. */
12359 /* No delay slot. */
12365 /* If PTR points to what *might* be a 32-bit branch or jump, then
12366 return the minimum length of its delay slot, otherwise return 0.
12367 Non-zero results are not definitive as we might be checking against
12368 the second half of another instruction. */
12371 check_br32_dslot (bfd *abfd, bfd_byte *ptr)
12373 unsigned long opcode;
12376 opcode = bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd, ptr);
12377 if (find_match (opcode, ds_insns_32_bd32) >= 0)
12378 /* 32-bit branch/jump with a 32-bit delay slot. */
12380 else if (find_match (opcode, ds_insns_32_bd16) >= 0)
12381 /* 32-bit branch/jump with a 16-bit delay slot. */
12384 /* No delay slot. */
12390 /* If PTR points to a 16-bit branch or jump with a 32-bit delay slot
12391 that doesn't fiddle with REG, then return TRUE, otherwise FALSE. */
12394 check_br16 (bfd *abfd, bfd_byte *ptr, unsigned long reg)
12396 unsigned long opcode;
12398 opcode = bfd_get_16 (abfd, ptr);
12399 if (MATCH (opcode, b_insn_16)
12401 || (MATCH (opcode, jr_insn_16) && reg != JR16_REG (opcode))
12403 || (MATCH (opcode, bz_insn_16) && reg != BZ16_REG (opcode))
12404 /* BEQZ16, BNEZ16 */
12405 || (MATCH (opcode, jalr_insn_16_bd32)
12407 && reg != JR16_REG (opcode) && reg != RA))
12413 /* If PTR points to a 32-bit branch or jump that doesn't fiddle with REG,
12414 then return TRUE, otherwise FALSE. */
12417 check_br32 (bfd *abfd, bfd_byte *ptr, unsigned long reg)
12419 unsigned long opcode;
12421 opcode = bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd, ptr);
12422 if (MATCH (opcode, j_insn_32)
12424 || MATCH (opcode, bc_insn_32)
12425 /* BC1F, BC1T, BC2F, BC2T */
12426 || (MATCH (opcode, jal_x_insn_32_bd32) && reg != RA)
12428 || (MATCH (opcode, bz_insn_32) && reg != OP32_SREG (opcode))
12429 /* BGEZ, BGTZ, BLEZ, BLTZ */
12430 || (MATCH (opcode, bzal_insn_32)
12431 /* BGEZAL, BLTZAL */
12432 && reg != OP32_SREG (opcode) && reg != RA)
12433 || ((MATCH (opcode, jalr_insn_32) || MATCH (opcode, beq_insn_32))
12434 /* JALR, JALR.HB, BEQ, BNE */
12435 && reg != OP32_SREG (opcode) && reg != OP32_TREG (opcode)))
12441 /* If the instruction encoding at PTR and relocations [INTERNAL_RELOCS,
12442 IRELEND) at OFFSET indicate that there must be a compact branch there,
12443 then return TRUE, otherwise FALSE. */
12446 check_relocated_bzc (bfd *abfd, const bfd_byte *ptr, bfd_vma offset,
12447 const Elf_Internal_Rela *internal_relocs,
12448 const Elf_Internal_Rela *irelend)
12450 const Elf_Internal_Rela *irel;
12451 unsigned long opcode;
12453 opcode = bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd, ptr);
12454 if (find_match (opcode, bzc_insns_32) < 0)
12457 for (irel = internal_relocs; irel < irelend; irel++)
12458 if (irel->r_offset == offset
12459 && ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info) == R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1)
12465 /* Bitsize checking. */
12466 #define IS_BITSIZE(val, N) \
12467 (((((val) & ((1ULL << (N)) - 1)) ^ (1ULL << ((N) - 1))) \
12468 - (1ULL << ((N) - 1))) == (val))
12472 _bfd_mips_elf_relax_section (bfd *abfd, asection *sec,
12473 struct bfd_link_info *link_info,
12474 bfd_boolean *again)
12476 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
12477 Elf_Internal_Rela *internal_relocs;
12478 Elf_Internal_Rela *irel, *irelend;
12479 bfd_byte *contents = NULL;
12480 Elf_Internal_Sym *isymbuf = NULL;
12482 /* Assume nothing changes. */
12485 /* We don't have to do anything for a relocatable link, if
12486 this section does not have relocs, or if this is not a
12489 if (link_info->relocatable
12490 || (sec->flags & SEC_RELOC) == 0
12491 || sec->reloc_count == 0
12492 || (sec->flags & SEC_CODE) == 0)
12495 symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
12497 /* Get a copy of the native relocations. */
12498 internal_relocs = (_bfd_elf_link_read_relocs
12499 (abfd, sec, NULL, (Elf_Internal_Rela *) NULL,
12500 link_info->keep_memory));
12501 if (internal_relocs == NULL)
12504 /* Walk through them looking for relaxing opportunities. */
12505 irelend = internal_relocs + sec->reloc_count;
12506 for (irel = internal_relocs; irel < irelend; irel++)
12508 unsigned long r_symndx = ELF32_R_SYM (irel->r_info);
12509 unsigned int r_type = ELF32_R_TYPE (irel->r_info);
12510 bfd_boolean target_is_micromips_code_p;
12511 unsigned long opcode;
12517 /* The number of bytes to delete for relaxation and from where
12518 to delete these bytes starting at irel->r_offset. */
12522 /* If this isn't something that can be relaxed, then ignore
12524 if (r_type != R_MICROMIPS_HI16
12525 && r_type != R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
12526 && r_type != R_MICROMIPS_26_S1)
12529 /* Get the section contents if we haven't done so already. */
12530 if (contents == NULL)
12532 /* Get cached copy if it exists. */
12533 if (elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents != NULL)
12534 contents = elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents;
12535 /* Go get them off disk. */
12536 else if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, sec, &contents))
12539 ptr = contents + irel->r_offset;
12541 /* Read this BFD's local symbols if we haven't done so already. */
12542 if (isymbuf == NULL && symtab_hdr->sh_info != 0)
12544 isymbuf = (Elf_Internal_Sym *) symtab_hdr->contents;
12545 if (isymbuf == NULL)
12546 isymbuf = bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd, symtab_hdr,
12547 symtab_hdr->sh_info, 0,
12549 if (isymbuf == NULL)
12553 /* Get the value of the symbol referred to by the reloc. */
12554 if (r_symndx < symtab_hdr->sh_info)
12556 /* A local symbol. */
12557 Elf_Internal_Sym *isym;
12560 isym = isymbuf + r_symndx;
12561 if (isym->st_shndx == SHN_UNDEF)
12562 sym_sec = bfd_und_section_ptr;
12563 else if (isym->st_shndx == SHN_ABS)
12564 sym_sec = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
12565 else if (isym->st_shndx == SHN_COMMON)
12566 sym_sec = bfd_com_section_ptr;
12568 sym_sec = bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd, isym->st_shndx);
12569 symval = (isym->st_value
12570 + sym_sec->output_section->vma
12571 + sym_sec->output_offset);
12572 target_is_micromips_code_p = ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (isym->st_other);
12576 unsigned long indx;
12577 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
12579 /* An external symbol. */
12580 indx = r_symndx - symtab_hdr->sh_info;
12581 h = elf_sym_hashes (abfd)[indx];
12582 BFD_ASSERT (h != NULL);
12584 if (h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_defined
12585 && h->root.type != bfd_link_hash_defweak)
12586 /* This appears to be a reference to an undefined
12587 symbol. Just ignore it -- it will be caught by the
12588 regular reloc processing. */
12591 symval = (h->root.u.def.value
12592 + h->root.u.def.section->output_section->vma
12593 + h->root.u.def.section->output_offset);
12594 target_is_micromips_code_p = (!h->needs_plt
12595 && ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (h->other));
12599 /* For simplicity of coding, we are going to modify the
12600 section contents, the section relocs, and the BFD symbol
12601 table. We must tell the rest of the code not to free up this
12602 information. It would be possible to instead create a table
12603 of changes which have to be made, as is done in coff-mips.c;
12604 that would be more work, but would require less memory when
12605 the linker is run. */
12607 /* Only 32-bit instructions relaxed. */
12608 if (irel->r_offset + 4 > sec->size)
12611 opcode = bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd, ptr);
12613 /* This is the pc-relative distance from the instruction the
12614 relocation is applied to, to the symbol referred. */
12616 - (sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset)
12619 /* R_MICROMIPS_HI16 / LUI relaxation to nil, performing relaxation
12620 of corresponding R_MICROMIPS_LO16 to R_MICROMIPS_HI0_LO16 or
12621 R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2. The R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2 condition is
12623 (symval % 4 == 0 && IS_BITSIZE (pcrval, 25))
12625 where pcrval has first to be adjusted to apply against the LO16
12626 location (we make the adjustment later on, when we have figured
12627 out the offset). */
12628 if (r_type == R_MICROMIPS_HI16 && MATCH (opcode, lui_insn))
12630 bfd_boolean bzc = FALSE;
12631 unsigned long nextopc;
12635 /* Give up if the previous reloc was a HI16 against this symbol
12637 if (irel > internal_relocs
12638 && ELF32_R_TYPE (irel[-1].r_info) == R_MICROMIPS_HI16
12639 && ELF32_R_SYM (irel[-1].r_info) == r_symndx)
12642 /* Or if the next reloc is not a LO16 against this symbol. */
12643 if (irel + 1 >= irelend
12644 || ELF32_R_TYPE (irel[1].r_info) != R_MICROMIPS_LO16
12645 || ELF32_R_SYM (irel[1].r_info) != r_symndx)
12648 /* Or if the second next reloc is a LO16 against this symbol too. */
12649 if (irel + 2 >= irelend
12650 && ELF32_R_TYPE (irel[2].r_info) == R_MICROMIPS_LO16
12651 && ELF32_R_SYM (irel[2].r_info) == r_symndx)
12654 /* See if the LUI instruction *might* be in a branch delay slot.
12655 We check whether what looks like a 16-bit branch or jump is
12656 actually an immediate argument to a compact branch, and let
12657 it through if so. */
12658 if (irel->r_offset >= 2
12659 && check_br16_dslot (abfd, ptr - 2)
12660 && !(irel->r_offset >= 4
12661 && (bzc = check_relocated_bzc (abfd,
12662 ptr - 4, irel->r_offset - 4,
12663 internal_relocs, irelend))))
12665 if (irel->r_offset >= 4
12667 && check_br32_dslot (abfd, ptr - 4))
12670 reg = OP32_SREG (opcode);
12672 /* We only relax adjacent instructions or ones separated with
12673 a branch or jump that has a delay slot. The branch or jump
12674 must not fiddle with the register used to hold the address.
12675 Subtract 4 for the LUI itself. */
12676 offset = irel[1].r_offset - irel[0].r_offset;
12677 switch (offset - 4)
12682 if (check_br16 (abfd, ptr + 4, reg))
12686 if (check_br32 (abfd, ptr + 4, reg))
12693 nextopc = bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd, contents + irel[1].r_offset);
12695 /* Give up unless the same register is used with both
12697 if (OP32_SREG (nextopc) != reg)
12700 /* Now adjust pcrval, subtracting the offset to the LO16 reloc
12701 and rounding up to take masking of the two LSBs into account. */
12702 pcrval = ((pcrval - offset + 3) | 3) ^ 3;
12704 /* R_MICROMIPS_LO16 relaxation to R_MICROMIPS_HI0_LO16. */
12705 if (IS_BITSIZE (symval, 16))
12707 /* Fix the relocation's type. */
12708 irel[1].r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, R_MICROMIPS_HI0_LO16);
12710 /* Instructions using R_MICROMIPS_LO16 have the base or
12711 source register in bits 20:16. This register becomes $0
12712 (zero) as the result of the R_MICROMIPS_HI16 being 0. */
12713 nextopc &= ~0x001f0000;
12714 bfd_put_16 (abfd, (nextopc >> 16) & 0xffff,
12715 contents + irel[1].r_offset);
12718 /* R_MICROMIPS_LO16 / ADDIU relaxation to R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2.
12719 We add 4 to take LUI deletion into account while checking
12720 the PC-relative distance. */
12721 else if (symval % 4 == 0
12722 && IS_BITSIZE (pcrval + 4, 25)
12723 && MATCH (nextopc, addiu_insn)
12724 && OP32_TREG (nextopc) == OP32_SREG (nextopc)
12725 && OP16_VALID_REG (OP32_TREG (nextopc)))
12727 /* Fix the relocation's type. */
12728 irel[1].r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2);
12730 /* Replace ADDIU with the ADDIUPC version. */
12731 nextopc = (addiupc_insn.match
12732 | ADDIUPC_REG_FIELD (OP32_TREG (nextopc)));
12734 bfd_put_micromips_32 (abfd, nextopc,
12735 contents + irel[1].r_offset);
12738 /* Can't do anything, give up, sigh... */
12742 /* Fix the relocation's type. */
12743 irel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, R_MIPS_NONE);
12745 /* Delete the LUI instruction: 4 bytes at irel->r_offset. */
12750 /* Compact branch relaxation -- due to the multitude of macros
12751 employed by the compiler/assembler, compact branches are not
12752 always generated. Obviously, this can/will be fixed elsewhere,
12753 but there is no drawback in double checking it here. */
12754 else if (r_type == R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
12755 && irel->r_offset + 5 < sec->size
12756 && ((fndopc = find_match (opcode, bz_rs_insns_32)) >= 0
12757 || (fndopc = find_match (opcode, bz_rt_insns_32)) >= 0)
12758 && MATCH (bfd_get_16 (abfd, ptr + 4), nop_insn_16))
12762 reg = OP32_SREG (opcode) ? OP32_SREG (opcode) : OP32_TREG (opcode);
12764 /* Replace BEQZ/BNEZ with the compact version. */
12765 opcode = (bzc_insns_32[fndopc].match
12766 | BZC32_REG_FIELD (reg)
12767 | (opcode & 0xffff)); /* Addend value. */
12769 bfd_put_micromips_32 (abfd, opcode, ptr);
12771 /* Delete the 16-bit delay slot NOP: two bytes from
12772 irel->offset + 4. */
12777 /* R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1 relaxation to R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1. We need
12778 to check the distance from the next instruction, so subtract 2. */
12779 else if (r_type == R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
12780 && IS_BITSIZE (pcrval - 2, 11)
12781 && find_match (opcode, b_insns_32) >= 0)
12783 /* Fix the relocation's type. */
12784 irel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1);
12786 /* Replace the 32-bit opcode with a 16-bit opcode. */
12789 | (opcode & 0x3ff)), /* Addend value. */
12792 /* Delete 2 bytes from irel->r_offset + 2. */
12797 /* R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1 relaxation to R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1. We need
12798 to check the distance from the next instruction, so subtract 2. */
12799 else if (r_type == R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
12800 && IS_BITSIZE (pcrval - 2, 8)
12801 && (((fndopc = find_match (opcode, bz_rs_insns_32)) >= 0
12802 && OP16_VALID_REG (OP32_SREG (opcode)))
12803 || ((fndopc = find_match (opcode, bz_rt_insns_32)) >= 0
12804 && OP16_VALID_REG (OP32_TREG (opcode)))))
12808 reg = OP32_SREG (opcode) ? OP32_SREG (opcode) : OP32_TREG (opcode);
12810 /* Fix the relocation's type. */
12811 irel->r_info = ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx, R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1);
12813 /* Replace the 32-bit opcode with a 16-bit opcode. */
12815 (bz_insns_16[fndopc].match
12816 | BZ16_REG_FIELD (reg)
12817 | (opcode & 0x7f)), /* Addend value. */
12820 /* Delete 2 bytes from irel->r_offset + 2. */
12825 /* R_MICROMIPS_26_S1 -- JAL to JALS relaxation for microMIPS targets. */
12826 else if (r_type == R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
12827 && target_is_micromips_code_p
12828 && irel->r_offset + 7 < sec->size
12829 && MATCH (opcode, jal_insn_32_bd32))
12831 unsigned long n32opc;
12832 bfd_boolean relaxed = FALSE;
12834 n32opc = bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd, ptr + 4);
12836 if (MATCH (n32opc, nop_insn_32))
12838 /* Replace delay slot 32-bit NOP with a 16-bit NOP. */
12839 bfd_put_16 (abfd, nop_insn_16.match, ptr + 4);
12843 else if (find_match (n32opc, move_insns_32) >= 0)
12845 /* Replace delay slot 32-bit MOVE with 16-bit MOVE. */
12847 (move_insn_16.match
12848 | MOVE16_RD_FIELD (MOVE32_RD (n32opc))
12849 | MOVE16_RS_FIELD (MOVE32_RS (n32opc))),
12854 /* Other 32-bit instructions relaxable to 16-bit
12855 instructions will be handled here later. */
12859 /* JAL with 32-bit delay slot that is changed to a JALS
12860 with 16-bit delay slot. */
12861 bfd_put_micromips_32 (abfd, jal_insn_32_bd16.match, ptr);
12863 /* Delete 2 bytes from irel->r_offset + 6. */
12871 /* Note that we've changed the relocs, section contents, etc. */
12872 elf_section_data (sec)->relocs = internal_relocs;
12873 elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents = contents;
12874 symtab_hdr->contents = (unsigned char *) isymbuf;
12876 /* Delete bytes depending on the delcnt and deloff. */
12877 if (!mips_elf_relax_delete_bytes (abfd, sec,
12878 irel->r_offset + deloff, delcnt))
12881 /* That will change things, so we should relax again.
12882 Note that this is not required, and it may be slow. */
12887 if (isymbuf != NULL
12888 && symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) isymbuf)
12890 if (! link_info->keep_memory)
12894 /* Cache the symbols for elf_link_input_bfd. */
12895 symtab_hdr->contents = (unsigned char *) isymbuf;
12899 if (contents != NULL
12900 && elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents != contents)
12902 if (! link_info->keep_memory)
12906 /* Cache the section contents for elf_link_input_bfd. */
12907 elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents = contents;
12911 if (internal_relocs != NULL
12912 && elf_section_data (sec)->relocs != internal_relocs)
12913 free (internal_relocs);
12918 if (isymbuf != NULL
12919 && symtab_hdr->contents != (unsigned char *) isymbuf)
12921 if (contents != NULL
12922 && elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents != contents)
12924 if (internal_relocs != NULL
12925 && elf_section_data (sec)->relocs != internal_relocs)
12926 free (internal_relocs);
12931 /* Create a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
12933 struct bfd_link_hash_table *
12934 _bfd_mips_elf_link_hash_table_create (bfd *abfd)
12936 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *ret;
12937 bfd_size_type amt = sizeof (struct mips_elf_link_hash_table);
12939 ret = bfd_zmalloc (amt);
12943 if (!_bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init (&ret->root, abfd,
12944 mips_elf_link_hash_newfunc,
12945 sizeof (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry),
12952 return &ret->root.root;
12955 /* Likewise, but indicate that the target is VxWorks. */
12957 struct bfd_link_hash_table *
12958 _bfd_mips_vxworks_link_hash_table_create (bfd *abfd)
12960 struct bfd_link_hash_table *ret;
12962 ret = _bfd_mips_elf_link_hash_table_create (abfd);
12965 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
12967 htab = (struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *) ret;
12968 htab->use_plts_and_copy_relocs = TRUE;
12969 htab->is_vxworks = TRUE;
12974 /* A function that the linker calls if we are allowed to use PLTs
12975 and copy relocs. */
12978 _bfd_mips_elf_use_plts_and_copy_relocs (struct bfd_link_info *info)
12980 mips_elf_hash_table (info)->use_plts_and_copy_relocs = TRUE;
12983 /* We need to use a special link routine to handle the .reginfo and
12984 the .mdebug sections. We need to merge all instances of these
12985 sections together, not write them all out sequentially. */
12988 _bfd_mips_elf_final_link (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
12991 struct bfd_link_order *p;
12992 asection *reginfo_sec, *mdebug_sec, *gptab_data_sec, *gptab_bss_sec;
12993 asection *rtproc_sec;
12994 Elf32_RegInfo reginfo;
12995 struct ecoff_debug_info debug;
12996 struct mips_htab_traverse_info hti;
12997 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
12998 const struct ecoff_debug_swap *swap = bed->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap;
12999 HDRR *symhdr = &debug.symbolic_header;
13000 void *mdebug_handle = NULL;
13005 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
13007 static const char * const secname[] =
13009 ".text", ".init", ".fini", ".data",
13010 ".rodata", ".sdata", ".sbss", ".bss"
13012 static const int sc[] =
13014 scText, scInit, scFini, scData,
13015 scRData, scSData, scSBss, scBss
13018 /* Sort the dynamic symbols so that those with GOT entries come after
13020 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (info);
13021 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
13023 if (!mips_elf_sort_hash_table (abfd, info))
13026 /* Create any scheduled LA25 stubs. */
13028 hti.output_bfd = abfd;
13030 htab_traverse (htab->la25_stubs, mips_elf_create_la25_stub, &hti);
13034 /* Get a value for the GP register. */
13035 if (elf_gp (abfd) == 0)
13037 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h;
13039 h = bfd_link_hash_lookup (info->hash, "_gp", FALSE, FALSE, TRUE);
13040 if (h != NULL && h->type == bfd_link_hash_defined)
13041 elf_gp (abfd) = (h->u.def.value
13042 + h->u.def.section->output_section->vma
13043 + h->u.def.section->output_offset);
13044 else if (htab->is_vxworks
13045 && (h = bfd_link_hash_lookup (info->hash,
13046 "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_",
13047 FALSE, FALSE, TRUE))
13048 && h->type == bfd_link_hash_defined)
13049 elf_gp (abfd) = (h->u.def.section->output_section->vma
13050 + h->u.def.section->output_offset
13052 else if (info->relocatable)
13054 bfd_vma lo = MINUS_ONE;
13056 /* Find the GP-relative section with the lowest offset. */
13057 for (o = abfd->sections; o != NULL; o = o->next)
13059 && (elf_section_data (o)->this_hdr.sh_flags & SHF_MIPS_GPREL))
13062 /* And calculate GP relative to that. */
13063 elf_gp (abfd) = lo + ELF_MIPS_GP_OFFSET (info);
13067 /* If the relocate_section function needs to do a reloc
13068 involving the GP value, it should make a reloc_dangerous
13069 callback to warn that GP is not defined. */
13073 /* Go through the sections and collect the .reginfo and .mdebug
13075 reginfo_sec = NULL;
13077 gptab_data_sec = NULL;
13078 gptab_bss_sec = NULL;
13079 for (o = abfd->sections; o != NULL; o = o->next)
13081 if (strcmp (o->name, ".reginfo") == 0)
13083 memset (®info, 0, sizeof reginfo);
13085 /* We have found the .reginfo section in the output file.
13086 Look through all the link_orders comprising it and merge
13087 the information together. */
13088 for (p = o->map_head.link_order; p != NULL; p = p->next)
13090 asection *input_section;
13092 Elf32_External_RegInfo ext;
13095 if (p->type != bfd_indirect_link_order)
13097 if (p->type == bfd_data_link_order)
13102 input_section = p->u.indirect.section;
13103 input_bfd = input_section->owner;
13105 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (input_bfd, input_section,
13106 &ext, 0, sizeof ext))
13109 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in (input_bfd, &ext, &sub);
13111 reginfo.ri_gprmask |= sub.ri_gprmask;
13112 reginfo.ri_cprmask[0] |= sub.ri_cprmask[0];
13113 reginfo.ri_cprmask[1] |= sub.ri_cprmask[1];
13114 reginfo.ri_cprmask[2] |= sub.ri_cprmask[2];
13115 reginfo.ri_cprmask[3] |= sub.ri_cprmask[3];
13117 /* ri_gp_value is set by the function
13118 mips_elf32_section_processing when the section is
13119 finally written out. */
13121 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
13122 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
13123 input_section->flags &= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
13126 /* Size has been set in _bfd_mips_elf_always_size_sections. */
13127 BFD_ASSERT(o->size == sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo));
13129 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
13130 matters, but someday it might). */
13131 o->map_head.link_order = NULL;
13136 if (strcmp (o->name, ".mdebug") == 0)
13138 struct extsym_info einfo;
13141 /* We have found the .mdebug section in the output file.
13142 Look through all the link_orders comprising it and merge
13143 the information together. */
13144 symhdr->magic = swap->sym_magic;
13145 /* FIXME: What should the version stamp be? */
13146 symhdr->vstamp = 0;
13147 symhdr->ilineMax = 0;
13148 symhdr->cbLine = 0;
13149 symhdr->idnMax = 0;
13150 symhdr->ipdMax = 0;
13151 symhdr->isymMax = 0;
13152 symhdr->ioptMax = 0;
13153 symhdr->iauxMax = 0;
13154 symhdr->issMax = 0;
13155 symhdr->issExtMax = 0;
13156 symhdr->ifdMax = 0;
13158 symhdr->iextMax = 0;
13160 /* We accumulate the debugging information itself in the
13161 debug_info structure. */
13163 debug.external_dnr = NULL;
13164 debug.external_pdr = NULL;
13165 debug.external_sym = NULL;
13166 debug.external_opt = NULL;
13167 debug.external_aux = NULL;
13169 debug.ssext = debug.ssext_end = NULL;
13170 debug.external_fdr = NULL;
13171 debug.external_rfd = NULL;
13172 debug.external_ext = debug.external_ext_end = NULL;
13174 mdebug_handle = bfd_ecoff_debug_init (abfd, &debug, swap, info);
13175 if (mdebug_handle == NULL)
13179 esym.cobol_main = 0;
13183 esym.asym.iss = issNil;
13184 esym.asym.st = stLocal;
13185 esym.asym.reserved = 0;
13186 esym.asym.index = indexNil;
13188 for (i = 0; i < sizeof (secname) / sizeof (secname[0]); i++)
13190 esym.asym.sc = sc[i];
13191 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, secname[i]);
13194 esym.asym.value = s->vma;
13195 last = s->vma + s->size;
13198 esym.asym.value = last;
13199 if (!bfd_ecoff_debug_one_external (abfd, &debug, swap,
13200 secname[i], &esym))
13204 for (p = o->map_head.link_order; p != NULL; p = p->next)
13206 asection *input_section;
13208 const struct ecoff_debug_swap *input_swap;
13209 struct ecoff_debug_info input_debug;
13213 if (p->type != bfd_indirect_link_order)
13215 if (p->type == bfd_data_link_order)
13220 input_section = p->u.indirect.section;
13221 input_bfd = input_section->owner;
13223 if (!is_mips_elf (input_bfd))
13225 /* I don't know what a non MIPS ELF bfd would be
13226 doing with a .mdebug section, but I don't really
13227 want to deal with it. */
13231 input_swap = (get_elf_backend_data (input_bfd)
13232 ->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap);
13234 BFD_ASSERT (p->size == input_section->size);
13236 /* The ECOFF linking code expects that we have already
13237 read in the debugging information and set up an
13238 ecoff_debug_info structure, so we do that now. */
13239 if (! _bfd_mips_elf_read_ecoff_info (input_bfd, input_section,
13243 if (! (bfd_ecoff_debug_accumulate
13244 (mdebug_handle, abfd, &debug, swap, input_bfd,
13245 &input_debug, input_swap, info)))
13248 /* Loop through the external symbols. For each one with
13249 interesting information, try to find the symbol in
13250 the linker global hash table and save the information
13251 for the output external symbols. */
13252 eraw_src = input_debug.external_ext;
13253 eraw_end = (eraw_src
13254 + (input_debug.symbolic_header.iextMax
13255 * input_swap->external_ext_size));
13257 eraw_src < eraw_end;
13258 eraw_src += input_swap->external_ext_size)
13262 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *h;
13264 (*input_swap->swap_ext_in) (input_bfd, eraw_src, &ext);
13265 if (ext.asym.sc == scNil
13266 || ext.asym.sc == scUndefined
13267 || ext.asym.sc == scSUndefined)
13270 name = input_debug.ssext + ext.asym.iss;
13271 h = mips_elf_link_hash_lookup (mips_elf_hash_table (info),
13272 name, FALSE, FALSE, TRUE);
13273 if (h == NULL || h->esym.ifd != -2)
13278 BFD_ASSERT (ext.ifd
13279 < input_debug.symbolic_header.ifdMax);
13280 ext.ifd = input_debug.ifdmap[ext.ifd];
13286 /* Free up the information we just read. */
13287 free (input_debug.line);
13288 free (input_debug.external_dnr);
13289 free (input_debug.external_pdr);
13290 free (input_debug.external_sym);
13291 free (input_debug.external_opt);
13292 free (input_debug.external_aux);
13293 free (input_debug.ss);
13294 free (input_debug.ssext);
13295 free (input_debug.external_fdr);
13296 free (input_debug.external_rfd);
13297 free (input_debug.external_ext);
13299 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
13300 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
13301 input_section->flags &= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
13304 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd) && info->shared)
13306 /* Create .rtproc section. */
13307 rtproc_sec = bfd_get_linker_section (abfd, ".rtproc");
13308 if (rtproc_sec == NULL)
13310 flagword flags = (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_IN_MEMORY
13311 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED | SEC_READONLY);
13313 rtproc_sec = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd,
13316 if (rtproc_sec == NULL
13317 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, rtproc_sec, 4))
13321 if (! mips_elf_create_procedure_table (mdebug_handle, abfd,
13327 /* Build the external symbol information. */
13330 einfo.debug = &debug;
13332 einfo.failed = FALSE;
13333 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (mips_elf_hash_table (info),
13334 mips_elf_output_extsym, &einfo);
13338 /* Set the size of the .mdebug section. */
13339 o->size = bfd_ecoff_debug_size (abfd, &debug, swap);
13341 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
13342 matters, but someday it might). */
13343 o->map_head.link_order = NULL;
13348 if (CONST_STRNEQ (o->name, ".gptab."))
13350 const char *subname;
13353 Elf32_External_gptab *ext_tab;
13356 /* The .gptab.sdata and .gptab.sbss sections hold
13357 information describing how the small data area would
13358 change depending upon the -G switch. These sections
13359 not used in executables files. */
13360 if (! info->relocatable)
13362 for (p = o->map_head.link_order; p != NULL; p = p->next)
13364 asection *input_section;
13366 if (p->type != bfd_indirect_link_order)
13368 if (p->type == bfd_data_link_order)
13373 input_section = p->u.indirect.section;
13375 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
13376 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
13377 input_section->flags &= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
13380 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this
13381 currently matters, but someday it might). */
13382 o->map_head.link_order = NULL;
13384 /* Really remove the section. */
13385 bfd_section_list_remove (abfd, o);
13386 --abfd->section_count;
13391 /* There is one gptab for initialized data, and one for
13392 uninitialized data. */
13393 if (strcmp (o->name, ".gptab.sdata") == 0)
13394 gptab_data_sec = o;
13395 else if (strcmp (o->name, ".gptab.sbss") == 0)
13399 (*_bfd_error_handler)
13400 (_("%s: illegal section name `%s'"),
13401 bfd_get_filename (abfd), o->name);
13402 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section);
13406 /* The linker script always combines .gptab.data and
13407 .gptab.sdata into .gptab.sdata, and likewise for
13408 .gptab.bss and .gptab.sbss. It is possible that there is
13409 no .sdata or .sbss section in the output file, in which
13410 case we must change the name of the output section. */
13411 subname = o->name + sizeof ".gptab" - 1;
13412 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, subname) == NULL)
13414 if (o == gptab_data_sec)
13415 o->name = ".gptab.data";
13417 o->name = ".gptab.bss";
13418 subname = o->name + sizeof ".gptab" - 1;
13419 BFD_ASSERT (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, subname) != NULL);
13422 /* Set up the first entry. */
13424 amt = c * sizeof (Elf32_gptab);
13425 tab = bfd_malloc (amt);
13428 tab[0].gt_header.gt_current_g_value = elf_gp_size (abfd);
13429 tab[0].gt_header.gt_unused = 0;
13431 /* Combine the input sections. */
13432 for (p = o->map_head.link_order; p != NULL; p = p->next)
13434 asection *input_section;
13436 bfd_size_type size;
13437 unsigned long last;
13438 bfd_size_type gpentry;
13440 if (p->type != bfd_indirect_link_order)
13442 if (p->type == bfd_data_link_order)
13447 input_section = p->u.indirect.section;
13448 input_bfd = input_section->owner;
13450 /* Combine the gptab entries for this input section one
13451 by one. We know that the input gptab entries are
13452 sorted by ascending -G value. */
13453 size = input_section->size;
13455 for (gpentry = sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab);
13457 gpentry += sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab))
13459 Elf32_External_gptab ext_gptab;
13460 Elf32_gptab int_gptab;
13466 if (! (bfd_get_section_contents
13467 (input_bfd, input_section, &ext_gptab, gpentry,
13468 sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab))))
13474 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_in (input_bfd, &ext_gptab,
13476 val = int_gptab.gt_entry.gt_g_value;
13477 add = int_gptab.gt_entry.gt_bytes - last;
13480 for (look = 1; look < c; look++)
13482 if (tab[look].gt_entry.gt_g_value >= val)
13483 tab[look].gt_entry.gt_bytes += add;
13485 if (tab[look].gt_entry.gt_g_value == val)
13491 Elf32_gptab *new_tab;
13494 /* We need a new table entry. */
13495 amt = (bfd_size_type) (c + 1) * sizeof (Elf32_gptab);
13496 new_tab = bfd_realloc (tab, amt);
13497 if (new_tab == NULL)
13503 tab[c].gt_entry.gt_g_value = val;
13504 tab[c].gt_entry.gt_bytes = add;
13506 /* Merge in the size for the next smallest -G
13507 value, since that will be implied by this new
13510 for (look = 1; look < c; look++)
13512 if (tab[look].gt_entry.gt_g_value < val
13514 || (tab[look].gt_entry.gt_g_value
13515 > tab[max].gt_entry.gt_g_value)))
13519 tab[c].gt_entry.gt_bytes +=
13520 tab[max].gt_entry.gt_bytes;
13525 last = int_gptab.gt_entry.gt_bytes;
13528 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
13529 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
13530 input_section->flags &= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
13533 /* The table must be sorted by -G value. */
13535 qsort (tab + 1, c - 1, sizeof (tab[0]), gptab_compare);
13537 /* Swap out the table. */
13538 amt = (bfd_size_type) c * sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab);
13539 ext_tab = bfd_alloc (abfd, amt);
13540 if (ext_tab == NULL)
13546 for (j = 0; j < c; j++)
13547 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_out (abfd, tab + j, ext_tab + j);
13550 o->size = c * sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab);
13551 o->contents = (bfd_byte *) ext_tab;
13553 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
13554 matters, but someday it might). */
13555 o->map_head.link_order = NULL;
13559 /* Invoke the regular ELF backend linker to do all the work. */
13560 if (!bfd_elf_final_link (abfd, info))
13563 /* Now write out the computed sections. */
13565 if (reginfo_sec != NULL)
13567 Elf32_External_RegInfo ext;
13569 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_out (abfd, ®info, &ext);
13570 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd, reginfo_sec, &ext, 0, sizeof ext))
13574 if (mdebug_sec != NULL)
13576 BFD_ASSERT (abfd->output_has_begun);
13577 if (! bfd_ecoff_write_accumulated_debug (mdebug_handle, abfd, &debug,
13579 mdebug_sec->filepos))
13582 bfd_ecoff_debug_free (mdebug_handle, abfd, &debug, swap, info);
13585 if (gptab_data_sec != NULL)
13587 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd, gptab_data_sec,
13588 gptab_data_sec->contents,
13589 0, gptab_data_sec->size))
13593 if (gptab_bss_sec != NULL)
13595 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd, gptab_bss_sec,
13596 gptab_bss_sec->contents,
13597 0, gptab_bss_sec->size))
13601 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd))
13603 rtproc_sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".rtproc");
13604 if (rtproc_sec != NULL)
13606 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd, rtproc_sec,
13607 rtproc_sec->contents,
13608 0, rtproc_sec->size))
13616 /* Structure for saying that BFD machine EXTENSION extends BASE. */
13618 struct mips_mach_extension {
13619 unsigned long extension, base;
13623 /* An array describing how BFD machines relate to one another. The entries
13624 are ordered topologically with MIPS I extensions listed last. */
13626 static const struct mips_mach_extension mips_mach_extensions[] = {
13627 /* MIPS64r2 extensions. */
13628 { bfd_mach_mips_octeon2, bfd_mach_mips_octeonp },
13629 { bfd_mach_mips_octeonp, bfd_mach_mips_octeon },
13630 { bfd_mach_mips_octeon, bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2 },
13632 /* MIPS64 extensions. */
13633 { bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2, bfd_mach_mipsisa64 },
13634 { bfd_mach_mips_sb1, bfd_mach_mipsisa64 },
13635 { bfd_mach_mips_xlr, bfd_mach_mipsisa64 },
13636 { bfd_mach_mips_loongson_3a, bfd_mach_mipsisa64 },
13638 /* MIPS V extensions. */
13639 { bfd_mach_mipsisa64, bfd_mach_mips5 },
13641 /* R10000 extensions. */
13642 { bfd_mach_mips12000, bfd_mach_mips10000 },
13643 { bfd_mach_mips14000, bfd_mach_mips10000 },
13644 { bfd_mach_mips16000, bfd_mach_mips10000 },
13646 /* R5000 extensions. Note: the vr5500 ISA is an extension of the core
13647 vr5400 ISA, but doesn't include the multimedia stuff. It seems
13648 better to allow vr5400 and vr5500 code to be merged anyway, since
13649 many libraries will just use the core ISA. Perhaps we could add
13650 some sort of ASE flag if this ever proves a problem. */
13651 { bfd_mach_mips5500, bfd_mach_mips5400 },
13652 { bfd_mach_mips5400, bfd_mach_mips5000 },
13654 /* MIPS IV extensions. */
13655 { bfd_mach_mips5, bfd_mach_mips8000 },
13656 { bfd_mach_mips10000, bfd_mach_mips8000 },
13657 { bfd_mach_mips5000, bfd_mach_mips8000 },
13658 { bfd_mach_mips7000, bfd_mach_mips8000 },
13659 { bfd_mach_mips9000, bfd_mach_mips8000 },
13661 /* VR4100 extensions. */
13662 { bfd_mach_mips4120, bfd_mach_mips4100 },
13663 { bfd_mach_mips4111, bfd_mach_mips4100 },
13665 /* MIPS III extensions. */
13666 { bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2e, bfd_mach_mips4000 },
13667 { bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2f, bfd_mach_mips4000 },
13668 { bfd_mach_mips8000, bfd_mach_mips4000 },
13669 { bfd_mach_mips4650, bfd_mach_mips4000 },
13670 { bfd_mach_mips4600, bfd_mach_mips4000 },
13671 { bfd_mach_mips4400, bfd_mach_mips4000 },
13672 { bfd_mach_mips4300, bfd_mach_mips4000 },
13673 { bfd_mach_mips4100, bfd_mach_mips4000 },
13674 { bfd_mach_mips4010, bfd_mach_mips4000 },
13675 { bfd_mach_mips5900, bfd_mach_mips4000 },
13677 /* MIPS32 extensions. */
13678 { bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2, bfd_mach_mipsisa32 },
13680 /* MIPS II extensions. */
13681 { bfd_mach_mips4000, bfd_mach_mips6000 },
13682 { bfd_mach_mipsisa32, bfd_mach_mips6000 },
13684 /* MIPS I extensions. */
13685 { bfd_mach_mips6000, bfd_mach_mips3000 },
13686 { bfd_mach_mips3900, bfd_mach_mips3000 }
13690 /* Return true if bfd machine EXTENSION is an extension of machine BASE. */
13693 mips_mach_extends_p (unsigned long base, unsigned long extension)
13697 if (extension == base)
13700 if (base == bfd_mach_mipsisa32
13701 && mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_mach_mipsisa64, extension))
13704 if (base == bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2
13705 && mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2, extension))
13708 for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE (mips_mach_extensions); i++)
13709 if (extension == mips_mach_extensions[i].extension)
13711 extension = mips_mach_extensions[i].base;
13712 if (extension == base)
13720 /* Return true if the given ELF header flags describe a 32-bit binary. */
13723 mips_32bit_flags_p (flagword flags)
13725 return ((flags & EF_MIPS_32BITMODE) != 0
13726 || (flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) == E_MIPS_ABI_O32
13727 || (flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI32
13728 || (flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_1
13729 || (flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_2
13730 || (flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32
13731 || (flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2);
13735 /* Merge object attributes from IBFD into OBFD. Raise an error if
13736 there are conflicting attributes. */
13738 mips_elf_merge_obj_attributes (bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd)
13740 obj_attribute *in_attr;
13741 obj_attribute *out_attr;
13744 abi_fp_bfd = mips_elf_tdata (obfd)->abi_fp_bfd;
13745 in_attr = elf_known_obj_attributes (ibfd)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU];
13746 if (!abi_fp_bfd && in_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i != 0)
13747 mips_elf_tdata (obfd)->abi_fp_bfd = ibfd;
13749 if (!elf_known_obj_attributes_proc (obfd)[0].i)
13751 /* This is the first object. Copy the attributes. */
13752 _bfd_elf_copy_obj_attributes (ibfd, obfd);
13754 /* Use the Tag_null value to indicate the attributes have been
13756 elf_known_obj_attributes_proc (obfd)[0].i = 1;
13761 /* Check for conflicting Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP attributes and merge
13762 non-conflicting ones. */
13763 out_attr = elf_known_obj_attributes (obfd)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU];
13764 if (in_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i != out_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i)
13766 out_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].type = 1;
13767 if (out_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i == 0)
13768 out_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i = in_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i;
13769 else if (in_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i != 0)
13770 switch (out_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i)
13773 switch (in_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i)
13777 (_("Warning: %B uses %s (set by %B), %B uses %s"),
13778 obfd, abi_fp_bfd, ibfd, "-mdouble-float", "-msingle-float");
13783 (_("Warning: %B uses %s (set by %B), %B uses %s"),
13784 obfd, abi_fp_bfd, ibfd, "-mhard-float", "-msoft-float");
13789 (_("Warning: %B uses %s (set by %B), %B uses %s"),
13790 obfd, abi_fp_bfd, ibfd,
13791 "-mdouble-float", "-mips32r2 -mfp64");
13796 (_("Warning: %B uses %s (set by %B), "
13797 "%B uses unknown floating point ABI %d"),
13798 obfd, abi_fp_bfd, ibfd,
13799 "-mdouble-float", in_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i);
13805 switch (in_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i)
13809 (_("Warning: %B uses %s (set by %B), %B uses %s"),
13810 obfd, abi_fp_bfd, ibfd, "-msingle-float", "-mdouble-float");
13815 (_("Warning: %B uses %s (set by %B), %B uses %s"),
13816 obfd, abi_fp_bfd, ibfd, "-mhard-float", "-msoft-float");
13821 (_("Warning: %B uses %s (set by %B), %B uses %s"),
13822 obfd, abi_fp_bfd, ibfd,
13823 "-msingle-float", "-mips32r2 -mfp64");
13828 (_("Warning: %B uses %s (set by %B), "
13829 "%B uses unknown floating point ABI %d"),
13830 obfd, abi_fp_bfd, ibfd,
13831 "-msingle-float", in_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i);
13837 switch (in_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i)
13843 (_("Warning: %B uses %s (set by %B), %B uses %s"),
13844 obfd, abi_fp_bfd, ibfd, "-msoft-float", "-mhard-float");
13849 (_("Warning: %B uses %s (set by %B), "
13850 "%B uses unknown floating point ABI %d"),
13851 obfd, abi_fp_bfd, ibfd,
13852 "-msoft-float", in_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i);
13858 switch (in_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i)
13862 (_("Warning: %B uses %s (set by %B), %B uses %s"),
13863 obfd, abi_fp_bfd, ibfd,
13864 "-mips32r2 -mfp64", "-mdouble-float");
13869 (_("Warning: %B uses %s (set by %B), %B uses %s"),
13870 obfd, abi_fp_bfd, ibfd,
13871 "-mips32r2 -mfp64", "-msingle-float");
13876 (_("Warning: %B uses %s (set by %B), %B uses %s"),
13877 obfd, abi_fp_bfd, ibfd, "-mhard-float", "-msoft-float");
13882 (_("Warning: %B uses %s (set by %B), "
13883 "%B uses unknown floating point ABI %d"),
13884 obfd, abi_fp_bfd, ibfd,
13885 "-mips32r2 -mfp64", in_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i);
13891 switch (in_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i)
13895 (_("Warning: %B uses unknown floating point ABI %d "
13896 "(set by %B), %B uses %s"),
13897 obfd, abi_fp_bfd, ibfd,
13898 out_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i, "-mdouble-float");
13903 (_("Warning: %B uses unknown floating point ABI %d "
13904 "(set by %B), %B uses %s"),
13905 obfd, abi_fp_bfd, ibfd,
13906 out_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i, "-msingle-float");
13911 (_("Warning: %B uses unknown floating point ABI %d "
13912 "(set by %B), %B uses %s"),
13913 obfd, abi_fp_bfd, ibfd,
13914 out_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i, "-msoft-float");
13919 (_("Warning: %B uses unknown floating point ABI %d "
13920 "(set by %B), %B uses %s"),
13921 obfd, abi_fp_bfd, ibfd,
13922 out_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i, "-mips32r2 -mfp64");
13927 (_("Warning: %B uses unknown floating point ABI %d "
13928 "(set by %B), %B uses unknown floating point ABI %d"),
13929 obfd, abi_fp_bfd, ibfd,
13930 out_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i,
13931 in_attr[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP].i);
13938 /* Merge Tag_compatibility attributes and any common GNU ones. */
13939 _bfd_elf_merge_object_attributes (ibfd, obfd);
13944 /* Merge backend specific data from an object file to the output
13945 object file when linking. */
13948 _bfd_mips_elf_merge_private_bfd_data (bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd)
13950 flagword old_flags;
13951 flagword new_flags;
13953 bfd_boolean null_input_bfd = TRUE;
13956 /* Check if we have the same endianness. */
13957 if (! _bfd_generic_verify_endian_match (ibfd, obfd))
13959 (*_bfd_error_handler)
13960 (_("%B: endianness incompatible with that of the selected emulation"),
13965 if (!is_mips_elf (ibfd) || !is_mips_elf (obfd))
13968 if (strcmp (bfd_get_target (ibfd), bfd_get_target (obfd)) != 0)
13970 (*_bfd_error_handler)
13971 (_("%B: ABI is incompatible with that of the selected emulation"),
13976 if (!mips_elf_merge_obj_attributes (ibfd, obfd))
13979 new_flags = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_flags;
13980 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags |= new_flags & EF_MIPS_NOREORDER;
13981 old_flags = elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags;
13983 if (! elf_flags_init (obfd))
13985 elf_flags_init (obfd) = TRUE;
13986 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags = new_flags;
13987 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_ident[EI_CLASS]
13988 = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_ident[EI_CLASS];
13990 if (bfd_get_arch (obfd) == bfd_get_arch (ibfd)
13991 && (bfd_get_arch_info (obfd)->the_default
13992 || mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_get_mach (obfd),
13993 bfd_get_mach (ibfd))))
13995 if (! bfd_set_arch_mach (obfd, bfd_get_arch (ibfd),
13996 bfd_get_mach (ibfd)))
14003 /* Check flag compatibility. */
14005 new_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_NOREORDER;
14006 old_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_NOREORDER;
14008 /* Some IRIX 6 BSD-compatibility objects have this bit set. It
14009 doesn't seem to matter. */
14010 new_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_XGOT;
14011 old_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_XGOT;
14013 /* MIPSpro generates ucode info in n64 objects. Again, we should
14014 just be able to ignore this. */
14015 new_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_UCODE;
14016 old_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_UCODE;
14018 /* DSOs should only be linked with CPIC code. */
14019 if ((ibfd->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0)
14020 new_flags |= EF_MIPS_PIC | EF_MIPS_CPIC;
14022 if (new_flags == old_flags)
14025 /* Check to see if the input BFD actually contains any sections.
14026 If not, its flags may not have been initialised either, but it cannot
14027 actually cause any incompatibility. */
14028 for (sec = ibfd->sections; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
14030 /* Ignore synthetic sections and empty .text, .data and .bss sections
14031 which are automatically generated by gas. Also ignore fake
14032 (s)common sections, since merely defining a common symbol does
14033 not affect compatibility. */
14034 if ((sec->flags & SEC_IS_COMMON) == 0
14035 && strcmp (sec->name, ".reginfo")
14036 && strcmp (sec->name, ".mdebug")
14038 || (strcmp (sec->name, ".text")
14039 && strcmp (sec->name, ".data")
14040 && strcmp (sec->name, ".bss"))))
14042 null_input_bfd = FALSE;
14046 if (null_input_bfd)
14051 if (((new_flags & (EF_MIPS_PIC | EF_MIPS_CPIC)) != 0)
14052 != ((old_flags & (EF_MIPS_PIC | EF_MIPS_CPIC)) != 0))
14054 (*_bfd_error_handler)
14055 (_("%B: warning: linking abicalls files with non-abicalls files"),
14060 if (new_flags & (EF_MIPS_PIC | EF_MIPS_CPIC))
14061 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags |= EF_MIPS_CPIC;
14062 if (! (new_flags & EF_MIPS_PIC))
14063 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_PIC;
14065 new_flags &= ~ (EF_MIPS_PIC | EF_MIPS_CPIC);
14066 old_flags &= ~ (EF_MIPS_PIC | EF_MIPS_CPIC);
14068 /* Compare the ISAs. */
14069 if (mips_32bit_flags_p (old_flags) != mips_32bit_flags_p (new_flags))
14071 (*_bfd_error_handler)
14072 (_("%B: linking 32-bit code with 64-bit code"),
14076 else if (!mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_get_mach (ibfd), bfd_get_mach (obfd)))
14078 /* OBFD's ISA isn't the same as, or an extension of, IBFD's. */
14079 if (mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_get_mach (obfd), bfd_get_mach (ibfd)))
14081 /* Copy the architecture info from IBFD to OBFD. Also copy
14082 the 32-bit flag (if set) so that we continue to recognise
14083 OBFD as a 32-bit binary. */
14084 bfd_set_arch_info (obfd, bfd_get_arch_info (ibfd));
14085 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags &= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH | EF_MIPS_MACH);
14086 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags
14087 |= new_flags & (EF_MIPS_ARCH | EF_MIPS_MACH | EF_MIPS_32BITMODE);
14089 /* Copy across the ABI flags if OBFD doesn't use them
14090 and if that was what caused us to treat IBFD as 32-bit. */
14091 if ((old_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) == 0
14092 && mips_32bit_flags_p (new_flags)
14093 && !mips_32bit_flags_p (new_flags & ~EF_MIPS_ABI))
14094 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags |= new_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI;
14098 /* The ISAs aren't compatible. */
14099 (*_bfd_error_handler)
14100 (_("%B: linking %s module with previous %s modules"),
14102 bfd_printable_name (ibfd),
14103 bfd_printable_name (obfd));
14108 new_flags &= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH | EF_MIPS_MACH | EF_MIPS_32BITMODE);
14109 old_flags &= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH | EF_MIPS_MACH | EF_MIPS_32BITMODE);
14111 /* Compare ABIs. The 64-bit ABI does not use EF_MIPS_ABI. But, it
14112 does set EI_CLASS differently from any 32-bit ABI. */
14113 if ((new_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) != (old_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI)
14114 || (elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_ident[EI_CLASS]
14115 != elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_ident[EI_CLASS]))
14117 /* Only error if both are set (to different values). */
14118 if (((new_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) && (old_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI))
14119 || (elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_ident[EI_CLASS]
14120 != elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_ident[EI_CLASS]))
14122 (*_bfd_error_handler)
14123 (_("%B: ABI mismatch: linking %s module with previous %s modules"),
14125 elf_mips_abi_name (ibfd),
14126 elf_mips_abi_name (obfd));
14129 new_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_ABI;
14130 old_flags &= ~EF_MIPS_ABI;
14133 /* Compare ASEs. Forbid linking MIPS16 and microMIPS ASE modules together
14134 and allow arbitrary mixing of the remaining ASEs (retain the union). */
14135 if ((new_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE) != (old_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE))
14137 int old_micro = old_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MICROMIPS;
14138 int new_micro = new_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MICROMIPS;
14139 int old_m16 = old_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_M16;
14140 int new_m16 = new_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_M16;
14141 int micro_mis = old_m16 && new_micro;
14142 int m16_mis = old_micro && new_m16;
14144 if (m16_mis || micro_mis)
14146 (*_bfd_error_handler)
14147 (_("%B: ASE mismatch: linking %s module with previous %s modules"),
14149 m16_mis ? "MIPS16" : "microMIPS",
14150 m16_mis ? "microMIPS" : "MIPS16");
14154 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags |= new_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE;
14156 new_flags &= ~ EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE;
14157 old_flags &= ~ EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE;
14160 /* Warn about any other mismatches */
14161 if (new_flags != old_flags)
14163 (*_bfd_error_handler)
14164 (_("%B: uses different e_flags (0x%lx) fields than previous modules (0x%lx)"),
14165 ibfd, (unsigned long) new_flags,
14166 (unsigned long) old_flags);
14172 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
14179 /* Function to keep MIPS specific file flags like as EF_MIPS_PIC. */
14182 _bfd_mips_elf_set_private_flags (bfd *abfd, flagword flags)
14184 BFD_ASSERT (!elf_flags_init (abfd)
14185 || elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags == flags);
14187 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags = flags;
14188 elf_flags_init (abfd) = TRUE;
14193 _bfd_mips_elf_get_target_dtag (bfd_vma dtag)
14197 default: return "";
14198 case DT_MIPS_RLD_VERSION:
14199 return "MIPS_RLD_VERSION";
14200 case DT_MIPS_TIME_STAMP:
14201 return "MIPS_TIME_STAMP";
14202 case DT_MIPS_ICHECKSUM:
14203 return "MIPS_ICHECKSUM";
14204 case DT_MIPS_IVERSION:
14205 return "MIPS_IVERSION";
14206 case DT_MIPS_FLAGS:
14207 return "MIPS_FLAGS";
14208 case DT_MIPS_BASE_ADDRESS:
14209 return "MIPS_BASE_ADDRESS";
14211 return "MIPS_MSYM";
14212 case DT_MIPS_CONFLICT:
14213 return "MIPS_CONFLICT";
14214 case DT_MIPS_LIBLIST:
14215 return "MIPS_LIBLIST";
14216 case DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO:
14217 return "MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO";
14218 case DT_MIPS_CONFLICTNO:
14219 return "MIPS_CONFLICTNO";
14220 case DT_MIPS_LIBLISTNO:
14221 return "MIPS_LIBLISTNO";
14222 case DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO:
14223 return "MIPS_SYMTABNO";
14224 case DT_MIPS_UNREFEXTNO:
14225 return "MIPS_UNREFEXTNO";
14226 case DT_MIPS_GOTSYM:
14227 return "MIPS_GOTSYM";
14228 case DT_MIPS_HIPAGENO:
14229 return "MIPS_HIPAGENO";
14230 case DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP:
14231 return "MIPS_RLD_MAP";
14232 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_CLASS:
14233 return "MIPS_DELTA_CLASS";
14234 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_CLASS_NO:
14235 return "MIPS_DELTA_CLASS_NO";
14236 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_INSTANCE:
14237 return "MIPS_DELTA_INSTANCE";
14238 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_INSTANCE_NO:
14239 return "MIPS_DELTA_INSTANCE_NO";
14240 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_RELOC:
14241 return "MIPS_DELTA_RELOC";
14242 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_RELOC_NO:
14243 return "MIPS_DELTA_RELOC_NO";
14244 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_SYM:
14245 return "MIPS_DELTA_SYM";
14246 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_SYM_NO:
14247 return "MIPS_DELTA_SYM_NO";
14248 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_CLASSSYM:
14249 return "MIPS_DELTA_CLASSSYM";
14250 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_CLASSSYM_NO:
14251 return "MIPS_DELTA_CLASSSYM_NO";
14252 case DT_MIPS_CXX_FLAGS:
14253 return "MIPS_CXX_FLAGS";
14254 case DT_MIPS_PIXIE_INIT:
14255 return "MIPS_PIXIE_INIT";
14256 case DT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB:
14257 return "MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB";
14258 case DT_MIPS_LOCALPAGE_GOTIDX:
14259 return "MIPS_LOCALPAGE_GOTIDX";
14260 case DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTIDX:
14261 return "MIPS_LOCAL_GOTIDX";
14262 case DT_MIPS_HIDDEN_GOTIDX:
14263 return "MIPS_HIDDEN_GOTIDX";
14264 case DT_MIPS_PROTECTED_GOTIDX:
14265 return "MIPS_PROTECTED_GOT_IDX";
14266 case DT_MIPS_OPTIONS:
14267 return "MIPS_OPTIONS";
14268 case DT_MIPS_INTERFACE:
14269 return "MIPS_INTERFACE";
14270 case DT_MIPS_DYNSTR_ALIGN:
14271 return "DT_MIPS_DYNSTR_ALIGN";
14272 case DT_MIPS_INTERFACE_SIZE:
14273 return "DT_MIPS_INTERFACE_SIZE";
14274 case DT_MIPS_RLD_TEXT_RESOLVE_ADDR:
14275 return "DT_MIPS_RLD_TEXT_RESOLVE_ADDR";
14276 case DT_MIPS_PERF_SUFFIX:
14277 return "DT_MIPS_PERF_SUFFIX";
14278 case DT_MIPS_COMPACT_SIZE:
14279 return "DT_MIPS_COMPACT_SIZE";
14280 case DT_MIPS_GP_VALUE:
14281 return "DT_MIPS_GP_VALUE";
14282 case DT_MIPS_AUX_DYNAMIC:
14283 return "DT_MIPS_AUX_DYNAMIC";
14284 case DT_MIPS_PLTGOT:
14285 return "DT_MIPS_PLTGOT";
14286 case DT_MIPS_RWPLT:
14287 return "DT_MIPS_RWPLT";
14292 _bfd_mips_elf_print_private_bfd_data (bfd *abfd, void *ptr)
14296 BFD_ASSERT (abfd != NULL && ptr != NULL);
14298 /* Print normal ELF private data. */
14299 _bfd_elf_print_private_bfd_data (abfd, ptr);
14301 /* xgettext:c-format */
14302 fprintf (file, _("private flags = %lx:"), elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags);
14304 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) == E_MIPS_ABI_O32)
14305 fprintf (file, _(" [abi=O32]"));
14306 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) == E_MIPS_ABI_O64)
14307 fprintf (file, _(" [abi=O64]"));
14308 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI32)
14309 fprintf (file, _(" [abi=EABI32]"));
14310 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI64)
14311 fprintf (file, _(" [abi=EABI64]"));
14312 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI))
14313 fprintf (file, _(" [abi unknown]"));
14314 else if (ABI_N32_P (abfd))
14315 fprintf (file, _(" [abi=N32]"));
14316 else if (ABI_64_P (abfd))
14317 fprintf (file, _(" [abi=64]"));
14319 fprintf (file, _(" [no abi set]"));
14321 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_1)
14322 fprintf (file, " [mips1]");
14323 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_2)
14324 fprintf (file, " [mips2]");
14325 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_3)
14326 fprintf (file, " [mips3]");
14327 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_4)
14328 fprintf (file, " [mips4]");
14329 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_5)
14330 fprintf (file, " [mips5]");
14331 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32)
14332 fprintf (file, " [mips32]");
14333 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_64)
14334 fprintf (file, " [mips64]");
14335 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2)
14336 fprintf (file, " [mips32r2]");
14337 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2)
14338 fprintf (file, " [mips64r2]");
14340 fprintf (file, _(" [unknown ISA]"));
14342 if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MDMX)
14343 fprintf (file, " [mdmx]");
14345 if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_M16)
14346 fprintf (file, " [mips16]");
14348 if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MICROMIPS)
14349 fprintf (file, " [micromips]");
14351 if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_32BITMODE)
14352 fprintf (file, " [32bitmode]");
14354 fprintf (file, _(" [not 32bitmode]"));
14356 if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_NOREORDER)
14357 fprintf (file, " [noreorder]");
14359 if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_PIC)
14360 fprintf (file, " [PIC]");
14362 if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_CPIC)
14363 fprintf (file, " [CPIC]");
14365 if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_XGOT)
14366 fprintf (file, " [XGOT]");
14368 if (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_UCODE)
14369 fprintf (file, " [UCODE]");
14371 fputc ('\n', file);
14376 const struct bfd_elf_special_section _bfd_mips_elf_special_sections[] =
14378 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".lit4"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE + SHF_MIPS_GPREL },
14379 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".lit8"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE + SHF_MIPS_GPREL },
14380 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".mdebug"), 0, SHT_MIPS_DEBUG, 0 },
14381 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sbss"), -2, SHT_NOBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE + SHF_MIPS_GPREL },
14382 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sdata"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE + SHF_MIPS_GPREL },
14383 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".ucode"), 0, SHT_MIPS_UCODE, 0 },
14384 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
14387 /* Merge non visibility st_other attributes. Ensure that the
14388 STO_OPTIONAL flag is copied into h->other, even if this is not a
14389 definiton of the symbol. */
14391 _bfd_mips_elf_merge_symbol_attribute (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h,
14392 const Elf_Internal_Sym *isym,
14393 bfd_boolean definition,
14394 bfd_boolean dynamic ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
14396 if ((isym->st_other & ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1)) != 0)
14398 unsigned char other;
14400 other = (definition ? isym->st_other : h->other);
14401 other &= ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1);
14402 h->other = other | ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h->other);
14406 && ELF_MIPS_IS_OPTIONAL (isym->st_other))
14407 h->other |= STO_OPTIONAL;
14410 /* Decide whether an undefined symbol is special and can be ignored.
14411 This is the case for OPTIONAL symbols on IRIX. */
14413 _bfd_mips_elf_ignore_undef_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry *h)
14415 return ELF_MIPS_IS_OPTIONAL (h->other) ? TRUE : FALSE;
14419 _bfd_mips_elf_common_definition (Elf_Internal_Sym *sym)
14421 return (sym->st_shndx == SHN_COMMON
14422 || sym->st_shndx == SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON
14423 || sym->st_shndx == SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON);
14426 /* Return address for Ith PLT stub in section PLT, for relocation REL
14427 or (bfd_vma) -1 if it should not be included. */
14430 _bfd_mips_elf_plt_sym_val (bfd_vma i, const asection *plt,
14431 const arelent *rel ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
14434 + 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_o32_exec_plt0_entry)
14435 + i * 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_exec_plt_entry));
14439 _bfd_mips_post_process_headers (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *link_info)
14441 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *htab;
14442 Elf_Internal_Ehdr *i_ehdrp;
14444 i_ehdrp = elf_elfheader (abfd);
14447 htab = mips_elf_hash_table (link_info);
14448 BFD_ASSERT (htab != NULL);
14450 if (htab->use_plts_and_copy_relocs && !htab->is_vxworks)
14451 i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_ABIVERSION] = 1;